Overview

PREFACE

A NASCAR-sanctioned Event is a competitive stock car racing Event which is intended to be conducted and officiated in accordance with this Rule Book. This Rule Book may be amended from time to time. Special rules may be issued by NASCAR specifically for the Event and any applicable agreements to which NASCAR is a party may also apply. The NASCAR Rule Book is designed to provide for the orderly conduct of NASCAR-sanctioned Events. Ultimately, the solution for unauthorized or improper officiating lies not in individual challenges seeking to undo what has been done, but rather in pressure brought upon the officials in charge by drivers, owners, fans, and even NASCAR to improve the caliber of Race supervision. It is the responsibility of each Member to address any complaint he/she might have regarding officiating to the NASCAR Vice President of Competition.

It is ultimately the obligation of each participant to ensure that his/her conduct and equipment comply with all applicable NASCAR Rules, as they may be amended from time to time. EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SAFETY SHALL NOT RESULT FROM PUBLICATION OF, OR COMPLIANCE WITH, THESE RULES. They are intended as a guide for the conduct of stock car racing and are in no way a guarantee against injury or death to participants, spectators, or others.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

OWNED BY
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR
STOCK CAR AUTO RACING, LLC.

TRADEMARKS / SERVICEMARKS

NASCAR®, the NASCAR logo, Air Titan®, NASCAR Air Titan® and all related slogans, logos, and trade dress are trademarks of the National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing, LLC.

U.S. PATENTS

PATENT NAME U.S. PATENT NUMBER/APPLICATION NUMBER
(1)  APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR CLEARING A SURFACE USING PRESSURIZED AIR 9,388,542
(2)  APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR CLEARING A SURFACE USING AIR 10,024,009
(3)  APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR CLEARING A SURFACE USING PRESSURIZED AIR 10,024,010
(4)  ROAD SURFACE CLEARING APPARATUS D740,860
(5)  METHOD OF CONDUCTING A RACING SERIES 7,207,568
(6)  STRAIN GAGE LOAD CELL ANCHOR 9,580,042
(7)  RETAINING COUPLER D656,883
(8)  RETAINING SHOE D666,134
(9)  RETAINING SYSTEM 8,485,482
(10)  TAPERED DRIVE SHAFT HOUSING D556,648
(11)  VEHICLE BODY D547,249
(12)  VEHICLE BODY (NNS) D598,811
(13)  VEHICLE BODY PORTIONS WITH WING D603,295
(14)  VEHICLE FRAME RAIL D555,548
(15)  VEHICLE BODY PATENT PENDING
(16)  VEHICLE BODY PATENT PENDING
(17)  VEHICLE BODY PATENT PENDING
(18)  VEHICLE BODY PATENT PENDING
(19)  UNDERWING FOR A VEHICLE PATENT PENDING
(20)  UNDERWING FOR A VEHICLE PATENT PENDING
(21)  UNDERWING FOR A VEHICLE PATENT PENDING
(22)  SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING DOWNWARD FORCE EXERTED ON THE AFT END OF A MOTOR VEHICLE PATENT PENDING
(23)  DEFORMABLE SEAT BRACKET 9,827,886
(24)  DEFORMABLE SEAT BRACKET D797,031

The above-noted trademarks and patents, among others not directly referenced above, are the exclusive property of National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing, LLC. Unauthorized use of any intellectual property without the express written permission of National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing, LLC. in any manner may be a violation of state or federal law. National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing, LLC. will pursue its appropriate legal remedies to protect its statutory (and common law) rights in and to its intellectual property.

NASCAR hereby grants to each NASCAR Member a revocable, royalty-free license to make and use the objects and methods embodied in the patents and patent applications listed above which are numbered (7) through (22) only for the sole purpose of competing in NASCAR-sanctioned Events, unless otherwise approved in writing by NASCAR. In addition, NASCAR hereby grants each NASCAR Member a revocable, royalty-free license  to sell to other NASCAR Members only the objects and methods embodied in the patents and patent applications listed above which are numbered (7) through (22) only for the sole purpose of competing in NASCAR-sanctioned Events, unless otherwise approved in writing by NASCAR.

Definition of Terms

A

The NASCAR Rules, including any Amendments thereto, are effective upon the Date of Issuance by NASCAR, regardless of when a NASCAR Member receives actual notice.

B

“Date of Issuance” of the NASCAR Rules, or any amendments thereto, is the earliest of:

  • Electronic posting date of a NASCAR Bulletin on the NASCAR Rules web page and/or mobile app.
  • Mailing, emailing, or other timely distribution of notice to Members of the NASCAR Bulletin.
  • NASCAR’s written or verbal announcement or distribution of a NASCAR Bulletin to the industry of an immediate change (i.e. driver meeting announcement, etc.).
A

The NASCAR Rules may be amended by issuance of a NASCAR Bulletin, issued by NASCAR, pursuant to the authority of the Vice Chairman of NASCAR or duly authorized official of NASCAR.

B

Amendments to the NASCAR Rules are effective immediately upon the Date of Issuance by NASCAR, regardless of when a NASCAR Member receives actual notice, unless otherwise set forth in the NASCAR Bulletin.

C

Amendments to the NASCAR Rules will be published by NASCAR through official NASCAR Bulletins made available through the electronic version of the Rule Book, available at rules.nascar.com, the “NASCAR Rules” mobile app, or as otherwise announced or distributed by NASCAR to its Members. Upon publication of the NASCAR Bulletin, Amendments to the NASCAR Rules for the current season will be reflected in “redline” format in the electronic Rule Book to clearly distinguish the change from the original version.

 

a

NASCAR issues various Rule Books, each of which includes in its title reference to a particular NASCAR-sanctioned series. The NASCAR Rules in each such Rule Book are applicable to the series set forth in the title of that Rule Book.

A

If there is a disagreement or dispute regarding the meaning or application of the NASCAR Rules, the interpretation and application by NASCAR shall prevail.

B

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in the Rule Book, NASCAR Supervisory Officials may review, adjust, modify, and/or supersede an interpretation or application of the NASCAR Rules when the NASCAR Supervisory Officials deem such action to be appropriate.

C

The current electronic version of the Rule Book, including any Amendments by NASCAR Bulletin prior to the disputed incident, shall govern.

D

Any and all print or paper copies of the NASCAR Rules represent the status of the NASCAR Rules as of the print date only. NASCAR does not guarantee or represent that any print or paper copy of the NASCAR Rules is correct or up to date. It is the responsibility of each NASCAR Member to remain informed of and operate in accordance with the current electronic version of the NASCAR Rules at all times, as may be amended from time to time. Please contact the Series Managing Director with any questions or concerns on the current status of the NASCAR Rules.

A

The interpretation and application of the NASCAR Rules by the NASCAR Officials at the Event, or by NASCAR Supervisory Officials, pursuant to Section 1.4 Interpretation and Application, shall be final and non-appealable, except as provided in Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action and Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel.

B

In order to promote stock car racing, to achieve prompt finality in competition results, and in consideration of receiving the numerous benefits available to them, ALL MEMBERS EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT DETERMINATIONS BY NASCAR OFFICIALS (WHETHER LOCAL, REGIONAL OR NATIONAL) (AND NASCAR SUPERVISORY OFFICIALS WHEN MADE) AS TO THE APPLICATION AND INTERPRETATION OF THE NASCAR RULES ARE NON-LITIGABLE, AND THEY COVENANT THAT THEY WILL NOT INITIATE OR MAINTAIN LITIGATION OF ANY KIND AGAINST NASCAR, NEM, OR ANYONE ACTING ON BEHALF OF NASCAR or NEM, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DETERMINATIONS OR TO RECOVER DAMAGES OR TO SEEK ANY OTHER KIND OF RELIEF AS A RESULT OF SUCH DETERMINATIONS, UNLESS THE NASCAR OFFICIALS OR SUPERVISORY OFFICIALS MADE SUCH DETERMINATIONS FOR NO PURPOSE OTHER THAN A BAD-FAITH INTENT TO HARM OR CAUSE ECONOMIC LOSS TO THE MEMBER. IF A MEMBER INITIATES OR MAINTAINS LITIGATION IN VIOLATION OF THIS COVENANT, THAT MEMBER AGREES TO REIMBURSE NASCAR FOR THE COSTS OF SUCH LITIGATION, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES. EACH MEMBER FURTHER COVENANTS THAT IN ANY LITIGATION BROUGHT AGAINST NASCAR or NEM FOR ANY REASON, IF THE LITIGATION IS NOT DISMISSED PURSUANT TO THIS COVENANT, THE MATTER WILL BE TRIED BEFORE A JUDGE OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION AND HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN SUCH ACTION. NASCAR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO TAKE ANY OTHER ACTION HEREUNDER, INCLUDING SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF MEMBERSHIP, FOR VIOLATION OF THE COVENANT NOT TO SUE.

A

The NASCAR Rules are intended to ensure that NASCAR-sanctioned Events are conducted in a manner that is as fair as possible for all Competitors, consistent with prompt finality in competition results.

B

On occasion, circumstances will be presented that are either unforeseen or are otherwise extraordinary, in which strict application of the NASCAR Rules may not achieve this goal. In such rare circumstances, the NASCAR Officials, as a practical matter, may make a determination regarding the conduct of an Event, the eligibility of a Competitor, or similar matters that are not contemplated by or are inconsistent with the NASCAR Rules, in order to achieve this goal.

C

From time to time, in particular rules, Official Entry Blanks, Bulletins, and elsewhere, NASCAR may use the term “EIRI” – meaning “Except in Rare Instances” – to indicate the likelihood that such a determination may be made. NASCAR, however, may make such a determination even if “EIRI” has not been included in a particular Rule, Official Entry Blank, Bulletin, or otherwise. Such determinations are reviewable by NASCAR Supervisory Officials pursuant to Section 1.4 Interpretation and Application. All such determinations are subject to Section 1.5 Finality of Interpretation and Application.

A

Special rules may be made by the NASCAR Supervisory Officials for an Event. Such special rules shall apply to the conduct of that Event if they are issued or announced prior to or during the Event by means of a Bulletin, newsletter, fax, electronic or internet posting, Pre-Race meeting, or communication over the radio from Race Control.

a

Any and all rights of NASCAR to prepare, amend, modify, and enforce the NASCAR Rules, as set forth throughout this Rule Book, have been duly licensed by NASCAR to NEM for the purpose of sanctioning, operating and controlling the Events. As such, any and all rights and authority conferred upon NASCAR in accordance with the NASCAR Rules shall be extended to NEM and its designated employees and representatives, and NEM shall have full authority and discretion to govern and control Events on behalf of NASCAR. As such, any decisions, determinations or rulings made by NEM shall be final and binding to the same extent such decisions are enforceable by NASCAR in accordance with the NASCAR Rules.

A

A NASCAR Sanction Agreement is issued only by NASCAR Headquarters on the appropriate form, after approval by NASCAR.

B

The issuance of a NASCAR Sanction Agreement for a specific Event does not obligate the Promoter or NASCAR to enter into a NASCAR Sanction Agreement or to issue a sanction for any other Event(s).

C

All changes relating to an Event, including Qualifying, must be approved in advance by NASCAR.

D

Only NASCAR Members holding a valid and current NASCAR license, that has not been suspended or revoked, are authorized to participate in NASCAR-sanctioned Events.

A

Every NASCAR Member who desires to participate in a NASCAR-sanctioned Event as a Team Owner, Competitor, Promoter, Manufacturer, Sponsor, Support Industry Representative, or other approved position, must apply for, receive, and possess a valid, current NASCAR license that has not been suspended or revoked, authorizing participation in that capacity.

B

NASCAR may specify, limit, or restrict the types of racing Series, vehicles, or racetracks in which a licensed Member may participate.

C

Licensed Members must present proof of their NASCAR license or associated annual credential, if applicable, to any NASCAR Official(s), at any time, upon request.

A

NASCAR may, but is not required to, accept as a NASCAR-licensed Member any individual or business entity interested in stock car racing, so long as the individual or business entity has met the following requirements:

  • Properly and truthfully completed and filed a NASCAR Membership and license application.
  • Agreed to abide by the NASCAR Rules.
  • Paid the fee(s) prescribed for the NASCAR license.
  • Meets the required qualifications for the NASCAR license being applied for, as set forth in Section 2 Membership and Licenses, and as may be otherwise required by NASCAR.
A

NASCAR is dedicated to the highest degree of professionalism, sportsmanship, and integrity in stock car racing. For that reason, NASCAR may reject the Membership and license application of an otherwise qualified applicant in the interest of stock car racing or NASCAR, in NASCAR’s sole discretion.

B

Among other things, participation or involvement by a person or business entity (including, in the case of a business entity, involvement by any stockholder, director, officer, employee, partner or agent thereof) in conduct detrimental to stock car racing or to NASCAR, whether in the course of competition or not, and whether the person or business entity was a licensed Member or applicant at the time of such conduct, may result in rejection of a Membership and license application by NASCAR.

C

Any person or business entity whose Membership and license application has been rejected by NASCAR may appeal the rejection to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel.

A

NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may review the qualifications of a licensed Member at any time after issuance of a NASCAR license.

B

NASCAR may require a licensed Member to submit to and pass additional physical examinations by a qualified physician(s); and may take such other action or require the licensed Member to take such other action, as NASCAR may deem appropriate, to determine whether the licensed Member continues to qualify for a NASCAR license under Section 2 Membership and Licenses. In addition, NASCAR may also require a driver to submit a resume, or an updated resume, to include driver information and record of competition and/or to pass additional driver ability tests in order to be eligible for a NASCAR driver license.

A

Application and/or renewal forms for a NASCAR Membership and license may be obtained from NASCAR Headquarters and are also available at www.nascarmembers.com for certain Membership and license categories.

B

Membership and license application and/or renewal forms must be fully executed, signed by the applicant, and accompanied by the requisite fee(s).

C

NASCAR’s receipt of a NASCAR Membership and license application and/or renewal form and fee(s) and the depositing of accompanying fee(s) by NASCAR does not constitute the issuance of or approval by NASCAR of such an application for a NASCAR Membership and license.

D

Upon completion, Membership and license application and/or renewal forms must be submitted to NASCAR Headquarters, which is the only NASCAR office authorized to approve and issue NASCAR Memberships and licenses.

E

Applicants will be issued a NASCAR license card when their application for a NASCAR Membership and license has been approved. If the Member purchased an Annual Credential, they will not receive a NASCAR license card, but can access and download a NASCAR E-license at www.nascarmembers.com.

A

A NASCAR Member, including a Member who has been issued a NASCAR license, pursuant to Section 2 Membership and Licenses, is not an agent or employee of NASCAR or NEM by virtue of such Membership or license.

B

With respect to any NASCAR-related activities in which a Member engages, unless the Member is also an employee of NASCAR or NEM, the Member shall act as and be deemed to be either an independent contractor or an employee of a person or entity other than NASCAR or NEM, and not an agent or employee of NASCAR or NEM.

C

Each such Member or the Member’s employer:

  • Is obligated to furnish any tools, supplies, or material necessary to perform the Member’s duties.
  • Is responsible for compensating their employees or agents.
  • Assumes all responsibility for any charges, record keeping, premiums and taxes, if any, payable on any funds the Member may receive as a result of any activities as a NASCAR Member, including but not limited to, social security taxes, unemployment insurance taxes, workers compensation insurance, income taxes, and withholding taxes.
D

If a Member is a NASCAR or NEM employee, the NASCAR or NEM Employee Manual supersedes this Rule Book on any violations and/or disciplinary actions.

E

A NASCAR Member may, if he/she elects, also join the NASCAR Members Club®. However, NASCAR Members Club® members are not otherwise considered to be NASCAR Members as defined by this Rule Book. From time to time, NASCAR may create other categories of affiliation for credentialing and/or other purpose such as an “Associate”; however, such categories are not NASCAR Members as defined in this Rule Book.

F

A NASCAR Per Event license is issued strictly in accordance with the terms and conditions stated on the application form as it may or may not pertain to NASCAR Membership and automatically expires 24 hours after the last Series scheduled activity for the Event listed on the application.

A

A NASCAR license is non-transferable and non-assignable.

B

A NASCAR license may only be used by the Member to whom it is issued.

C

Any attempt by a Member to transfer, lend, or permit any other person or entity to use his/her NASCAR license shall be subject to a Penalty by NASCAR.

D

IF FOR ANY REASON, WHETHER INTENTIONAL OR UNINTENTIONAL, A NASCAR LICENSE IS TRANSFERRED, LOANED, OR USED BY ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, THE ORIGINAL LICENSED MEMBER SHALL INDEMNIFY NASCAR, NEM, THEIR PARENT, SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES, AND ALL RELATED PARTIES FOR ANY DAMAGES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSFER, LOAN, OR USE.

A

If the applicant for a NASCAR Membership and license is under the age of 19, the applicant must also submit, with his/her license application, a fully executed and signed Minor’s Release and Parental Consent Agreement.

B

The Minor’s Release must be signed by the applicant, as well as the applicant’s natural father or mother, or by a legal guardian.

C

NASCAR may, but is not required to, approve the Membership and license application of any applicant who is a minor and otherwise qualified in accordance with this Section.

A

NASCAR may suspend a NASCAR Membership and license at any time in the interest of stock car racing or NASCAR, in NASCAR’s sole discretion.

B

All suspensions are with immediate effect.

C

A suspension may be total or it may be limited to a suspension of Membership and/or license privileges for one or for any combination of the following:

  • At a particular racetrack or racetracks.
  • For a particular series of Events.
  • For one or more NASCAR-sanctioned Series.
  • For a specified or indefinite period of time.
  • As otherwise determined by NASCAR.
D

If the suspension is announced by Penalty Notice stating that the licensed Member is “suspended from NASCAR” for a specified or indefinite period of time, then the suspension shall apply to all NASCAR-sanctioned Events at all levels of the sport for such period of time.

E

A licensed Member who is suspended is not eligible to participate, in person, in any NASCAR-sanctioned activity, nor to enter restricted areas of an Event (e.g. garage, pits, spotter stand, victory lane, etc.) in which competition or related activities take place.

F

Any special conditions for a suspension will be stated on the Penalty Notice.

G

If the affected licensed Member holds a current and valid NASCAR annual credential, that credential shall not be valid during the period of suspension and must be returned to NASCAR until the suspension is lifted, at which time it will be returned at NASCAR’s sole discretion.

H

Other NASCAR privileges will be suspended during the period of suspension.

I

During the period of suspension, the suspended licensed Member is still bound by and subject to the NASCAR Rules and all the obligations of a NASCAR licensed Member.

J

The affected licensed Member shall have no right to receive, and NASCAR shall not be obligated to refund, any part or all of the fee(s) previously paid by the Member to NASCAR.

K

The affected licensed Member may appeal such a suspension to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel in accordance with Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeals Officer.

A

A licensed Member may terminate his/her NASCAR Membership and license at any time by surrendering his/her NASCAR license card and submitting a letter of resignation to NASCAR Headquarters.

B

The affected Member shall have no right to receive, and NASCAR shall not be obligated to refund, any part or all of the license fees paid by the Member to NASCAR.

C

If a Member terminates his/her NASCAR Membership and holds a current and valid NASCAR annual credential, that credential shall not be valid and must be returned to NASCAR.

A

NASCAR may revoke a NASCAR Membership and/or license at any time in the interest of stock car racing or NASCAR, in NASCAR’s sole discretion, by providing notice to the NASCAR-licensed Member.

B

The affected Member shall have no right to receive and NASCAR shall not be obligated to refund, any part or all of the Membership and license fee(s) paid by the Member to NASCAR.

C

The affected Member may appeal such a revocation to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel in accordance with Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeals Officer.

A

A NASCAR Membership and license expires automatically on the last day of the calendar year in which the license is issued.

A

A NASCAR Supervisory Official may eject a licensed Member from an Event or from the racing premises in an emergency situation, as determined by such NASCAR Supervisory Official, to promote the orderly conduct of the Event and/or future Events.

B

An ejection is final, non-appealable, and non-reviewable.

A

In order to compete in a NASCAR Cup Series Event, a driver must have a current and valid NASCAR Cup Series Driver Membership and License.

B

In order to compete in an FIA-listed Event, a driver must have a current and valid FIA driver’s license of grade C or better. Application forms for an FIA driver’s license may be obtained from NASCAR Headquarters and are also available at nascarmembers.com.

C

A driver must elect on the NASCAR Driver Membership and License Application which series he/she would like to accumulate driver Points. (See Section 12.4 Award of Points)

To be eligible for a NASCAR Driver License, a NASCAR Member at a minimum must:

 

A

Be at least 18 years of age.

B

Submit the Driver Information and Record application to the NASCAR Resume Committee outlining his/her previous racing experience. The NASCAR Resume Committee will determine if the driver is approved to compete in the NASCAR Cup Series and, if approved, which types and sizes of racetracks the driver may compete. Any previously approved driver who has not competed in an approved Series for at least one year, must resubmit the Driver Information and Record application.

C

If requested by NASCAR, any driver, including without limitation any starter or relief driver, must take and pass driving ability tests, prior to an Event, any practice runs, Qualifying or the Race, as conducted by and at the discretion of NASCAR, whose decision as to the Member’s driving ability is final and binding on the Member. NASCAR may specify, limit, or restrict the types of racing series, race vehicles, or racetracks in which a driver may participate based on the results of the driving ability test(s).

D

Be physically and physiologically fit, as determined in the sole discretion of NASCAR. In this regard, NASCAR requires a Member to:

  • Submit to and pass one or more physical examinations by a qualified physician(s).
  • Have completed a proctored neurocognitive baseline ImPACT test/assessment from ImPACT Applications, Inc. dated within two years of the date of the driver’s NASCAR Membership License application. Proof of completion must be submitted to NASCAR’s Medical Liaison Department. The ImPACT test must be performed by a healthcare provider who is a Credentialed ImPACT Consultant. Find an ImPACT test care provider near you.
  • Annually complete a neurocognitive baseline King-Devick Test at a track’s Infield Care Center with an AMR Neurologist or designated medical provider prior to any on-track activity.
  • During Events and NASCAR-sanctioned tests, all drivers are required to take the King-Devick Test if requested by the medical staff.
E

Execute and deliver to NASCAR such authorizations, releases, applications, consents, waivers, resumes, and other documents as may be required by NASCAR from time to time.

F

Have a negative pre-license substance abuse test result on file with NASCAR, per the requirements of Section 4.1.5.1 Pre-Licensing.

G

After completing the annual pre-license physical examination, inform the Medical Liaison Department in writing of any change(s) in health status, information, or medications as soon as practically possible, but in no event longer than three calendar days of my discovery of such change(s). Changes to health status may include, but are not limited to, illness and/or injuries sustained during or outside of racing activity, diabetes, testosterone deficiency, pregnancy, hypertension, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder, or other acute or chronic conditions requiring medication, treatment, therapy, rehabilitation, or recurring review by medical specialists to obtain clearance to participate in motor vehicle racing activity.

A

In order to compete in a NASCAR Cup Series Event, a Team Owner must have a current and valid NASCAR Cup Series NASCAR Competition Team Owner Membership and License.

B

In order to compete in an FIA-listed Event, a Team Owner must have a current and valid FIA entrant’s license. Application forms for an FIA entrant’s license may be obtained from NASCAR Headquarters and are also available at nascarmembers.com.

C

NASCAR will issue the NASCAR license in the name of the Team Owner as indicated on the NASCAR license application.

D

If a Team Owner is a partnership, corporation, or other business entity, the NASCAR license will be issued in the name of the partnership, corporation, or business entity; and the NASCAR license will further indicate the name of the individual legally responsible for the ownership and operation of the partnership, corporation, or business entity. A NASCAR-licensed Team Owner needs the ability to make decisions on behalf of his/her organization without delay. That person will be the party responsible for all communications and contact with NASCAR regarding all business (as opposed to racing competition) matters in connection with the vehicle.

To be eligible for a NASCAR Competition Team Owner Membership and License a NASCAR Member at a minimum must:

 

A

Be at least 18 years of age, unless the applicant is a business entity.

B

Own a race vehicle.

A

All vehicle numbers are owned by and will be assigned by NASCAR.

B

NASCAR will indicate on the NASCAR Competition Team Owner License the vehicle number assigned to the licensed Member by NASCAR.

C

Numbers on a vehicle must correspond with the NASCAR Competition Team Owner License that is on file at NASCAR Headquarters, unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR.

D

The licensed Member may use the vehicle number assigned by NASCAR to identify the vehicle(s) owned by that licensed Member. Numbers assigned by NASCAR may not be transferred unless authorized by NASCAR. If a team wishes to change an assigned vehicle number, a request must be sent to NASCAR Racing Operations via email with the requested change. NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may approve or not approve the request. All requested changes must be made by the entry deadline posted on the Official Entry Blank and there will be a one thousand dollar ($1,000) administrative fee per vehicle number change.

E

NASCAR may require a Team Owner to use a different number in order to avoid duplication or confusion at an Event.

F

NASCAR reserves the right to revoke, reassign, or transfer vehicle numbers to another licensed Member at any time. Vehicle numbers are non-transferable and non-assignable, except by NASCAR.

G

If NASCAR changes a vehicle number assigned to a licensed Member during the Race season, NASCAR, at its option, may transfer to the new vehicle number the Points accumulated by the Team Owner under the previously assigned vehicle number.

A

If the individual, partnership, corporation, or business entity is altered in any material manner, including bankruptcy, the corporation’s stock or assets are sold, other than routine daily stock sales, or become the subject of a merger, or the business entity’s ownership interest materially changes, the licensed Member shall promptly inform NASCAR Headquarters in writing of the change.

B

When NASCAR is informed of such a change by the licensed Member, or otherwise, NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may approve or revoke the NASCAR license as of the date of the change or otherwise, with such approval being granted only if determined to be in the best interest of the sport.

C

If the licensed Member is seeking approval, including the transfer of owner Points, the licensed Member must provide NASCAR a written request and supporting documentation. This might include, but is not limited to, the licensed Member’s updated/amended articles of incorporation/organization and operating agreement for the business entity.

D

This request must be sent to NASCAR and postmarked on or before the third Friday in January, unless otherwise approved by NASCAR, in order to be reviewed for the first Event of the season. In addition, if such a request for approval is made during the season, it must be done so by the entry deadline on the Official Entry Blank in which the ownership change will take place.

E

If NASCAR determines in its sole discretion that the business entity’s ownership has materially changed and approves the NASCAR license, the licensed Member must pay NASCAR a fifteen thousand dollar ($15,000) administrative fee.

F

If NASCAR revokes the NASCAR license, the new partnership, corporation or business entity must submit a new Team Owner License application.

G

NASCAR may assign the old vehicle number(s) to the new NASCAR licensed Member, or it may assign a new vehicle number(s).

H

NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may assign to the new licensed Member Points earned by the former licensed Member, if doing so is in the interest of competition and stock car racing.

I

NASCAR may make such other determinations regarding scoring, earning credit for the first place finish, as described in Section 12 Points and Prize Money, point funds, and the distribution of the purse or prize monies as it determines to be in the interest of competition and stock car racing.

a

A change in ownership of a Charter Team is governed by the terms of the Charter Member Agreement.

A

During a single racing season, unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, NASCAR will not assign more than four vehicle numbers to any single organization participating in the NASCAR Cup Series that are owned and controlled by the same Team Owner or by an “Affiliate Group”. Two or more Team Owners will be deemed to be an “Affiliate Group” if:

  • One or more of the Team Owners is entitled to receive (or actually receives), directly or indirectly, from the other Team Owner(s) any financial consideration or other form of value based upon the participation, performance or degree of success of the vehicle(s) entered by the other Team Owner(s) or
  • The Team Owners are subject to any direct or indirect form or amount of common, joint or shared control, ownership, financing, management, or revenue-sharing.
  • By way of example only, an “Affiliate Group” may include two or more Team Owners that have formed a cooperative relationship for any race-related purpose, or that are controlled directly or indirectly by an automobile manufacturer and/or its intermediaries, or that supply or share at or below cost engines, chassis, parts, competitive engineering data, personnel, services, and/or any combination of the foregoing which create a potential threat to racing competition, but without regard to the provisions hereof any shared services, shared information or equipment will not be deemed a violation of this Section so long as such sharing of services, information or equipment is done at arm’s length fair market value and without affecting any team’s ability or desire to compete in NASCAR to the fullest extent of such team’s capabilities.
B

The determination(s) whether teams are owned or controlled by the same Team Owner or by an “Affiliate Group” or whether two or more Team Owners constitute an “Affiliate Group” will be made solely by NASCAR and shall be final, non-appealable and non-litigable. In making such determination, NASCAR may consider all facts and circumstances with respect to the relationship between or among the Team Owners, including without limitation the following:

  • Any ownership interest in the Team Owner, whether that ownership interest is held directly or indirectly by or through another person or business entity, and whether it is held as a limited or general partner, shareholder, trustee, or other form of ownership and/or
  • Any financial interest in or of the Team Owner, including but not limited to financial investment, underwriting, below market capital funding, below market private or public loans or other similar interest and/or
  • The scope and extent of management or other control exercised by, over or through the Team Owner, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, de facto, or otherwise and/or
  • Any receipt or consideration of services, property and/or other form of value, or of the proceeds from the sale or barter of any services, materials, and/or competitive data on other than a free market basis.
C

If, after NASCAR has assigned vehicle numbers to the teams of one or more Team Owners, those Team Owners enter into or otherwise become an “Affiliate Group”, NASCAR in its sole discretion may take any action deemed appropriate by NASCAR with respect to such Team Owners, including but not limited to revoking its assignment of the vehicle numbers, ceasing to award Points, refusing to accept an entry, and/or prohibiting a Team Owner from competing in any Event. If NASCAR elects to revoke its assignment of vehicle numbers to one or more Team Owners in the “Affiliate Group” in order to limit the assignment of vehicle numbers to the “Affiliate Group” to a maximum of four, NASCAR will consult with the Members as to which vehicle number assignment(s) will be revoked, but NASCAR’s decision in that regard will be final, non-appealable and non-litigable.

D

NASCAR may make reasonable requests for information from a Member, including without limitation a Team Owner or Team Owner Competitor License applicant as it deems necessary for purposes of making a determination regarding the existence and makeup of an “Affiliate Group”. Each Member or Member applicant shall cooperate fully with NASCAR’s reasonable requests, under an appropriate confidentiality agreement. NASCAR may refuse to approve an application for a Team Owner Competitor License if the applicant fails to cooperate with such requests fully and on a timely basis. NASCAR may suspend or terminate a Team Owner Competitor License if the Member fails to cooperate with such requests fully and on a timely basis.

A

In order to compete in a NASCAR Cup Series Event, a crew  or team administrative Member must have a current and valid NASCAR Cup Series Crew or Team Administrative Membership and License.

B

A NASCAR Cup Series Per Event License (PEL), if approved by NASCAR, is issued strictly in accordance with the terms and conditions stated on the application form. The PEL is valid for 24 hours prior to the opening of the Series registration and ending 24 hours after the last Series scheduled activity. The PEL is only valid for crew members listed on the Team Event Roster or a team administrative Member. A crew chief is not eligible for a PEL.

To be eligible for a NASCAR Crew or Team Administrative License, a NASCAR Member at a minimum must:

 

A

Be at least 18 years of age.

B

Be physically fit to perform as a crew or team administrative member, as determined in the sole discretion of NASCAR. In this regard, NASCAR may require the Member to submit to and pass one or more physical examinations by a qualified physician(s).

C

Execute and deliver to NASCAR such authorizations, releases, applications, consents, waivers, and other documents as may be required by NASCAR from time to time.

D

Have a negative pre-license substance abuse test result on file with NASCAR, per the requirements of Section 4.1 NASCAR Substance Abuse Policy.

To be eligible for a NASCAR Premier License, a NASCAR Member at a minimum must:

 

A

Be at least 18 years of age.

B

Be a designated employee of a company that has a direct sponsorship program with NASCAR (Official Status, Contingency Programs, Special Awards, and Series Sponsors).

C

Execute and deliver to NASCAR such authorizations, releases, applications, consents, waivers and other documents as may be required by NASCAR from time to time.

To be eligible for a NASCAR Support Industry License, a NASCAR Member at a minimum must:

 

A

Be at least 18 years of age.

B

Be an employee of a marketing, sales, public relations company, or industry firm (a company working with a team(s) that requires access to service their product, i.e. manufacturers of vehicles, parts, or other equipment) which require access, as determined by NASCAR, to garage and pit areas to conduct business.

C

Execute and deliver to NASCAR such authorizations, releases, applications, consents, waivers, and other documents as may be required by NASCAR from time to time.

To be eligible for a NASCAR Team Sponsor License, a NASCAR Member at a minimum must:

 

A

Be at least 18 years of age.

B

Be a designated employee of a company that has a primary or associate sponsorship with a NASCAR Cup Series team.

C

Execute and deliver to NASCAR such authorizations, releases, applications, consents, waivers and other documents as may be required by NASCAR from time to time.

To be eligible for a NASCAR Official License, a NASCAR Member at a minimum must:

 

A

Be at least 18 years of age.

B

Possess, in the sole discretion of NASCAR, the necessary qualifications and abilities to carry out the duties of a NASCAR Official.

C

Be physically fit to perform the duties of a NASCAR Official, as determined in the sole discretion of NASCAR. In this regard, NASCAR may require the Official or applicant to submit to and pass one or more physical examinations by a qualified physician(s).

D

Execute and deliver to NASCAR such authorizations, releases, applications, consents, waivers and other documents as may be required by NASCAR from time to time.

E

Have a negative pre-license substance abuse test result on file with NASCAR as required by NASCAR Human Resources and per the requirements outlined in Section 4.1 NASCAR Substance Abuse Policy.

To be eligible for a NASCAR Promoter License, a NASCAR Member at a minimum must:

 

A

Be at least 18 years of age, unless the applicant is a business entity. If the applicant is a corporation, partnership, or other business entity, the individual legally responsible for the ownership and operation of the business entity must satisfy the same age requirement.

B

Be a designated employee of a Promoter that has entered into a valid Sanction Agreement for one or more NASCAR-sanctioned Events.

C

Execute and deliver to NASCAR such authorizations, releases, applications, consents, waivers and other documents as may be required by NASCAR from time to time.

A

For safety reasons, at any time during the calendar year NASCAR may require a NASCAR-licensed Member to undergo a physical or psychological examination by designated medical professionals at the licensed Member’s expense.

A

Any NASCAR Member charged with any violation of the law (misdemeanor and/or felony) shall notify NASCAR at reporting@nascar.com or visit reporting.nascar.com, prior to the next scheduled Event or within 72 hours of being so charged, whichever is earlier.

A

At times, NASCAR teams and NASCAR Members may be entitled or eligible for the privilege of purchasing and/or receiving complimentary SEC passes to Events.

B

NASCAR teams and NASCAR Members are prohibited from selling or conveying SEC passes (hot or cold passes or SEC garage and pit passes) to a third-party vendor for resale.

C

NASCAR teams and NASCAR Members may also have the privilege to allow individuals to receive an SEC through “individual pay” designation at NASCAR Credentials. NASCAR teams and NASCAR Members are prohibited from selling or conveying “individual pay” SEC passes to a third-party vendor for resale.

D

A violation of this Rule may result in the indefinite loss of SEC privileges for individuals and organizations and any violation of this Rule is non-appealable under Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeals Officer.

A

The Federation Internationale de l’Automobile, hereinafter referred to as the “FIA”, is the international authority entitled to make and enforce rules and regulations for the encouragement and control of automobile competitions (including records).

B

FIA is the final international court of appeal for appealable disputes arising out of the FIA-recognized World Championship Events, except as provided in Section 2.16.2 Finality of Decisions.

A

The Automobile Competition Committee for the United States-FIA is recognized by the FIA as the National Sporting Authority (ASN) of the U.S.A. and is generally referred to as ACCUS-FIA.

B

NASCAR, IMSA, IndyCar, USAC, SCCA, and NHRA are members of ACCUS.

A

NASCAR is the sole and final authority for the development, maintenance, and distribution of NASCAR championship Point Funds, the awarding of NASCAR championship Points, the naming of manufacturer, Series-sponsored, and other NASCAR champions, the scheduling of NASCAR-sanctioned Events, live broadcast and ancillary rights relative to NASCAR-sanctioned Events, determinations regarding the suitability of a racing facility, control over all aspects of Competition during NASCAR-sanctioned Events, and the governance, interpretation, and implementation of the NASCAR Rules, including but not limited to, NASCAR Memberships and licenses, entries, disciplinary action, the NASCAR Substance Abuse Policy, and the determination of driver eligibility, in the manner set forth in the NASCAR Rules.

B

Notwithstanding that a particular Event may be listed on the FIA calendar, or count towards an FIA championship, NASCAR reserves sole authority to finally settle any dispute that may arise during such NASCAR Event.

C

Any and all protests stemming from NASCAR-sanctioned Events shall be resolved solely via Section 8 Sporting Regulations.

D

Any and all appeals stemming from NASCAR-sanctioned Events and/or appealable NASCAR determinations regarding NASCAR Membership or a NASCAR license shall be resolved solely via Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeals Officer.

A

In order to compete in an FIA-listed Event, a Team Owner must have a current and valid FIA entrant’s license. (See Section 2.12.2 Competition-Team Owner License)

B

In order to compete in an FIA-listed Event, a driver must have a current and valid FIA driver’s license of grade C or better. (See Section 2.12.1 Competition-Driver License)

Stock car racing is an inherently dangerous sport. Each NASCAR Member assumes the risk of bodily injury, death, or property damage when he/she participates in an Event. The risk of serious injury or death cannot be eliminated and, in fact, will always be present at a high level. Members are required to advise their spouses and next of kin, if any, of this fact.

a

Although safety is first priority and a concern for all parties involved in NASCAR-sanctioned Events, NASCAR cannot be – and is not responsible for – all or even most aspects of the safety efforts required throughout each Event. Such safety responsibilities are instead a shared collaboration across the various Members participating in each Event(s) as outlined in this Section.

A

The Promoter is directly and finally responsible to ensure the following:

  • The racing facilities are adequate for the Event.
  • Adequate safety personnel and equipment are provided for each Event; both for the purpose of preventing injury where reasonably possible and responding to injury when it occurs.
  • The conditions at the racing facilities are maintained in a reasonable manner to reduce the risk of injury, all as more fully set forth in the Sanction Agreement applicable to the Event.
A

Employees and representatives of NASCAR or NEM, when present at an Event, are responsible for promptly reporting to the Promoter any inadequacies in the racing facilities, safety personnel and equipment, or other conditions at the racing facilities that are observed and considered to be, in their best judgment, inconsistent with the interests of safety.

B

NASCAR works with Competitors, Promoters, vehicle manufacturers, and outside independent experts to facilitate, where and when appropriate, the exchange of useful information regarding safety designs, products, practices, and procedures.

C

Where and when appropriate, NASCAR will institute rules or procedures relating to safety.

D

NASCAR Officials are responsible for promptly reporting to the Promoter any inadequacies in the racing facilities, safety personnel and equipment, or other conditions at the racing facility that are observed and considered to be, in their best judgment, inconsistent with the interests of safety.

E

If a NASCAR Official observes any safety inadequacy in a Competitor’s race vehicle, racing equipment, or conduct the NASCAR Official may take whatever action is deemed reasonable and appropriate in order to correct such inadequacy. Such action may include, but is not limited to, requests to take physical examinations, substance abuse tests, and/or other driver ability or experience tests.

F

NASCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ADEQUACY OF A COMPETITOR’S RACE VEHICLE, RACING EQUIPMENT, OR RACING ACTIVITY TO ACCOMPLISH THIS PURPOSE.

G

NASCAR, is not and does not hold itself out as an expert in safety standards, designs, products, practices, or procedures; nor is NASCAR a standards organization or a designer, manufacturer, or seller of safety-related products, racing facility designs, or vehicle designs.

H

NASCAR AND NEM DO NOT MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF SAFETY TO ANY NASCAR MEMBER, RACING FACILITY OR OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY AND CANNOT AND DO NOT TAKE RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THE ADEQUACY – FOR PURPOSES OF SAFETY – OF THE RACING FACILITY, SAFETY PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT, AND/OR CONDITIONS AT THE RACING FACILITY. The Promoter and the Competitors are solely and ultimately responsible for such matters at NASCAR-sanctioned Events.

A

All Competitors are obligated to inspect for any unsafe conditions at the racing facilities, his/her race vehicle and all related equipment, safety personnel and equipment, and/or conditions at the track, on a continuing basis before, during, and after the Event.

B

Competitors are responsible for promptly reporting to the Promoter and NASCAR Officials any inadequacies in the racing facilities, safety personnel and equipment, or other conditions at the racing facilities that are observed and considered to be, in their best judgment, inconsistent with the interests of safety.

C

Competitors are solely and directly responsible for the safety of their race vehicles and racing equipment and are obligated to perform their duties in a manner designed to minimize to the degree possible the risk of injury to themselves and others.

D

NEITHER NASCAR NOR THE PROMOTER CAN OR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ADEQUACY OF A COMPETITOR’S RACE VEHICLE, RACING EQUIPMENT, OR RACING ACTIVITY TO ACCOMPLISH THIS PURPOSE.

a

Any Member involved in an accident or otherwise injured while on the racing premises at an Event (e.g. racing surface, pit area, garage area, etc.), must report such incident to a NASCAR Official or NASCAR Medical liaison as soon as practicable, but in no event prior to leaving the premises, unless such Member is physically unable to make such a report.

b

Each Competitor agrees and consents that in the event of injury or death in the course of or as a result of an Event, to sign in advance of the Event the necessary waivers to release and provide to NASCAR access to copies of any and all medical records of the Competitor related to such an injury or death.

Through a comprehensive testing program, NASCAR’s Substance Abuse Policy Rules are designed to keep Events safe for everyone and provide a level playing field. Strong testing programs save lives, prevent injury, gives NASCAR Members additional reasons to say no to illegal drugs, and help identify people with substance abuse issues and facilitate their treatment. To those ends, NASCAR prohibits the misuse of alcohol, prescription drugs, and any other substance used in a manner that affects safety or impacts the integrity of the competition, including but not limited to, illegal or performance enhancing substances. All NASCAR Members are responsible for whatever goes into their body.

A

The Policy of this program is overseen by NASCAR, but it is administered and implemented through a program administrator, specimen collectors, testing laboratories, medical review officer, and substance abuse professionals.

A

NASCAR has designated Dr. Douglas F. Aukerman, M.D., as the program administrator (PA).

B

The PA acts to oversee the administration and implementation of the program, but his primary role is to act as an advocate for the accuracy and integrity of the substance abuse testing process.

C

The PA will also facilitate evaluations for NASCAR Members for the Road to Recovery Program by coordinating evaluations with the appropriate substance abuse professional for advising on the creation of a Road to Recovery Plan that may include substance abuse counseling, treatment, or rehabilitation.

D

The PA duties shall be carried out by Dr. Douglas F. Aukerman, M.D., in his capacity as agent and employee of AukMed, Inc.

A

Except for pre-license testing, all specimen collection under this Policy will be conducted by NASCAR designated collectors.

B

NASCAR has designated Drug Free Sport of Kansas City, MO, to conduct the random selection, collection, and transport of urine, blood, saliva, hair, and/or breath specimens pursuant to this Policy and to Sports Medicine and Research Testing Laboratory (SMRTL).

C

NASCAR reserves the right to designate other collectors or collection agencies, as needed to facilitate this Policy, throughout the year.

A

Except for pre-license testing, all testing under this Policy will be done at the NASCAR designated testing laboratory.

B

NASCAR has designated Sports Medicine and Research Testing Laboratory of Salt Lake City, UT, to administer the testing of all urine, blood, saliva, hair, and/or breath specimens collected through random testing under this Policy and to communicate all the results to the Medical Review Officer (MRO).

C

NASCAR reserves the right to designate other testing facilities, as needed to facilitate this Policy, throughout the year.

A

NASCAR has designated Dr. Douglas F. Aukerman, M.D., as the Medical Review Officer (MRO) of this Policy.

B

The MRO is an independent and impartial physician to the laboratory’s findings, and he is responsible for receiving and reviewing laboratory results generated under this Policy and determining whether there is a legitimate medical explanation for a positive drug test or refusal to test because of adulteration, substitution, or other non-negative test.

C

Dr. Aukerman is a board-certified Sports Medicine physician and a medical review officer certified by the American Association of Medical Review Officers (AAMRO).

D

NASCAR reserves the right to designate other MROs, as needed, to facilitate this Policy throughout the year.

E

The MRO duties shall be carried out by Dr. Douglas F. Aukerman, M.D., in his capacity as agent and employee of AukMed, Inc.

A

Although this Policy is intended to apply principally to drivers and all crew members listed on Team Event Rosters (hereinafter “Competitor” or “Competitors”), as well as NASCAR Officials, as determined by NASCAR (hereinafter “Official” or “Officials”), all other NASCAR Members are required to adhere to NASCAR’s Substance Abuse Policy and are subject to reasonable suspicion testing, as well as any subsequent follow-up testing and Road to Recovery testing that is necessary. (See Section 4.1.5 Testing for Prohibited Substances)

A

NASCAR will regularly test any Competitor or Official whose performance at a NASCAR Event potentially affects the integrity of competition or the safety of themselves, other NASCAR Members, spectators, and guests, including but not limited to, those listed on required Team Event Rosters.

A

NASCAR will regularly test any Competitor, whose use of illegal or performance enhancing drugs (PED) or substances could alter or enhance their performance at a NASCAR Event to create an unfair advantage or impact the integrity of competition, including but not limited to, those listed in this Section or anyone determined solely by NASCAR.

B

The Competitors and Officials subject to drug testing as well as steroid and PED testing are:

  • Drivers
  • Tire Changers
  • Tire Carriers
  • Jack Person
  • Fueler.
A

For this Policy, prohibited substances are those substances that, in the PA’s determination, in consultation with NASCAR, may adversely affect the safety and well-being and performance of a NASCAR Member at a NASCAR Event, including without limitation, illegal drugs.

B

The PA, in consultation with NASCAR, may make this determination with respect to a particular substance at any time, including and without limitation, at the time of discovery of the substance following a drug test.

C

For these Rules, federal bans and definitions of illegal substances supersede any state and/or local ordinance, regulation, or law allowing use of a substance.

D

NASCAR Members are prohibited from using, having in their system, possessing, purchasing, selling, and/or participating in the distribution of any drug that is illegal to possess, use, and/or distribute by the laws of the United States of America and/or any of its 50 states, regardless of the amount, at any time.

E

Illegal acquisition and/or illegal distribution of any prescription or over-the-counter medications are strictly prohibited at any time.

F

In addition to the prohibition of illegal drugs described above, non-medical use of the non-exhaustive list of drugs in this Section is prohibited under this Policy.

A

Stimulants include, without limitation:

STIMULANTS
Amphetamine
Methamphetamine
Ecstasy (MDMA)
Eve (MDEA)
MDA
PMA
Phentermine, and other amphetamine derivatives and related compounds

 

A

Narcotic analgesics include, without limitation:

NARCOTIC ANALGESICS
Alfentanil
Fentanyl
Hydromorphone
Marijuana (Cannabis)/Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC)
Meperidine
Methadone
Morphine
Oxycodone
Oxymorphone
Propoxyphene
Sufentanil
Heroin and/or their chemical and pharmacological analogs and related compounds
Codeine, dihydrocodeine, hydrocodone, and codeine analogs and related compounds (including those available over the counter in some countries if taken for a non-medical use)

 

A

Ephedrine class includes ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, and/or their chemical and pharmacological analogs and related compounds, as well as pseudoephedrine (even if purchased as an over-the-counter medication without a prescription), if used:

  • In a manner that is inconsistent with the instructions provided by the drug manufacturer (e.g. use in concentrations or amounts in excess of the manufacturer’s recommended dose) or
  • In a manner or an amount that may cause an increased risk to health, safety, or an impairment of ability to perform his/her duties in relation to a NASCAR Event.
A

Benzodiazepines include, without limitation:

BENZODOIAZEPINES
Alprazolam
Diazepam
Lorazepam (Ativan)
Oxazapam (Serax)
Temazepam (Restoril)
Alpha-hydroxy-alprazolam (Xanax)
Nordiazepam (Valium) and/or their chemical and pharmacological analogs and related compounds

 

A

Barbiturates include, without limitation:

BARBITURATES
Amobarbital (Amytal)
Butalbital (Anolor 300, Esgic, Fioricet, Fiorinal)
Butabarbital (Butisol)
Phenobarbital (Luminol, Solfoton)
Pentobarbital (Nembutal, Nembutal Sodium)
Secobarbital (Seconal) and/or their chemical and pharmacological analogs and related compounds

 

A

Performance enhancing drugs include, without limitation, Human Growth Hormone (hGH), Human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG), Luetenizing Hormone (LH), and Insulin-like Growth Factor (IGF-1), clenbuterol, anabolic androgenic steroids (“AAS”), including without limitation:

PERFORMANCE ENHANCING DRUGS
Androstenediol
Androstendione
Bolasterone
Boldenone
Chloroxomesterone (dehydrochlormethyltestosterone)
Clostebol
Dihydroepiandosterone
Dihydrotestosterone
Depitestosterone
Dromostanolone
Epitestosterone
4-Chlortestosterone
Fluoxymesterone
Formebolone
Furazabol
Mesterolone
Methandienone (Methadrostenolone)
Methandriol
Methenolone
Methylclostebol
Methyltestosterone
Methyltrienolone
Mibolerone
Nondrolone
Norandrostendione
Norethandrolone
Norethindrone
Oxabolone
Oxandrolone
Oxymesterone
Oxymetholone
Stanozolol
Stenbolone
Testosterone
Trenbolone

 

A

Muscle relaxers include, without limitation:

  • Carisoprodol (Soma)
  • Meprobamate (Miltown, Meprospan).
A

Sleep aids include, without limitation:

  • Zolpidem (Ambien).
A

Beta blockers include, without limitation:

BETA BLOCKERS
Acebutolol
Alprenolol
Amosulalol
Atenolol
Betaxolol
Bisoprolol
Carteolol
Esmolol
Landiolol
Levobunolol
Mepindolol
Metipranolol
Metoprolol
Nadolol
Nebivolol
Oxprenolol
Penbutolol
Pindolol
Propranolol
Sotalol
Tilisolol
Timolol

 

A

Hormone and metabolic modulators include, without limitation:

HORMONE AND METABOLIC MODULATORS
Anastrozole
Arimidex
Aromatase inhibitors (Androst-3, 5-dien, 17-dione)
ATD
Clomid
Clomiphene
Evista
Formestane
Fulvestrant
SARMS
“SERMS” (raloxifene, tamoxifen (Nolvadex), toremifene)

 

A

NASCAR recognizes that there are many prescriptions and over-the-counter medications that serve essential or beneficial purposes for the health and well-being of NASCAR Members, and nothing in this Policy is intended to discourage the proper use of these medications. However, NASCAR Members must report usage of any type of medication that falls under the stimulant, narcotic analgesic, ephedrine, benzodiazepine, or muscle relaxer categories within five days of prescription.

B

Some medications, even when properly used, may adversely affect the safety and integrity of competition for motorsports Events. For example, many types of cough medicines contain codeine, which is a potent narcotic that may cause drowsiness or diminished alertness.

C

Non-medical use of a prohibited prescription or over-the-counter medication by a NASCAR Member is prohibited, and the MRO will examine whether:

  • The medication was used in a manner inconsistent with the instructions provided by the manufacturer, pharmacist, and/or the prescribing physician.
  • The medication causes a competitive advantage or a diminished or impaired ability to perform duties on the day of an Event.
  • The medication was used without a valid prescription from a licensed and treating physician that was given for a legitimate medical purpose.
  • The NASCAR Member failed to advise the issuing physician that another physician was prescribing the same and/or similar medication.
  • The medication was prescribed more than six months prior to a NASCAR Event.
D

For these Rules, federal bans and definitions of illegal substances supersede any state and/or local ordinance, regulation, or law permitting the use of a substance.

A

A NASCAR Member is prohibited from consuming any alcohol 12 hours prior to or during any NASCAR on-track activity or Event.

B

A NASCAR Member with breath, urine, saliva, or blood alcohol level above 20mg per 100ml (0.02%) at the time of testing is deemed unfit for Race driving, participating, or officiating in a NASCAR Event.

C

Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude a NASCAR Official from determining that a NASCAR Member with a breath, urine, saliva, or blood alcohol test level below 20mg per 100ml (0.02%) is physically unfit for Race driving, participating, or officiating in a NASCAR Event and taking such action as the NASCAR Official may deem appropriate under the NASCAR Rules.

A

Dietary and CBD supplements may contain (either purposefully or through contamination) a prohibited substance under this Policy.

B

Any product sold with a warning advising non-use if the purchaser is subject to a drug testing program should be avoided even though such product may be available without a prescription.

C

NASCAR Members may use a variety of apps or internet sources to become more educated about the contents of a supplement, but regardless of that information, the NASCAR Member is responsible for any substance found in their system.

A

The use or attempted use of any agent or technique that is designed to avoid detection of a prohibited substance and/or falsify, alter, compromise, or otherwise tamper with the integrity of a specimen or test under this Policy is prohibited. This includes:

  • Providing false urine samples (e.g. urine substitution or synthetic urine).
  • Contaminating the urine sample with chemicals or chemical products.
  • Using pharmaceutical diuretics to purposefully dilute the urine sample.
  • Using masking agents.
  • Using Aromatase inhibitors that may biologically manipulate the testosterone/epitestosterone ratio and/or using epitestosterone to artificially alter the testosterone/epitestosterone ratio.
A

NASCAR Members are prohibited from using any legal or illegal substance, or combination of substances, including but not limited to, synthetics, analogues, and/or derivatives of a banned substance.

A

The use of any legal or illegal substance, or combination of substances, which when taken into the human body, can impair the ability of the person to perform safely is prohibited.

B

Under this Policy, any substance, or combination of substances, used in an unsafe manner is a violation.

C

For example, a combination of drinking ten cups of espresso, taking cold medicine, and using prescribed sleep medication will cause a safety risk, although each substance in small amounts by themselves may not necessarily result in a violation of the SAP.

A

The use of any legal or illegal substance, or combination of substances, which when taken into the human body, can alter or enhance a person’s ability to compete in a manner unfair to other Competitors is a violation.

B

For example, a legal substance may be substantially similar to an illegal drug (i.e. synthetics, analogues, and/or derivatives of an illegal substance); use of that substance will result in a violation of the SAP.

A

Competitors or Officials in the NASCAR Cup Series, NASCAR Xfinity Series, and NASCAR Camping World Truck Series are required to notify and provide proof of prescriptions for all prohibited substances under this Policy to the MRO within five days of receipt of such a prescription from his/her treating physician. The method to provide this information to the MRO shall be:

  • Using a fax cover sheet, print “NASCAR SAP Information”, the Competitor or Official name and phone number, name of medication, the prescribing physician, and the physician’s phone number. Attach a copy of the prescription providing the dosage and duration instructions for proper use.
  • Fax both the cover sheet and copy of the prescription to the MRO at (888) 595-4949, or email scanned copies to mro@aukmed.net.
  • The Competitor’s or Official’s physician may receive a call from the MRO to discuss the prognosis and expected length of treatment and corresponding duration of the prescription.
A

Under this Policy, all Competitors, Officials, and NASCAR Members will be tested as outlined in this Section.

A

Competitors and Officials applying for a NASCAR license who will be listed on a Team Event Roster in any capacity must submit to a drug test and have a negative result submitted as part of the license application process.

B

If a pre-approved laboratory report of a negative test result is not reported by the laboratory or provided to NASCAR by the Competitor or Official, NASCAR will not accept an application for a license.

C

Competitors and Officials should allow at least seven days from the time of providing a specimen, for filing of results.

NOTE: If an MRO review is required, results may take longer than seven days to submit to NASCAR.

A

Negative test results can be reported to NASCAR either directly from the pre-approved laboratory or the report can be provided by the Competitor or Official with his/her license application.

A

For pre-license tests, NASCAR will not accept any negative test older than 90 days before the time of license application approval.

B

Any individual who receives a positive result from a pre-license test will be required to wait ten days from the date of the positive result before submitting another pre-license test for review.

A

NASCAR recognizes that NASCAR Members often serve in a variety of roles on various teams. To be ready to perform those roles listed on a Team Event Roster, it is strongly recommended that a drug test is completed by all NASCAR Members.

A

Steps should be taken to anticipate who will fill in for team members that are performing duties listed on a Team Event Roster.

B

For team members who become sick, injured, or unable to attend Events, steps should be taken to ensure that replacements meet pre-licensing requirements.

C

Proof of a specimen collected for testing is not enough; the actual results must also be completed and submitted to NASCAR.

A

Approved pre-license drug test labs are outlined in:

Table 4.1.5.1.5.a Approved Pre-License Drug Test Labs

APPROVED PRE-LICENSE DRUG TEST LABS

 

LAB CONTACT INFORMATION
Clinical Reference Laboratory facilitated by Drug Free Sport 816-800-8156 or prelicense@drugfreesport.com
Sports Medicine and Research Testing Laboratory 801-994-9454

 

A

If a pre-license drug test requires a medical review, the Medical Review Officer (MRO) must be Dr. Douglas Aukerman, M.D., or a NASCAR-designated MRO.

A

NASCAR may also require a NASCAR Member to submit to a test or tests if a NASCAR Official has reasonable suspicion that the NASCAR Member has violated any part of this Policy or has a competitive advantage or diminished ability to perform as a result of using any substance in violation of this Policy. Some of the conditions, observations, and/or reports that may cause a NASCAR Official to have such a reasonable suspicion are, without limitation, as outlined in this Section.

A

When a NASCAR Member is found or observed in possession of illegal substances or illegal drug paraphernalia at any time.

A

Observations of signs, symptoms, and/or behaviors generally understood to accompany the use of prohibited substances or alcohol use or intoxication including, without limitation:

  • Physical signs of red or droopy eyes, dilated, or constricted pupils.
  • Slurred speech, stumbling, or hyperactivity.
  • Needle marks.
  • Repeated unexplained disappearances from an Event.
  • Constantly running nose, red appearance in the face, or persistent sniffing.
  • Time distortion, including repeated tardiness and missed appointments.
  • Chronic forgetfulness or broken promises.
  • Accidents during Events.
  • Inability to concentrate or remember, or to maintain attention.
  • Mental confusion, paranoia, or presence of abnormal thoughts or ideas.
  • Violent tendencies, loss of temper, or irritability.
  • Extreme personality change or mood swings.
  • Deteriorating personal hygiene or appearance.
A

An arrest or conviction for driving while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or an alcohol or drug-related conviction.

A

Receipt of a report from a reliable source that a NASCAR Member is under the influence of substances prohibited under this Policy on the day of a NASCAR Event, or, at any time, is using, possessing, or selling illegal drugs or substances.

A

The results of an examination or test, as provided by the NASCAR Rules, which shows evidence of use of a prohibited substance or alcohol abuse or of adulteration or manipulation of the specimen.

A

The odor or aroma of an alcoholic beverage on or about the breath or body of a Competitor, Official, or NASCAR Member consistent with use of such a substance, or alcoholic beverage on the day of a NASCAR Event.

A

Violation of NASCAR safety precautions or careless acts during a NASCAR Event.

A

NASCAR may also require all Competitors and Officials to submit to unannounced random testing at any time during an Event to ensure compliance with this Policy. This may include, but is not limited to, observed or unobserved random testing before or after Practice, Qualifying, or the Race itself.

A

Random testing rates will be effective at the beginning of every season, and the rate will be set by NASCAR’s Substance Abuse Advisory Council.

B

The drug testing and PED testing rates may either increase or decrease based on program test results of the previous year and substance abuse trends impacting professional sports and the public.

C

Random testing rates set by NASCAR are an annual minimum requirement.

D

NASCAR’s Substance Abuse Advisory Council reserves the right to increase the rate in response to quarterly program test results, incidents of increased substance abuse activity, and other indicators of policy violations.

A

Random selection for testing will be conducted by the Drug Free Sport through a computer-based random number generator.

B

The testing pool may be based on Competitors and Officials attending a specific NASCAR Event or from the current pool of licensed NASCAR Competitors and Officials.

A

Observed random testing may be utilized during the NASCAR season. The number of observed testing events will be set by NASCAR’s Substance Abuse Advisory Council according to Section 4.1.5.3.1 Random Testing Rates.

B

Based on their training and experience, a collector may require a random test to be observed to prevent someone from altering a specimen even if the collection was not specified as an observed collection.

C

The Medical Review Officer (MRO) may require an observed follow-up test based on the finding of a previous substituted or adulterated sample.

A

NASCAR Members may be required to undergo follow-up testing as requested by the PA, MRO, or NASCAR.

A

The PA may request follow-up testing for administrative issues.

A

The MRO may request follow-up testing for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to:

  • If the MRO finds that test results are invalid, the MRO may request a follow-up test to assist in analysis.
  • Monitor or determine therapeutic levels of prescription drugs.
  • Determine whether a NASCAR Member is “cycling” or “stacking” performance enhancing substances.
  • Assist in the investigative process to determine if there is a legitimate medical reason for test results.
  • Finding that a test was substituted or adulterated.
A

In its discretion, NASCAR may include drug and/or alcohol testing as a condition of probation.

B

In the rare instances when that occurs, NASCAR will review the situation and determine how many times, for how long, in what circumstances, and for what substances a Member will be tested as part of probation and whether collections are to be observed.

A

NASCAR Members who violate this Policy are required to be evaluated and tested before returning to NASCAR.

B

Under the terms and conditions of reinstatement of a NASCAR license, the PA will provide for an evaluation with an appropriate substance abuse professional to advise on the creation of a The Road to Recovery Plan, which may include substance abuse counseling, treatment, or rehabilitation.

C

The PA will determine how many times the NASCAR Member will be tested, for how long, and for what substances.

D

The PA may also require that collections be under direct observation.

A

NASCAR may require a NASCAR Member to submit to a test or tests, including without limitation, urine, blood, saliva, hair, and/or breath tests.

B

The type of test performed is at the discretion of the PA, MRO, and NASCAR.

C

At the time of testing, the choice of specimen for a particular test is at the discretion of the PA, MRO, and NASCAR. In the event of disagreement, NASCAR shall determine the specimen for a particular test.

A

Refusing to submit to testing will be treated as if the test was found to be positive.

B

For the purpose of this Policy, NASCAR Members have refused to take a test if they:

  • Fail to participate, authorize, or cooperate for testing, including failure to follow the procedures outlined in Section 4.1.8 Authorization for Testing and Release.
  • Fail to appear for a test after being notified of the test.
  • Fail to remain for the duration of testing or until all testing requirements have been completed.
  • Fail to provide a sufficient amount of the requested specimen and the MRO determines that no legitimate medical reason exists for the insufficient specimen.
  • Fail to permit or allow a requested observed collection.
  • Fail to take a requested follow-up test.
  • Fail to consult and/or cooperate with the MRO.
  • Fail to provide an unadulterated specimen. A test is considered a refusal for any findings of specimens that are adulterated, substituted, including, but not limited to, a finding of synthetic urine, synthetic marijuana, adulterants, intentional dilution of specimens, etc., and where no legitimate medical explanation supports the laboratory findings.
C

Any attempts by NASCAR Members to mask or alter the results of the test will be considered a refusal.

A

If a NASCAR Official directs a NASCAR Member, who refuses to consent to and participate in a test within the time period designated by the NASCAR Official, the NASCAR Member may be removed from the racing premises by a NASCAR Official and may be subject to other emergency action as may be appropriate, including disciplinary action under the NASCAR Rules.

A

If a NASCAR Member refuses to execute any authorization for the release of that NASCAR Member’s medical records, as deemed relevant in the PA, MRO, or NASCAR’s discretion, or withdraws such authorization for testing and release under this Policy, that NASCAR Member will not be issued a NASCAR license or, if already issued, the NASCAR license will be suspended until the NASCAR Member executes the above mentioned authorization and release, and delivers it to NASCAR.

B

If a NASCAR Official directs a NASCAR Member to submit to a urine, blood, saliva, hair, and/or breath test as provided by this Policy, that NASCAR Member must consent to and participate in the test by the time designated by the NASCAR Official. If that NASCAR Member refuses to consent to and participate in such a test or tests within the time period designated by the NASCAR Official, the NASCAR Official may remove the NASCAR Member from the racing premises or take such other emergency action as may be appropriate, and that NASCAR Member will also be subject to disciplinary action under the NASCAR Rules.

A

The collectors will, among other things, be responsible for the procedures outlined in this Section.

A

The collectors will confirm the identity of the person whose specimen is taken.

B

Where necessary, the collectors will directly observe the collection of the specimen(s) if, in the MRO’s discretion, the integrity of the testing process requires it.

C

Collectors and his/her agents may directly observe the collection based on their training and experience and/or other factors, including but not limited to, materials brought to the collection site, a temperature of the original specimen was out of range, or the NASCAR Member’s behavior indicates an attempt to tamper with a specimen, etc.

A

The collectors will ensure that the specimen(s) is collected within the designated time period.

B

Normally, collection shall be made within one hour or less of the notification of the NASCAR Member that testing will be conducted, unless a different time is designated by the PA and/or a NASCAR Official based on the circumstances.

A

Taking photographs and/or audio/visual recording of the NASCAR Substance Abuse Program collection protocols and procedures is prohibited.

B

NASCAR Members are prohibited from bringing any electronic device capable of photography and/or audio/visual recording into the collection area.

A

The collectors will promptly measure the temperature of the specimen(s) to ensure it has not been manipulated.

B

Where results indicate that the sample is inappropriate for testing, the PA and/or a NASCAR Official may require the NASCAR Member to provide an additional specimen(s) as necessary.

A

The collectors will split specimens into “A” and “B” samples (when possible), label, secure, and transport the specimen(s) to the testing laboratory in such a manner as to ensure that the specimen(s) is not misplaced, tampered with, or relabeled.

A

The collectors will provide an opportunity for the NASCAR Member to identify all prescription and over-the-counter medications consumed by the NASCAR Member in the preceding three months.

A

Under this Policy, all specimens collected, including both “A” and “B” samples, are exclusively the property of NASCAR.

A

Once the MRO notifies a NASCAR Member that they have a positive drug test or refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, or other non-negative test, the NASCAR Member has 72 hours from the time of notification to respond to the MRO’s request for an interview and additional information, in accordance with this Section.

A

The MRO may request the following information, for example and without limitation:

  • Suitable proof of valid medical prescriptions given by a licensed and treating physician.
  • Consent to review records of the prescribing physician.
  • Any other reasonable requests that assist the MRO investigation.
A

To assist the MRO’s investigation, the MRO may direct the NASCAR Member to undergo further independent medical evaluation from a professional designated by the MRO, at the NASCAR Member’s expense.

B

After a medical exam is requested, NASCAR Members have 30 business days to have the test examination conducted.

C

By obtaining a NASCAR Membership or license, NASCAR Members have consented for the MRO to contact their physician for the purposes of an MRO investigation.

D

Failing to cooperate with the MRO’s investigation, or to provide suitable proof in a timely manner shall be treated as confirmation of the positive test.

A

When required by this Policy, the MRO is to make reasonable efforts to notify Members. Reasonable efforts may include the MRO using email, texts, phone, or mail to contact the Member via the contact information the Member provided on the license application.

A

If the MRO determines that there is no legitimate medical use or legitimate medical explanation for a positive test or refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, the MRO is to consider all information derived from the testing process and information derived from the MRO investigation, and then make a determination of whether the results are positive.

B

If the MRO decides the results are positive, the MRO shall inform NASCAR of a positive result, irrespective of whether the split specimen procedures described in this Rule Book have been completed.

C

Once split specimen procedures are completed, the MRO shall then issue to NASCAR either a confirmed negative test result or a confirmed positive test result.

D

If split specimen procedures are waived or never acted upon, the MRO shall issue a confirmed positive result and violation of this Policy to NASCAR.

A

Once the MRO notifies a NASCAR Member that they have a positive drug test or refusal to test because of adulteration, substitution, or other non-negative test, the NASCAR Member has 72 hours from the time of notification to request in writing a test of the split specimen or “B” sample, in accordance with this Section.

A

All requests to test a “B” sample must be made in writing to the MRO.

B

Requests can be faxed, with a cover sheet, to the MRO at (888) 595-4949, or emailed to mro@aukmed.net.

A

The “B” sample test shall be conducted at Sports Medicine and Research Testing Laboratory (SMRTL) using the “B” specimen from the original collection.

B

The NASCAR Member may be present (either personally or be represented by a qualified toxicologist not affiliated with SMRTL) during the second test at his/her own expense.

C

If the NASCAR Member chooses to be present personally or represented by a qualified toxicologist during the “B” sample test, the NASCAR Member must notify the MRO in writing within the 72 hour period, as outlined in Section 4.1.10.2 Split Specimen Procedures.

D

The NASCAR Member is responsible for any costs associated with the “B” sample test.

A

The “B” sample test will be performed under the same procedures used by SMRTL in the original test of the “A” specimen.

B

If the “B” sample fails to confirm the original test, then the specimen and test will be recorded as negative, and there will be no violation under this Policy.

C

If the “B” sample test confirms the original test, then the specimen and test will be recorded as a confirmed positive test and a violation of this Policy.

A

If no “B” sample is available due to the nature of the collection, then the MRO will act upon the procedures outlined in Section 4.1.10.1 MRO Requests for an Interview and Additional Information.

B

The final determination of whether there has been a violation of this Policy will be made by the MRO.

A

After a “B” sample test is requested, NASCAR Members have 30 business days to have the “B” sample test conducted and results finalized.

A

If the MRO decides the results are positive, the MRO shall inform NASCAR of a positive result, irrespective of whether the split specimen procedures described in this Rule Book have been completed.

B

If the MRO is concerned about the safety and integrity of the competition or other exigent circumstances, the MRO may notify NASCAR of the original “A” specimen positive test prior to the verification of the results.

A

Upon notification of the original “A” specimen positive test, NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may temporarily suspend a NASCAR Member’s license before the “B” sample test is completed based on the following reasons:

  • Concerns regarding the safety of NASCAR Members and others at an Event or on-track.
  • Concerns regarding the fairness of a Competition.
  • Exigent circumstances.
  • Undue delay to accommodate the presence of the NASCAR Member (or his/her representative) at the “B” sample test.
B

NASCAR Members temporarily suspended (as outlined in this Section) are ineligible to apply for temporary deferment of the suspension from the Appeals Panel under Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeal Officer.

C

In the interests of safety and integrity of Competition, the temporary suspension shall be executed promptly.

A

The “A” and “B” specimen samples remain the exclusive property of NASCAR.

A

A NASCAR Member is not entitled to 72 hours to request a “B” sample test when no specimen was produced or tested due to refusal or when the NASCAR Member waives the 72 hours during the MRO interview.

A

When the MRO has made repeated attempts to contact the NASCAR Member regarding notification of a positive test and “B” bottle sample testing procedures, and the NASCAR Member has not responded to the MRO, then the MRO may report the test as positive after 72 hours from the findings of the test.

B

Lack of cooperation with the MRO by the NASCAR Member will be treated as a constructive waiver of his/her “B” bottle sample testing procedures.

A

If the MRO verifies a test as cancelled or negative, the results will be reported to NASCAR.

B

A cancelled or negative test will not be treated as a violation of this Policy.

A

Upon being notified by the MRO of a verified positive or refusal, or any violation of this Policy, NASCAR will suspend a NASCAR Member’s license for an indefinite period and/or take such other disciplinary action deemed appropriate under the circumstances under the NASCAR Rules.

A

By seeking to participate in any NASCAR Event, all NASCAR Members agree that NASCAR may publish the results of any test or tests conducted under this Policy and the circumstances giving rise to such test or tests to such third parties as NASCAR, in its sole discretion, deems reasonable under the circumstances.

B

NASCAR may also publish any and all violations to this Policy, including but not limited to, conduct violations where no testing may have occurred.

C

No NASCAR Member shall have any claim or cause of action of any kind against NASCAR or any director, officer, employee, or agent of NASCAR, specimen collectors, the PA, testing laboratory, or MRO, with respect to such publication, and/or shall be deemed to have released any such claim or cause of action.

A

NASCAR shall send a suspended NASCAR Member a letter containing the terms and conditions for consideration of reinstatement of the NASCAR Member’s NASCAR license.

B

If the NASCAR Member wishes to have NASCAR lift the suspension, the NASCAR Member must agree to NASCAR’s terms and conditions.

C

Under the terms and conditions of reinstatement, the PA will also facilitate an evaluation for The Road to Recovery Program by coordinating an evaluation with the appropriate substance abuse professional for advising on the creation of a Road to Recovery Plan that may include substance abuse counseling, treatment, or rehabilitation.

D

The PA will determine how many times the NASCAR Member will be tested, for how long, and for what substances.

E

The PA may also require that collections be under direct observation.

F

Testing will be done at a time and place and under conditions specified by NASCAR and/or the PA, at the NASCAR Member’s expense, which will include laboratory fees and all other direct and indirect costs incurred by NASCAR or the laboratory in connection with each test.

G

When a NASCAR Member has, to the satisfaction of the PA, completed the requirements set forth in the letter, the NASCAR Member will be eligible for reconsideration of reinstatement of his/her NASCAR license.

A

With respect to any prohibited act described, if a NASCAR Official determines that a NASCAR Member has engaged in any such prohibited act, the NASCAR Official may remove the NASCAR Member from the racing premises or take such other emergency action as is appropriate, and that NASCAR Member will also be subject to disciplinary action under the NASCAR Rules.

A

Pain medications and other substances prohibited or misused under this Policy can be addictive, abused, and generally harmful to the health and well-being of NASCAR Members.

B

A NASCAR Member who believes he/she may have a substance abuse issue or problem is encouraged to seek professional assistance or self-help solutions.

C

No Penalty will be imposed under NASCAR’s Substance Abuse Policy on a NASCAR Member who voluntarily acknowledges a substance abuse issue or problem to NASCAR’s Substance Abuse Program Director prior to notice of a drug test.

D

NASCAR may, however, in the interest of safety, temporarily suspend the NASCAR Member’s license until the NASCAR Member has been rehabilitated to the satisfaction of NASCAR.

E

If requested, NASCAR will provide a list of credible drug or alcohol rehabilitation programs.

F

NASCAR strongly encourages both self-help and professional treatment for those suffering from a substance abuse issue or problem.

G

Many worthy programs, both public and private, are available to treat substance abuse addictions.

H

NASCAR will continue its efforts to support a drug-free America and a society in which alcohol is not abused.

A

This Policy, as it may be amended from time to time, is binding upon all NASCAR Members in the same manner and to the same extent as the NASCAR Rules.

A

All NASCAR Members have an obligation to protect the integrity of the sport. Gambling on NASCAR Events by Members can pose a serious threat to the integrity of NASCAR, its stakeholders, and the industry as a whole. The integrity of NASCAR Competition remains our greatest asset. To protect the sport from corrupt influences, NASCAR’s Sports Gambling Policy is outlined in this Section.

A

While NASCAR reserves the right to regulate any NASCAR Member gambling conduct related to NASCAR Events, NASCAR has an enhanced concern regarding the conduct of Competitors who compete and contribute to the on-track NASCAR Competition. As such, NASCAR’s Sports Gambling Policy applies to NASCAR Competitors holding the following valid NASCAR Series licenses:

  • Competition-Driver
  • Competition-Team Owner
  • Competition-Crew Member
  • NASCAR Official.
B

NASCAR reserves the right to pursue legal or disciplinary action or to terminate one’s Membership based on gambling conduct even if the given individual is not listed in this Section.

C

All NASCAR Competitors holding a valid NASCAR Series Driver or Crew Member/Team Administrative License are required to complete the NASCAR mandated e-learning tutorial every other year/season or when applying as a new Member or when NASCAR provides an updated tutorial with new policy guidance, prior to receiving an approved license (https://education.sportradar.com/NASCARINTEGRITYTUTORIAL/#/home). Proof of completion will automatically be provided to NASCAR once a Member has completed the tutorial.

A

NASCAR Members shall not engage, nor attempt to engage, in any legal or illegal gambling activity (as defined below) relating to any Event:

  • In which NASCAR is involved, including but not limited to, the NASCAR Cup Series, NASCAR Xfinity Series, NASCAR Camping World Truck Series, and/or eNASCAR esports.
  • That in the judgement of NASCAR could represent the potential for a conflict of interest, unsportsmanlike conduct, or other action(s) detrimental to stock car auto racing or NASCAR.

This Rule applies to all gambling activities, including without limitation, those available in any gaming facility, casino, lottery gaming facility, racetrack gaming facility, on the internet or electronically, or in all other establishments and locations. Gambling activity, for purposes of the above, is defined as placing anything of value at risk, financial or otherwise, in connection with a bet, wager, or Game of Chance.

B

NASCAR Members shall not instruct, cause, or enable other individual(s) to engage or attempt to engage, in any legal or illegal gambling activity on an Event, as defined above, nor should they accept any money or other thing of value stemming from another individual’s legal or illegal gambling activity on an Event.

C

NASCAR Members shall not engage, nor attempt to engage, in any legal or illegal gambling activity relating to any off-track or other occurrences, actions, or proceedings concerning or related to NASCAR or its business, including but not limited to, team/driver signings, Race locations, disciplinary matters, eNASCAR esports participation, or other proposition bets, nor should they accept any money or other thing of value stemming from another individual’s legal or illegal gambling activity on any off-track occurrences.

D

NASCAR Members shall not instruct, cause, or enable other individual(s) to engage or attempt to engage, in any legal or illegal gambling activity relating to any off-track or other occurrences, actions, or proceedings, as defined above.

A

Fantasy games, daily fantasy games, or free to play contests or any similar online contests in which the real world performance of NASCAR Competitors determines the virtual performance and/or point total of a fictional race team assembled by game participants, are defined as Games of Skill rather than gambling activity.

B

NASCAR Members are permitted to engage in daily and/or season long fantasy games or free to play contests relating to any Event in which NASCAR is involved, including but not limited to, the NASCAR Cup Series, NASCAR Xfinity Series, NASCAR Camping World Truck Series, and/or eNASCAR esports Events, but shall not accept prizes with a value in excess of two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) total in any such fantasy games over the course of the NASCAR season, nor should they accept any money or other thing of value stemming from another individual’s legal or illegal gambling activity on any off-track occurrences.

A

NASCAR Members may not be involved with the offering, giving, acceptance, or receipt of a bribe, gift, or any type of consideration, financial or otherwise, that could improperly influence, manipulate, or fix an Event:

  • In which NASCAR is involved.
  • That in the judgment of NASCAR could represent the potential for a conflict of interest, unsportsmanlike conduct, or other action(s) detrimental to stock car auto racing or NASCAR.
B

NASCAR Members may not participate in nor instruct, cause, or enable other individual(s) to engage in any on-track or off-track action that could improperly influence, manipulate, or fix an Event, as defined above.

C

NASCAR Members must give their honest and best efforts when competing in NASCAR Events and shall not engage, nor attempt to engage, in any intentional underperformance regardless of purpose, motivation, or incentive.

A

NASCAR Members shall not directly or indirectly disclose, nor attempt to disclose, to any other individual or entity confidential information, information which the NASCAR Member has obtained by virtue of his or her position within the racing industry, or any other non-public special knowledge or information for the purposes of enabling or facilitating gambling activity related in any way to any Events in which NASCAR is involved or off-track actions.

B

NASCAR Members shall not request or support, nor attempt to support, any such provision of knowledge or other information, whether for their own gain or for the gain of others.

C

NASCAR Members shall not be involved with any such provision of knowledge or other information in situations where they know, or reasonably should know, that disclosure could contribute to the improper use of such information in connection with sports betting.

A

NASCAR Members are under a duty to report the following matters to NASCAR, without undue delay and unprompted, at the first available opportunity, via reporting@nascar.com or reporting.nascar.com or, if circumstances make utilization of reporting@nascar.com or reporting.nascar.com impractical, by directly reporting such matters to the Vice President and/or Senior Vice President, Competition:

  • Attempted, requested, witnessed, or observed legal or illegal gambling activity or noncompliant involvement with Games of Skill relating to any Event:
    • In which NASCAR is involved.
    • That in the judgment of NASCAR could represent the potential for a conflict of interest, unsportsmanlike conduct, or other action(s) detrimental to stock car auto racing or NASCAR.
  • The offering, giving, and/or acceptance or receipt of a bribe, gift, or any type of consideration, financial, or otherwise, that could improperly influence, manipulate, or fix an Event, as defined above.
  • Attempted, requested, witnessed, or observed disclosure of confidential information, information which a NASCAR Member has obtained by virtue of his or her position within the racing industry, or any other non-public special knowledge or information for the purposes of enabling or facilitating gambling activity related in any way to NASCAR Events or off-track actions.
  • Any activity known, suspected, or anticipated to be noncompliant with the NASCAR Gambling Policy.
B

NASCAR Members are under a duty to report the above matters to NASCAR, without undue delay and unprompted, at the first available opportunity, whether they are directly involved with the matter or should have reasonably been aware of the matter. This provision applies to any NASCAR Member who should reasonably be aware of attempted, witnessed, or suspected Rules violations relating to affiliated Competitors.

A

NASCAR Members are obligated to cooperate and affirmatively participate in any league investigation of a violation of the Rules whether the investigation stems from a report submitted by that person and/or whether he or she is the subject, witness, or even a person of interest in the investigation.

A

NASCAR reserves the right to issue Penalties to any Member (regardless of license type) for violations of its Sports Gambling Policy under Section 4.4 NASCAR Member Code of Conduct Penalty Options and Guidelines via the procedure set forth in Section 10.1 General Procedure, should the conduct of such Member, in the judgment of NASCAR, represent the potential for a conflict of interest, unsportsmanlike conduct, or other action(s) detrimental to stock car auto racing or NASCAR.

A

NASCAR shall send the suspended NASCAR Member a letter containing the terms and conditions for consideration of reinstatement of the NASCAR Member’s NASCAR license.

B

If the NASCAR Member wishes to have NASCAR lift the suspension, the NASCAR Member must agree to NASCAR’s terms and conditions.

C

Under the terms and conditions of reinstatement, a designated Program Administrator (PA) will facilitate an evaluation for the Reinstatement Program by coordinating an evaluation with the appropriate professional for advising on creation of a Reinstatement Plan.

D

When a NASCAR Member has, to the satisfaction of the PA, completed the requirements set forth in the letter, the NASCAR Member is eligible for reconsideration of reinstatement of a NASCAR license.

A

NASCAR Membership is a privilege. With that privilege comes certain benefits, responsibilities, and obligations. Correct and proper conduct, both on and off the racetrack, is part of a Member’s responsibilities. A Member’s actions can reflect upon the sport as a whole and on other NASCAR Members. Ideally, NASCAR Members are role models for the many fans who follow this sport, regardless of the type of license a Member may hold, or the specific Series in which a Member may participate. Therefore, NASCAR views a Member’s conduct, both on and off the racetrack, which might constitute a behavioral Rules violation under this Rule Book with great importance.

B

A Penalty issued for technical infractions are often based on exact technical measurements, tolerances, and/or written specifications. However, personal actions or omissions, or other behavior by a Member that might give rise to the issuance of a Penalty under Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action, are usually not.

C

In part, due to their individual nature, and the context in which they may have occurred, behavioral infractions do not lend themselves to a structure similar to that outlined in Race Disqualification, L1, L2, and L3 for technical infractions or at-track penalties. However, when reviewing and making a determination about the more common behavioral actions that have arisen from time to time, NASCAR will generally refer to the Member Conduct Guidelines in this Section with regards to issuing a Penalty Notice or taking other action.

D

NASCAR expects Members to police their own behavior, attempt to resolve disputes with other Members, and generally act as a role model representing the sport. NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may call mandatory meetings with Competitors, and meetings may also be requested by Competitors. However, from time to time, a Member’s action or omission may give rise for the need for NASCAR to step in, review the matter, and if necessary take action to maintain the fairness of Competition and/or the integrity of the sport. This might include Race Procedure decisions under Section 8 Sporting Regulations, issuing a Penalty Notice under Section 4.4 NASCAR Member Code of Conduct Penalty Options and Guidelines via the procedures set forth in Section 10.1 General Procedure, or both.

E

NASCAR Members shall not make or cause to be made a public statement and/or communication that criticizes, ridicules, or otherwise disparages another person based upon that person’s race, color, creed, national origin, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, religion, age, or handicapping condition.

F

NASCAR acknowledges that the nature of the sport of stock car racing involves hard and sometimes aggressive racing while contesting a position that could result in routine racing contact. If deemed as such, these are instances that would not normally result in further action by NASCAR.

G

In extraordinary circumstances, NASCAR may take whatever action it deems necessary to mitigate and/or rectify circumstances created by a Member’s actions, including but not limited to, negating the results of a driver’s performance and/or advancing a driver in the standings of The Playoffs.

H

Certain behavioral infractions are zero-tolerance (e.g. substance abuse violations) and are described in greater detail elsewhere in the Rule Book. Most behavioral infractions fall under the broader heading of Actions Detrimental to the Sport.

I

NASCAR will generally refer to the Member Code of Conduct Penalty Options and Guidelines when determining if any official action is required and, if so, what the scope of a Penalty Notice might include in most corresponding cases.

A

Member action(s) that could result in a minor enforcement action such as a meeting:

  • Heat-of-the-moment actions or reactions, either on or off the racetrack.
  • Member-to-Member confrontation(s) without physical violence (e.g. shoving match, shouting match, or general “venting”).
B

Member actions that could result in a $10,000-$15,000 fine:

  • Disparaging the sport and/or NASCAR’s leadership.
  • Verbal abuse of a NASCAR Official, media members, fans, etc.
  • Intentionally damaging another vehicle under yellow or red flag conditions or on pit road with no one around.
  • Failure to complete media obligations as outlined in the applicable Driver and Team Owner Agreements.
  • Failure to comply with any NASCAR-mandated pandemic-related special instructions, including but not limited to:
    • Immediately reporting if a Member is diagnosed with or exposed to a confirmed case of COVID-19 (within 24 hours of exposure/positive test).
    • Failing to provide proof of vaccination or negative test result when required by state regulations.
    • Failure to isolate or quarantine when infected with or exposed to a confirmed positive case.
C

Member actions that could result in a loss of 25-50 driver and Team Owner Points and/or $50,000-$100,000 fine and/or one Race suspension, indefinite suspension, or termination:

  • Physical confrontation with a NASCAR Official, media members, fans, etc.
  • Member-to-Member confrontation(s) with physical violence and other violent manifestations such as significant threat(s) and/or abuse and/or endangerment.
  • Attempting to manipulate the outcome of the Race or championship.
  • Intentionally wrecking another vehicle, whether or not that vehicle is removed from Competition as a result.
  • Any actions deemed to compromise the safety of an Event or otherwise pose a dangerous risk to the safety of Competitors, Officials, spectators, or others.
D

Member actions that could result in a loss of 50-100 driver and Team Owner Points and/or $150,000-$200,000 fine and/or two Race suspension, indefinite suspension, or termination:

  • Targeting another driver who is in a highly vulnerable position, such as already stopped with window net lowered, or whose vehicle has already had one or more of its safety systems affected by crash damage, such as an exposed fuel cell, damaged roll cage, and so on.
  • Premeditatedly removing another Competitor from championship contention in a dangerous manner when not racing for position based on the available evidence and specific circumstances of the incident.
    • Without limiting the scope, examples could include a Competitor “waiting” for another Competitor and then taking action, taking a trajectory with the vehicle not normally taken such as from pit exit directly up into a vehicle in the racing groove, clearly forcing another Competitor into the wall in an abrupt and unambiguous manner, and so on.
E

Member actions that could result in a fine and/or indefinite suspension, or termination:

  • Actions by a NASCAR Member that NASCAR finds to be detrimental to stock car racing or NASCAR.
  • Statement and/or communication made public (including social media platforms) that demeans, criticizes, ridicules, or otherwise disparages another person based upon that person’s race, color, creed, national origin, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, religion, age, or handicapping condition.
  • Being charged with or convicted of significant criminal violations (e.g. Domestic Violence, Trafficking, Assault), or having had determinations rendered by criminal or civil authorities that in NASCAR’s judgment necessitate action. NASCAR will not pre-judge guilt or innocence in the criminal or civil legal system, or the guilt or innocence of the Member, but rather review each matter in its own context and circumstances and with regards to its potential effects upon the sport.
  • Violations of NASCAR’s Sports Gambling Policy.
F

Factors that NASCAR may consider when reviewing a matter might include:

  • When and where the incident(s) occurred.
  • The perceivable or potential ramifications to others and/or to the sport.
  • Available empirical data.
  • Member’s past history.
  • Possible effects to fans, safety workers, crew members.
  • Any extenuating circumstances.
  • Was the explanation(s) plausible given the circumstances.
  • Was there an indication of genuine remorse or attempts to work things out with the other party(s) in a civil manner, and so on.
A

In order to compete in an Event, all drivers and Team Owners must submit, and have approved, an Official Entry Blank Coupon for the Event, or submit and be approved for a NASCAR Cup Series Annual Entry.

B

It is the responsibility of the NASCAR Member to obtain the appropriate Official Entry Blank, and to ascertain and abide by all applicable deadlines and instructions.

C

If applicable, the Member must complete the individual Official Entry Blank for an Event in full and submit it to the office specified on the Official Entry Blank Coupon by the deadline listed thereon. The date of submission of the Official Entry Blank will be determined by the date contained in the U.S. postal mark, (if mailed), NASCAR-recognized courier receipt, the NASCAR date stamp, if delivered in person to NASCAR, or the submittal date, if sent electronically. Telephone entries will not be accepted.

D

In the event an individual Official Entry Blank Coupon is not submitted by the listed deadline, NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may decide to accept or reject the Competitor’s entry. If accepted, the team will be eligible for prize money and Points, but not a provisional starting position(s), unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR.

E

Other than for Charter Teams, acceptance of any entry is at the sole discretion of NASCAR.

A

A NASCAR sanctioned Event is a competitive stock car racing Event that is intended to be conducted and officiated in accordance with this Rule Book, as it may be amended from time to time, any special rules that may be issued by NASCAR specifically for the Event, and any applicable agreement to which NASCAR is a party.

B

BY SUBMITTING AN ANNUAL ENTRY OR OFFICIAL ENTRY BLANK COUPON AND/OR TAKING PART IN ANY ACTIVITY RELATING TO THE EVENT, A MEMBER AGREES TO ABIDE BY THE DECISIONS OF NASCAR OFFICIALS (WHETHER LOCAL, REGIONAL, OR NATIONAL) AND NASCAR SUPERVISORY OFFICIALS RELATING TO THE EVENT OR ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF THE EVENT, AND AGREES THAT SUCH DECISIONS ARE FINAL, NON APPEALABLE (EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 10 VIOLATIONS AND DISCIPLINARY ACTION AND SECTION 11 APPEALS TO THE NATIONAL MOTORSPORTS APPEALS PANEL AND FINAL APPEAL OFFICER OF THIS RULE BOOK) AND NON-LITIGABLE. SUCH A MEMBER MAY INSPECT THE RACING FACILITY TO ENSURE THAT IT IS IN A SAFE RACEABLE AND USEABLE CONDITION. SUCH A MEMBER FURTHER AGREES TO INSPECT HIS/HER RACE CAR AND ALL RELATED EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE THAT IT IS IN A SAFE, RACEABLE AND USABLE CONDITION, AND THAT THE MEMBER VOLUNTARILY ASSUMES THE RISK OF, AND HAS NO CLAIM FOR DAMAGES AGAINST NASCAR, NEM. THE PROMOTER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICIALS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES BY REASON OF DAMAGE TO THE MEMBER’S CAR OR EQUIPMENT, OR INJURY OR DEATH OF THE DRIVER, THE PIT CREW OR ANY OTHER PERSON. ALL MEMBERS ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY AND ALL INJURIES SUSTAINED, INCLUDING DEATH, AND ALL PROPERTY DAMAGE, ANYTIME THEY ARE IN THE RACING AREAS OR EN-ROUTE THERETO OR THEREFROM. EACH MEMBER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE MEMBER’S SPOUSE AND NEXT OF KIN HAVE BEEN ADVISED THAT THE MEMBER UNDERSTANDS THE HIGH RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH WHICH MAY RESULT FROM RACING, AND THAT THE MEMBER SOLELY ASSUMES ALL SUCH RISKS.

C

Once an entry is accepted by NASCAR, a Competitor must submit in writing any requested changes to the entry, which NASCAR may accept or reject in its sole discretion.

D

If a Competitor competes in a NASCAR sanctioned Event without having properly submitted a fully executed Official Entry Blank Coupon, the Competitor, by such entry, nevertheless agrees that he/she is subject to all NASCAR Rules, amendments, and special rules, as well as all statements, releases and obligations appearing in the Official Entry Blank, as if he/she had properly submitted a fully executed Official Entry Blank.

E

Only persons approved by NASCAR may enter the racing area. Competitors may not enter the racing areas (i.e. garage areas, pits, racing surface, and similar areas) unless they personally have signed all required entry forms, waiver, and release of liability forms, and pit permits applicable to the particular Event. During an Event, NASCAR will designate certain times as ‘Hot’ times and ‘Cold’ times in the NASCAR Cup Series garage. Prior to and during the Race(s), the pit lane will also be designated as ‘Hot’. During ‘Hot’ times, participants requiring access to these areas must continuously display either a valid NASCAR-issued annual ‘Hardcard’ credential, an Essential Worker Pass, or a VIP Single Event Credential,  issued by NASCAR specifically for that Event. All other attendees who do not have either a valid annual ‘Hardcard’ credential, an Essential Worker Pass, or a VIP Single Event Credential must leave the garage/pit lane at the commencement of each ‘Hot’ time and may return during ‘Cold’ times. Minors will not be permitted on pit road during a designated ‘Hot’ time and must leave the garage/pit lane areas at the commencement of each ‘Hot” time and may return during ‘Cold’ times. No person may sign at any time, for any reason, any entry form, waiver and release of liability form or pit permit for anyone other than himself/herself.

F

When a Competitor submits an Annual Entry or an Official Entry Blank Coupon, and the entry is accepted, the Competitor becomes obligated to attempt in good faith to compete in the Event to the best of his/her ability.

G

A Competitor or any NASCAR Member shall not be permitted to pursue a legal remedy regarding decisions which are appealable under the NASCAR Rules unless and until all administrative procedures, including the appeals process as set forth in Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeals Officer herein, have been fully exhausted.

A

Each Member, by entering a NASCAR-sanctioned Event, grants to NASCAR, its duly authorized agents and assigns, a license to use and sub-license, on an exclusive basis with regard to the Products/Services of the Series Sponsor, otherwise on a non-exclusive basis his/her name, likeness and performance, including photographs, images and sounds of such Member and/or any vehicle(s) with respect to which the Member competes in NASCAR-sanctioned Events, in any way, medium or material (including, but not limited to, telecasts by and through television, cable television, radio, pay-per-view, closed circuit television, satellite signal, digital signal, film productions, audiotape productions, transmissions over the Internet, public and private online services authorized by NASCAR, sales and other commercial projects, and the like) for promoting, advertising, and publicizing at any time any NASCAR-sanctioned Event or NASCAR-related telecast or programming, before, during and after such Event, and each Member hereby relinquishes to NASCAR in perpetuity all rights thereto for such purposes.

B

Products/s Services of the Series Sponsor are the operation or provision of a wireless telecommunications network; wireless voice and data (i.e. anything other than voice) services over a wireless telecommunications network; Internet access and related online connectivity services where such services are primarily marketed as and intended to be a wireless mobile solution and for use with wireless telecommunication devices; in-vehicle communication systems (e.g. OnStar); local and long distance wireline telecommunications services including VOIP (Voice-Over-Internet), telephone services such as Skype; and wireless telecommunications devices/hardware (including, wireless phones, tablets, e-readers, mobile hotspot devices, and broadband cards), and related wireless device accessories (e.g., skins, covers, belt clips, faceplate, headsets, ear buds, cases, straps, chargers, etc.).

A

Each Member, by entering a NASCAR-sanctioned Event, acknowledges that NASCAR, and its licensees and assigns, exclusively and in perpetuity owns any and all rights to broadcast, transmit, film, tape, capture, overhear, photograph, collect or record by any means, process, medium or device (including, but not limited to, television, cable television, radio, pay-per-view, closed circuit television, satellite signal, digital signal, film productions, audiotape productions, transmissions over the Internet, public and private online services authorized by NASCAR, sales and other commercial projects, and the like), whether or not currently in existence, all images, sounds and data (including, but not limited to, in-car audio, in-car video, in-car radio, other electronic transmissions between cars and crews, and timing and scoring information) arising from or during any NASCAR Event or the Member’s performance in the Event, and that, except for works created pursuant to the fair use doctrine or the NASCAR Media Access Policy, NASCAR is and shall be the sole owner of any and all copyrights, intellectual property rights, and proprietary rights worldwide in and to these works and in and to any other works, copyrightable or otherwise, created from the images, sounds and data arising from or during any NASCAR Event or the Member’s performance in the Event.

B

Each Member agrees to take all steps reasonably necessary, and all steps requested by NASCAR, to protect, perfect or effectuate NASCAR’s ownership or other interest in these rights.

C

Each Member agrees not to take any action, nor cause others to take any action, nor enter into any third party agreement that would contravene, diminish, encroach or infringe upon these NASCAR rights.

A

NASCAR requires its Competitor(s) to race at 100% of their ability with the goal of achieving their best possible finishing position in the Event.

B

Any Competitor(s) who takes action with the intent to Artificially Alter the finishing positions of the Event or encourages, persuades or induces others to Artificially Alter the finishing positions of the Event shall be subject to a penalty from NASCAR, as specified in Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

C

“Artificially Alter” shall be defined as actions by any Competitor(s) that show or suggest that the Competitor(s) did not race at 100% of their ability for the purpose of changing finishing positions in the Event, in NASCAR’s sole discretion.

A

To compete in an Event, each team must submit a paint scheme and all sponsors for approval prior to the Event through the Paint Scheme Portal.

B

Approved sponsors identified as “primary” through the portal will appear as the sponsor on the Official Entry list.

C

Decals, advertising logos, text, sponsor identification, and the like may be referred to as vehicle markings.

D

NASCAR may, in its sole discretion, refuse to permit for any reason, or it may restrict or assign the size or placement of decals, identification, advertising, slogans, and graphic designs of any kind, including but not limited to, the vehicle, equipment, personnel, uniforms, garage and pit areas, promotional materials, and/or support vehicles. All NASCAR Members agree to accept NASCAR’s decision in this regard.

E

NASCAR may refuse to permit a Competitor to participate in an Event if NASCAR determines that any advertising, sponsorship, or similar agreement to which the Competitor is or will be a party, is detrimental to the sport, to NASCAR, Series Sponsor, or to the Promoter for any reason, including without limitation, the public image of the sport.

F

Vehicles must conform to the following drawing and guidelines:

A

All vehicle number configurations and designs are subject to approval by NASCAR.

B

Only single or double digit vehicle numbers will be permitted.

C

The size, color, and style of vehicle numbers must be adequate for prompt identification.

D

Door and roof numbers, including outlines and borders, must be of a contrasting color to the background.

E

Numbers of an outline or border only style will not be permitted.

F

Unless otherwise approved by NASCAR, numbers must be a solid color.

G

Chrome and foil door numbers may be approved, at NASCAR’s discretion.

H

Double digit numbers must be even across the top and bottom. The spacing between the numbers must be a minimum of 2 inches, excluding borders and silhouettes.

I

Numbers may slant a maximum of 30° from vertical.

J

The door number, located behind the front wheel, must be centered with the base of the A-post and the back edge of the A-post support bar.

K

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, door numbers must be a minimum of 18 inches in height, excluding borders and silhouettes.

L

Roof numbers must be a minimum of 32 inches in height, excluding borders and silhouettes. Roof numbers must read from the driver’s side.

M

Door and roof numbers must be a minimum of 3.5 inches wide, excluding borders and silhouettes.

N

Solid numbers, sized as large as possible, must be displayed on the right side of both the front and rear bumper covers, under the headlight and taillight decals.

O

All markings must be a minimum of 2.0 inches away from the vehicle number, including borders.

A

All vehicles must carry the NASCAR Cup Series logo. The NASCAR Cup Series logo must be a minimum of 4.6 inches tall x 9.75 inches wide and must be displayed in the outlined space on the front fender with a minimum of 1 inch of separation from other markings.

B

The driver’s last name, centered on 5 inches high, black, perforated vinyl, must be affixed to the inside surface of the windshield and rear window. The driver’s name must meet the following criteria:

  • Windshield: Stainless Black font in 3.5 inches high white text.
  • Rear Window: Stainless Condensed Black font in 3.5 inches high white text.
C

Vehicles with rookie drivers, as determined by the Series Managing Director, must display a yellow stripe on the rearward most vertical portion of the rear bumper cover. The yellow stripe must be 4 inches in height and must be either continuous or a minimum of 17 inches on the left and right side of the vertical portion of the rear bumper cover.

D

The Sunoco logo must be displayed on the front bumper cover, adjacent to the front wheel opening.

E

The Goodyear logo must be displayed on the front fender. The Goodyear logo must be a minimum of 1 inch tall x 15 inches wide.

F

The American Ethanol “GET BIOETHANOL” branding of the fuel port on the vehicle will be a green band, Pantone 7479 C color, displayed both around the fuel port and on the inner portion of the fuel port, as directed by NEM. The words “GET BIOETHANOL” are printed over the band with 15/16 inch high white lettering. The green band width is 1.25 inches from the outside of the fuel port opening. The “GET BIOETHANOL” branding should not be obscured or covered by any other logo. Any branding issues pertaining to the color band or placement of the wording “GET BIOETHANOL” will be decided by NEM, in its reasonable discretion.

G

Only the following vehicle markings will be permitted in front of the door number:

  • Series Sponsors.
  • 100 square inches on the front bumper cover for NASCAR contingency program sponsors.
  • Vehicles markings that appear in the background in a non-prominent step and repeat pattern provided they do not interfere with OEM markings.
  • Vehicle markings that appear in a pattern representing a single sponsor/brand approved by NASCAR.
  • Team name/logo placed directly under the left front headlight decal. Sponsors must not be integrated into team name/logo unless the sponsor is part of the team name itself.
  • Such other vehicle markings as NASCAR may, in its sole discretion, permit or require.
A

Vehicle markings will be permitted in the locations below and as highlighted in green on the vehicle diagram.

  • On the hood and may expand to the top of the fenders.
  • On the side of the vehicle, from the A-post support bar to the back of the vehicle, unless otherwise noted.
  • B-post.
  • C-post.
  • Deck lid.
  • TV panel.
  • A maximum of 40 square inches on the left or right rearward most vertical portion of the rear bumper cover; must not interfere with OEM branding.
  • A maximum of 9 inches behind the roof number on the roof.
B

Paint schemes and decals using a mirrored or holographic appearance will not be permitted.

C

The left and right side of the vehicle must emulate each other in all colors, markings, and graphics. Vehicles with a longitudinal centerline split in appearance extending from the front bumper to the rear bumper will not be permitted.

D

A 3 inches tall x 1 inch wide jack post marking will be permitted on both the left and right side of the vehicle.

E

Vehicle markings will not be permitted in the following locations:

  • Within 2 inches from any number, including borders.
  • Between the front of the vehicle and the back of the front wheel opening, unless as specified.
  • On the roof, unless as specified.
  • On the windshield, unless as specified.
  • On the rear window, unless as specified.
  • On the quarter windows.
  • On the spoiler.
  • On the diffuser.
  • On the headlights and taillights.
  • On the grille.
  • On OEM approved branding.
A

An OEM identification decal must be affixed to the left and right top corner of the windshield. The required dimensions of each OEM identification decal are:

  • Chevrolet: 1.6 inches x 6.0 inches.
  • Ford: 2.47 inches x 6.6 inches.
  • Toyota: 3.5 inches x 5.0 inches.
B

A maximum of 100 square inches of OEM identification logo, as required by the OEM, will be permitted forward of the hood pins.

C

A maximum of 100 square inches of OEM identification logo, as required by the OEM, will be permitted on the rearward most vertical portion of the rear bumper cover.

D

Headlight and taillight decals are required.

a

The Team Event Roster, OEM Event Roster, and engine builder Event Roster must be submitted to NASCAR via the Event Roster Submission site (nascarmembers.com) no later than five days prior to the first garage open time posted on the Official Entry Blank for each Event.

b

The Team Event Roster may only include essential personnel as outlined in the Team Event Roster Structure.

A

The Team Event Roster is comprised of the following categories: Driver, Organizational Level, Road Crew, Pit Crew, and Additional Spotter(s).

B

The Organizational Level includes all Competition-related positions.

C

The Road Crew includes, but is not limited to, the following positions: Crew Chief, Car Chief, Engineers, Mechanics, Shock Specialist, Tire Specialist, Aero Specialist, Spotter, Engine Tuner, Pit Coach, and Spotter.

D

The Pit Crew includes, but is not limited to, the following positions: Tire Changer, Tire Carrier, Jackman, and Fueler.

E

Each team will be entitled to the following number of personnel in each category as shown in the Team Event Roster Structure document:

REGULAR EVENTS

 

Organizational Level 2 (per organization)
Road Crew 9
Pit Crew 5
Additional Spotter(s) See Additional Spotter(s) Chart

 

EXTENDED WEEKEND EVENTS

 

Organizational Level 2 (per organization)
Road Crew 10
Pit Crew 5
Additional Spotter(s) See Additional Spotter(s) Chart

 

F

Each engine builder is entitled to one representative for every two primary engines entered into the Event. The number of representatives will round up in the case of an odd number (e.g. three engines would receive two representatives). Engine builder owners and executives are exempt if they are not contributing to Competition.

G

Each OEM is entitled to five representatives at each Event. OEM Event Rosters may not include race team personnel. OEM business executives are exempt if they are not contributing to Competition.

A

All personnel that fall within the Team Owner, Organizational Level, Road Crew, Pit Crew, and Content/PR, and Additional Spotter(s) categories must be submitted prior to each Event. The Roster member’s name, position, and affiliation will be required.

B

The Road Crew must include two Hauler Drivers with a valid CDL.

C

A Team Event Roster substitution may be made post-submission deadline at NASCAR’s discretion. A Pre-Race change must be approved by the Series Managing Director; an In-Race change must be approved by a NASCAR Official and must be a crew member on an existing Team Event Roster for that Event.

D

Roster positions, except for the crew chief and spotter, may be shared between teams within an organization.

E

Roster positions, except for the crew chief and spotter, may be shared across organizations (e.g. technical alliances), but that member must appear on both organization’s Team Event Roster.

F

If a team member has roles in multiple Team Event Roster categories, that person must appear in both categories on the Team Event Roster (e.g. If a team member is both a tire changer and a mechanic, that person must appear on both the Road Crew and Pit Crew).

G

When submitting the Team Event Roster, teams will be required to submit back up Pit Crew members. Those positions must be filled by an existing Series Team Event Roster member.

H

If a team is not in compliance with the Team Event Roster Rules and guidelines, that team will be subject to a Penalty as outlined in Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

I

If an OEM is not in compliance with the Team Event Roster Rules and guidelines, that OEM will be subject to a Penalty as outlined in Section 12 Points and Point Fund.

A

All race equipment, included but not limited to vehicles, vehicle parts, equipment and/or fuel, is subject to inspection by NASCAR, at any time, manner, and location as determined by NASCAR.

B

All decisions by NASCAR regarding the timing, manner and location of inspection, as well as what race equipment will be inspected, are final, non-appealable and non-reviewable except as provided in Section 1.5 Finality of Interpretation and Application.

C

Only those persons approved by NASCAR will be admitted to the inspection area(s).

a

NASCAR will determine whether a vehicle including any race equipment meets the applicable specifications for an Event as set forth in the NASCAR Rules, as it may be amended and any special rules published by NASCAR for an Event.

b

Only race equipment determined by NASCAR to meet the applicable specifications is eligible to compete in the Event.

c

Such determinations may be made by NASCAR before, during, or after the Event, and may consider, to the extent deemed reasonable by NASCAR in the interests of racing competition and fairness, any modifications caused or required as a result of damage caused by In-Race accidents.

A

Throughout the Event, the Team Owner must compete with the original vehicle presented for initial inspection, unless the vehicle has been damaged beyond a timely repair.

B

The Series Managing Director will determine whether a vehicle is damaged beyond a timely repair. 

C

A backup vehicle may not be unloaded at any time, unless approved by the Series Managing Director.

D

Under no circumstances will the Team Owner be permitted to use a backup vehicle if, in the judgement of the Series Managing Director, the original vehicle was intentionally damaged.

E

After a vehicle has completed initial inspection, at the discretion of the Series Managing Director, a vehicle that sustained severe damage as a result of an on-track incident may be removed from the track premises for adequate repairs.

F

Any backup vehicle must pass the NASCAR inspection.

G

A backup vehicle must be unloaded without an engine installed, unless approved by the Series Managing Director. If a backup vehicle is not located on the Event premises, when presenting that vehicle for inspection, the engine installed must have originated from the racetrack (primary engine or truck spare) and must have been inspected and sealed by NASCAR before it left the racetrack to be installed in the backup vehicle.

H

If a backup vehicle is unloaded with an engine installed, the engine will be impounded by NASCAR. The installed engine in the backup vehicle will not be eligible for use at that Event.

I

If a Team Owner’s vehicle has been assigned a starting position in the Race and a backup vehicle was used during the Event, that vehicle will start the Race at the tail of the field.

a

A Competitor must take whatever steps are requested by NASCAR, including disassembly of the vehicle, to facilitate inspection of the race equipment. 

b

This obligation includes, but is not limited to, installing inspection holes, inspection ports, and/or other means of inspection in the frame components, roll cage bars, engine components, and the like. 

c

NASCAR is not responsible for payment, reimbursement, damage, or loss to the Competitor as a result of such inspections.

A

If NASCAR determines prior to Competition that a vehicle, including any race equipment, does not meet the applicable specifications, the vehicle will not be allowed to compete.

B

The Series Managing Director may make an exception to this if the deficiency:

  • Will not adversely affect the orderly conduct of the Race.
  • Cannot be corrected in time for Qualifying round(s)or for the Race (if no Qualifying or if the deficiency is discovered after Qualifying but prior to the Race).
  • Is so insubstantial as not to warrant a determination that the vehicle is ineligible to compete in the Race.
C

If the Series Managing Director permits the vehicle to compete under these circumstances, the Competitor will be notified of the deficiency and specify the date and time in which the deficiency must be corrected.

D

If the deficiency has not been corrected by the date and time specified, a penalty may be imposed by the Series Managing Director

E

The vehicle will be prohibited from competing in any future Event(s) until the deficiency has been corrected. 

F

Unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director, once a vehicle has been presented at the beginning of the inspection procedure for either Qualifying or the Race, the vehicle must not be removed from the inspection procedure until after Qualifying or the Race has been completed.

A

At an Event, where the NASCAR Rules, special rules, or NASCAR requires inspection after the Event, race equipment that has competed in the Event may not be taken from the racing premises without permission from the Series Managing Director.

B

If NASCAR determines after the Race that any race equipment, including the vehicle, does not meet the NASCAR Rules or any special rules published by NASCAR for the Event the Series Managing Director may make an exception to this if the deficiency is so insubstantial as not to warrant a determination that the race equipment was ineligible for the Event. Under this circumstance, the Series Managing Director will apprise the Competitor of the deficiency and direct the Competitor to correct the deficiency for future Events.

C

The vehicle will be prohibited from competing in any future Event until the deficiency has been corrected.

A

Upon finishing their cool-down lap after the completion of the Race, all vehicles must report to pit road, but must not leave pit road until directed to do so by NASCAR.

B

All vehicles are considered under impound from the moment they receive the checkered flag or the Race is declared complete due to adverse conditions. Vehicles must not be altered or adjusted in any manner during the cool-down lap or on pit road prior to reporting to the inspection area(s).

C

The first place vehicle may engage in appropriate celebratory activity (such as a victory lap, burn-out(s) or donuts) prior to reporting to victory lane.

D

Vehicles that finish the Race in second through fifth place and any other vehicles randomly selected or otherwise determined by NASCAR to require additional inspection for any reason must report to the inspection area(s). 

E

NASCAR, at its sole discretion, may analyze the performance capabilities of a vehicle, vehicle part, component or equipment at the racetrack or any other location including, but not limited to, remote or third-party testing facilities.

F

NASCAR, at its sole discretion, may confiscate any vehicle, vehicle part, component, equipment, fuel and/or tires that fail to meet NASCAR specifications or that appears to be altered in violation of the NASCAR Rules for further evaluation.

G

The maximum amount of cooling time permitted for any engine after the official competition of the Race is two hours. 

A

NASCAR may, for inspection purposes, seal or impound any race equipment entered and competing in an Event.

B

NASCAR also may seal or impound any race equipment to analyze the performance capabilities of the race equipment. (See Section 6.7 Competitive Analysis)

C

NASCAR is not responsible for payment, reimbursement, damage, or loss to the Competitor as a result of such sealing or impounding.

a

In Events where vehicles are impounded after inspection or Qualifying, only repairs or adjustments authorized by NASCAR may be performed.

b

Unauthorized repairs and/or adjustments may result in a penalty.

A

NASCAR may confiscate any race equipment, without obligation for payment or reimbursement, which fails to meet applicable NASCAR specifications during an Event or that is used or altered in violation of the NASCAR Rules, in NASCAR’s sole discretion.

B

If NASCAR determines that any race equipment used by a Competitor does not meet NASCAR specifications or is used or altered in violation of the NASCAR Rules, NASCAR may:

  • Declare the vehicle and/or race equipment ineligible for the Event.
  • Disallow the Competitor’s Qualifying speed.
  • Disallow the Competitor’s Practice speed.
  • Withdraw the Competitor’s opportunity to qualify for the Event.
  • Loss of finishing positions.
  • Disqualification of the Competitor(s) from the Event and/or
  • Make such other determination as may be appropriate in the interest of competition. 
C

The above actions are in addition to all remedies available to NASCAR in accordance with Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action, will not be deemed or construed to be a penalty within the meaning of Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action and are not appealable under that Section.

A

NASCAR may determine, in the interest of competition that it is necessary or appropriate to conduct an analysis of the performance capabilities of race equipment. 

B

The Competitor shall take whatever steps are requested by NASCAR for this purpose. 

C

NASCAR also may seal or impound race equipment for this purpose.

D

NASCAR is not responsible for payment, reimbursement, damage, or loss to the Competitor as a result of such analysis, sealing, or impounding.

E

If, in the judgment of NASCAR, any race equipment has been altered or modified or any action(s) or procedure(s) were conducted to compromise the results of the competitive analysis, NASCAR may assess penalties in accordance with Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

F

If, in the judgment of NASCAR, any action(s) or procedure(s) were conducted with the intent to alter or compromise the results of the competitive analysis, NASCAR may assess penalties in accordance with Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

A

Inspection and/or eligibility decisions, including any decisions regarding a Competitor’s compliance with equipment-related procedures set forth in the NASCAR Rules, are final, non-appealable and non-reviewable except as provided in Section 1.5 Finality of Interpretation and Application.

A

In addition to making the inspection and/or eligibility decisions described in this section, NASCAR may issue a Penalty Notice for any violation of the NASCAR Rules in accordance with the procedures in Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

Qualifying and Starting Grid Position Overview:

 

NASCAR will determine if a Team Owner’s vehicle and driver are eligible for a starting grid position in a Race. A Charter Team is automatically eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available starting grid positions in every Points Event, as long as all conditions of the Charter Membership and the NASCAR Rules are met. An Open Team is not automatically eligible, but may attempt to earn an available starting grid position in the 40 vehicle field, as long as all conditions of the Open Team Owner Agreement and the NASCAR Rules are met.

 

Eligibility for each Race and assignment of starting grid positions for all vehicles entered in an Event (Charter Teams and, as applicable, Open Teams) will be determined according to this Section, the Official Entry Blank for an Event, and any amendments thereto. As a general rule, eligibility for starting grid positions for each Event, except the Daytona 500 will be determined as follows:

  • 36 Charter Teams will be eligible for and assigned a starting grid position.
  • 4 Open Teams will be eligible for starting grid positions.
  • For the second and third Events, if Qualifying is not scheduled or is cancelled, the previous year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings will determine eligibility for up to two Open Teams, and the current year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings will determine eligibility for the remaining Open Teams. The starting grid positions for the entire field will be determined by the Performance Metrics Based Line-Up.
  • During any subsequent Event, if Qualifying is not scheduled or is cancelled, NASCAR Cup Series  Team Owner Points standings will determine eligibility for four Open Teams and the starting grid for the entire field for that Event will be determined by the Performance Metrics Based Line-Up.

Once the starting grid positions for a Race are determined, other factors may affect which position a vehicle actually takes the green flag for that Race, including but not limited to, unapproved adjustments, use of a backup vehicle, repositioning of other starter(s), driver substitution, penalty, other starter(s) unable to start the Race, and so on.

 

Broadly, this Section addresses two main factors:

  • Which vehicles are eligible for starting grid positions in a Race.
  • How the starting grid positions for the eligible vehicles are assigned.

This is a general overview. Specific regulations are outlined in this Section.

a

Team Owners must submit an executed Annual Entry or Official Entry Blank coupon for each applicable Event to NASCAR Headquarters to participate in an Event. In cases where adverse conditions or other circumstances affect the normal Qualifying procedures or Team Owner Points standings are used to determine the eligibility for a starting grid position, an Open Team(s) who entered the Event prior to the entry deadline as listed on the Official Entry Blank always receives priority over an Open Team(s) who entered the vehicle after the entry deadline.

A

A random drawing may be held for each Event at a time specified on the Schedule of Events on the Official Entry Blank and location designated by NASCAR to determine the following:

  • When applicable, determining the order in which vehicles will Qualify at Oval Events.
  • Determining Race eligibility in the event of adverse conditions.
B

The order of the random drawing will be conducted in accordance with the NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings in descending order.

A

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, the following are the Qualifying procedures.

B

Procedures may be modified by the Series Managing Director based on track conditions or other circumstances including, but not limited to, elimination or shortening of Qualifying round(s).

C

Unless otherwise stated, vehicles will be required to enter the racetrack under the same procedures set forth by NASCAR for the Event (i.e. blend line).

D

Any Competitor that impedes or interferes with another Competitor’s Qualifying attempt or otherwise engages in any unsafe act while on the racing surface (including pit road) during a Qualifying attempt may be subject to disciplinary action by NASCAR to protect the safety and integrity of the Qualifying procedures. Such action by NASCAR may include but is not limited to, disallowing such Competitor’s posted Qualifying speed(s).

E

A timed lap cannot begin or end on pit road.

F

Unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director, only one set of tires will be permitted during Qualifying.

G

Once a vehicle is removed from the competitive side of pit road, the vehicle will not be permitted to return or compete in Qualifying.

H

Vehicles competing in Qualifying must have a designated crew member to monitor NASCAR’s radio at all times during Qualifying.

I

If two or more vehicles post identical speeds, Team Owner Points will break the tie(s) in accordance with Section 7.9 Starting Grid Positions-Eligibility and Assignments.

J

If Qualifying is not completed due to weather or adverse conditions, starting grid positions will be assigned per Section 7.9 Starting Grid Positions-Eligibility and Assignments.

K

The Series Managing Director will have sole discretion in making all determinations of whether Practice sessions and Qualifying are not deemed “complete”.

L

A Team Owner may withdraw from an Event no later than the start of Qualifying.

A

Vehicles are permitted to enter and exit pit road during Qualifying at any time while the green flag is displayed.

B

Vehicles that do not immediately elect to make a Qualifying attempt may be staged on pit road in the area designated by NASCAR and enter the racetrack at any time during a Qualifying round after the track is open. The designated staging area will be venue specific. Once a vehicle leaves the designated staging area it must continue directly onto the racetrack. If two, single file lanes are designated, the middle lane must be left open for Competitors to enter the racetrack unimpeded. Once a vehicle departs its staged position on pit road, the vehicle must not slow down or stop while accelerating to make a Qualifying attempt.

C

All vehicles must remain in the lower lane of the racetrack while accelerating to an appropriate speed before merging into traffic.

D

Any Competitor that does not start a timed lap before the clock expires will have his/her time disallowed and/or have the vehicle removed from any additional Qualifying round(s) for the Event.

E

All vehicles must attempt to compete in the first Qualifying round unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director.

F

Vehicles are permitted to complete as many laps as they desire during the time allotment for the specified format for the Event.

G

Once the time in each Qualifying round has expired, a vehicle already on the track is permitted to cross the designated timing line one time.

H

If a vehicle crosses the designated timing line more than once after the allotted time for a Qualifying round has expired, that extra lap speed(s) will be disallowed, and the team may be subject to penalty.

I

If a red flag occurs during Qualifying and at the Series Managing Director’s discretion, the time remaining in the Qualifying round will be stopped and will resume once the green flag is displayed. The designated time allotment for each Qualifying round may be adjusted at the discretion of the Series Managing Director as a result of adverse conditions or other circumstances.

J

Teams will be limited in the adjustments that will be permitted during or between rounds as determined by the Series Managing Director and are subject to change at the sole discretion of NASCAR.

K

Vehicles competing in a Qualifying round must have a spotter in the designated spotters stand and a designated crew member to monitor NASCAR’s radio in their assigned pit box at all times during the Qualifying attempt(s).

L

If a vehicle advances to the next Qualifying round and does not compete in that round, said vehicle will earn the last Qualifying position for that Qualifying round. If two or more vehicles do not compete in the next Qualifying round, those Qualifying positions will be determined based on the fastest single lap speed of the previous Qualifying round for those vehicles.

M

If one or more Qualifying rounds are completed but the final scheduled Qualifying round is not completed due to weather or adverse circumstances, the starting grid positions will be assigned based on the most recent completed Qualifying round results.

N

The Series Managing Director will have sole discretion in making all determinations of whether a Qualifying round is deemed “complete” or not. A Qualifying round can be declared complete if all vehicles had an opportunity to Qualify. Qualifying rounds not deemed “complete” by the Series Managing Director will not be counted towards starting grid position determinations.

A

NASCAR will separate all vehicles present at an Event into Qualifying groups (Group A and Group B) based on the Performance Metrics Based Line-Up formula. For Races 2 and 3, the current calendar year’s Team Owner Point standings will be used in this formula.

B

Group B will consist of vehicles with an odd numbered Performance Metrics Qualifying ranking. Group A will consist of vehicles with an even numbered Performance Metrics Based Line-Up ranking.

A

Qualifying will consist of:

  • Two rounds and one timed lap per round at:
    • Atlanta Motor Speedway
    • Auto Club Speedway
    • Charlotte Motor Speedway
    • Darlington Raceway
    • Kansas Speedway
    • Homestead-Miami Speedway
    • Las Vegas Motor Speedway
    • Michigan International Speedway
    • Nashville Superspeedway
    • New Hampshire Motor Speedway
    • Phoenix Raceway
    • Pocono Raceway
    • Texas Motor Speedway
    • World Wide Technology Raceway.
  • Two rounds and two timed laps per round at:
    • Bristol Motor Speedway (Concrete)
    • Dover International Speedway
    • Martinsville Speedway
    • Richmond Raceway.
B

NASCAR reserves the right to have more than one vehicle engage in Qualifying runs at the same time.

C

Vehicles will be lined up and released for Qualifying based on their group. Group A vehicles will Qualify first in any round; Group B will qualify second in any round.

D

After Group A completes the first Qualifying round, there will be a two-minute break.

E

Upon completion of Group B’s first Qualifying round, eligibility for the 40 NASCAR Cup Series vehicles will be determined.

F

At the conclusion of the first Qualifying round, there will be a five-minute break.

G

The fastest five eligible vehicles from Group A and the fastest five eligible vehicles from Group B will have their times reset and advance to the second Qualifying round.

H

The remaining eligible vehicles will be assigned starting grid positions 11th-40th based on their fastest speed posted in the first Qualifying round in descending order.

I

Group A vehicles will be released based on their first Qualifying round speeds in ascending order. Group B vehicles will be released based on their first Qualifying round speeds in ascending order.

J

A team representative must be present at the Qualifying vehicle release point when their vehicle is released for a Qualifying attempt. That team representative must scan NASCAR race control and have direct radio communications with the driver during a Qualifying attempt.

K

Unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director, adjustments or repairs may not be made to the vehicle after the vehicle has taken the green flag at the start/finish line.

L

Drivers must leave for their Qualifying attempt when called onto the racetrack. Any driver who does not leave when called onto the racetrack may be placed on the five minute clock and sent to the rear of the line, repositioned within the order of Qualifying, or not be allowed to make a Qualifying attempt, at the discretion of the Series Managing Director. Mechanical issues and repairs must be approved by the Series Managing Director and may require the vehicle to start the Race at the tail of the field.

M

Upon completion of a vehicle’s Qualifying attempt, NASCAR may impound the vehicle.

N

Upon completion of Qualifying, eligibility for the 40 NASCAR Cup Series starting grid positions will be determined.

O

If one or both groups are unable to complete the second Qualifying round due to weather or other adverse circumstances, only speeds posed in the first Qualifying round by the top 5 fastest vehicles in each group will be used to determine the starting line-up positions in descending order (fastest to slowest) in positions 1st-10th.

A

Qualifying will consist of two scheduled rounds, one timed lap per round.

B

NASCAR reserves the right to have more than one vehicle engage in Qualifying runs at the same time.

C

Vehicles will be lined up and released based on Performance Metrics Qualifying.

D

A team representative must be present at the Qualifying vehicle release point when their vehicle is released for a Qualifying attempt. That team representative must scan NASCAR Race Control and have direct radio communications with the driver during a Qualifying attempt.

E

Upon completion of the first Qualifying round, eligibility for the 40 NASCAR Cup Series vehicles will be determined.

F

The 10 eligible vehicles that post the fastest single lap speed will have their posted speed reset.

G

The 10 eligible vehicles will be assigned positions 1st-10th based on their final Qualifying round speeds in descending order.

H

Unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director, adjustments or repairs may not be made to the vehicle after the vehicle has taken the green flag at the start/finish line.

I

Drivers must leave for their Qualifying attempt when called onto the racetrack. Any driver who does not leave when called onto the racetrack may be placed on the five minute clock and sent to the rear of the line, repositioned within the order of Qualifying, or not be allowed to make a Qualifying attempt, at the discretion of the Series Managing Director. Mechanical issues and repairs must be approved by the Series Managing Director and may require the vehicle to start the Race at the tail of the field.

J

Upon completion of a vehicle’s Qualifying attempt, NASCAR may impound the vehicle.

A

Qualifying will consist of two scheduled rounds.

B

The first Qualifying round is 15 minutes in duration for each group, unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director.

C

Upon completion of the first Qualifying round, eligibility for the 40 NASCAR Cup Series starting grid positions will be determined.

D

The fastest five eligible vehicles from Group A and the fastest five eligible vehicles from Group B will have their times reset and advance to the second Qualifying round.

E

The remaining eligible vehicles will be assigned starting grid positions 11th-40th based on their fastest single lap speed posted in the first Qualifying round in descending order.

F

There will be a five minute an announced break after the completion of the first Qualifying round and the 10 remaining vehicles that advance to the final Qualifying round will have their posted speed reset.

G

The final Qualifying round is ten minutes in duration and the fastest single lap speed posted in the final Qualifying round will be assigned starting grid positions 1st-10th in descending order.

H

In the event of potential inclement weather conditions, the Series Managing Director will determine prior to the vehicles departing the starting grid for the first Qualifying round:

  • Track surface “dry” or “wet” determinations.
  • Mandated or approved use of “wet” or “dry” condition equipment during Qualifying.
I

Procedures may be modified at the discretion of the Series Managing Director based on track conditions, configurations, or other circumstances.

J

If a red flag occurs during Qualifying and at the Series Managing Director’s discretion, the time remaining in the Qualifying round will be stopped and will resume once the green flag is displayed. The designated time allotment for each Qualifying round may be adjusted in the sole discretion of the Series Managing Director as a result of unexpected conditions or circumstances.

K

A Qualifying round can be declared complete at the discretion of the Series Managing Director, if in his or her determination, all vehicles had an opportunity to Qualify.

A

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, a minimum speed requirement may be required in Practice session(s) prior to Qualifying to be eligible to compete in the Qualifying rounds for that Event.

B

All drivers must be on time to compete in the first Qualifying round for which they are scheduled.

C

Any driver or vehicle not ready to compete before the completion of the first Qualifying round will not be permitted to post a speed in any following round(s).

D

A driver may not attempt to Qualify more than one vehicle in a Qualifying round(s) or Qualifying Race(s) for that Event.

E

The “driver of record” for each Team Owner’s vehicle for Practice, Qualifying, Qualifying Races, and the Race will be determined by the Series Managing Director.

F

Unless otherwise determined by the Series Managing Director, drivers who encounter a problem during Qualifying will not be permitted to travel counter Race direction.

A

Except as set forth in Section 7.10.1 Qualifying-Daytona 500 at the Daytona International Speedway, the following will be the procedure for determining eligibility for and assigning the 40 starting grid positions for a NASCAR Cup Series Championship Event, provided all entrants had an opportunity to Practice and/or an opportunity to Qualify for the Event (as applicable in each scenario).

B

The decisions of whether a vehicle(s) had an opportunity to Practice, had an opportunity to Qualify, and/or made an attempt to Qualify for the Event shall be at the discretion of the Series Managing Director.

A

Each Charter Team is eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available 40 positions.

B

Open Teams will be eligible for the next available starting grid positions based on the fastest single lap speed posted to each Open Team’s vehicle in the first Qualifying round.

A

Starting grid positions 1st-40th will be assigned to eligible Team Owners in the order of final Qualifying results.

B

The fastest single lap speed posted to each eligible vehicle in that vehicle’s last completed Qualifying round will determine its starting grid position assignment in each Event.

C

When two or more eligible vehicles have the same Qualifying speed, the starting grid positions for those vehicles in that Event shall be assigned based on NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings in descending order, in accordance with Section 7.1 General Requirements.

D

If the NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings do not prevail in breaking the tie, then starting grid positions amongst those vehicles will be assigned by the order in which the duplicate speed was posted, with the driver setting the duplicate speed first receiving the higher starting grid position.

A

If one or more Qualifying rounds are complete, but the final Qualifying round is not completed due to weather or other adverse circumstances, eligibility for the Race will be determined based on the most recent completed Qualifying round.

B

If the first Qualifying round was not completed due to weather, other adverse circumstances, or Qualifying is not scheduled, Race eligibility will be determined as outlined in this Section.

C

Each Charter Team is eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available 40 starting grid positions.

D

Open Teams will become eligible for the next available starting grid positions based on NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings as follows:

E

Open Teams that entered the vehicle in that Event by the entry deadline will become eligible based on NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings, in descending order, as outlined below:

  • Race 1 (Daytona 500): See Section 7.10 Event-Specific Procedures
  • Races 2 and 3: The previous year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings will determine eligibility for up to two Open Teams and the current year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings will determine eligibility for the remaining Open Teams.
  • Race 4 through last Race: Current year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings will determine eligibility for four Open Teams.
F

Any remaining Open Teams that entered the vehicle in that Event by the entry deadline will become eligible for the next available starting grid position(s), if any, in the order in which their vehicle number was selected during the random drawing for that Event.

G

Open Teams who entered the vehicle in that Event after the entry deadline will become eligible for the next available starting grid position(s), if any, based on Team Owner Points standings, in descending order, in accordance with Section 7.1 General Requirements.

H

Any remaining Open Teams that entered the Event after the entry deadline are not yet eligible for the Race will become eligible for the next available starting grid position(s), if any, in the order in which their number was selected during the random drawing for that Event.

I

If Qualifying is not scheduled for an Event, only teams that entered the Event by the entry deadline will be eligible for a starting grid position.

a

If Qualifying is not completed or is not scheduled, eligible vehicles will have their starting grid position determined by the Performance Metrics Based Line-Up. If Qualifying is not scheduled for an Event and a vehicle’s eligible entry is received after starting grid positions are assigned, said vehicle will be assigned the last available starting grid position.

Qualifying for the Daytona 500 Event (Qualifying Format, 150-Mile Qualifying Races) is outlined in this Section. The Qualifying process for the Daytona 500 is scheduled to be a 2-step process:

  1. Qualifying (one round of single vehicle Qualifying)
  2. Two 150-Mile Qualifying Races

As a general rule, eligibility for starting grid positions for the Daytona 500 Event will be determined as follows:

  • 36 Charter Teams will be eligible for and assigned a starting grid position.
  • 4 Open Teams will be eligible for starting grid positions.
    • Open Team with highest finishing position in each Qualifying Race will be eligible for a starting grid position.
    • Remaining Open Teams will be eligible for 2 starting grid positions based on final Qualifying results.
  • If Qualifying is rained out, Qualifying Race finishing positions determine eligibility of 4 Open Teams (2 from each Qualifying Race).
  • If Qualifying Race 2 is rained out, Qualifying Race 1 determines eligibility for 1 Open Team; Qualifying determines eligibility for 3 Open Teams.
  • If Qualifying Race 1 and Qualifying Race 2 are rained out, Qualifying determines eligibility for 4 Open Teams.
  • If Qualifying and Qualifying Race 1&2 are rained out, the previous seasonu2019s Team Owner Points standings determine eligibility for 4 Open positions. If an Open Team does not have Team Owner Points, the random draw will be used.

This is a general overview of Daytona 500 Qualifying Procedures, with specific procedures set forth below. The following procedures and variations are intended to recognize the most foreseeable circumstances affecting starting grid position determinations, including those affected by adverse conditions, but all possible scenarios may not be addressed. Situations of unforeseeable circumstances not specifically addressed shall be resolved by NASCAR in its sole discretion using the concepts herein as a guide or reference.

NOTE: Procedures in the following Sections vary due to Qualifying results of first and second position (Charter/Open Team Owners) and the scenario listed is when Charter Team Owners have qualified first and second for the Daytona 500.

A

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, the following are Qualifying procedures for the Daytona 500.

B

Procedures may be modified by the Series Managing Director based on track conditions or other circumstances.

C

Vehicles will be lined up and released for Qualifying based on the random draw. The top 20 qualifying Team Owners from the previous calendar year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings that are present will be the final 20 positions in the Qualifying order based on the random draw. The balance of the field will draw for the first Qualifying positions.

D

Any Competitor that impedes or interferes with another Competitor’s Qualifying attempt, or otherwise engages in any unsafe act while on the racing surface (including pit road) during a Qualifying attempt, may be subject to disciplinary action by NASCAR to protect the safety and integrity of the Qualifying procedures. Such action by NASCAR may include but is not limited to, disallowing such Competitor’s posted Qualifying speed(s) and/or removing the vehicle from any additional Qualifying round(s) for the Event.

E

All vehicles must compete in Qualifying unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director.

F

During Qualifying, a timed lap cannot begin or end on pit road.

G

Once a vehicle is removed from the competitive side of pit road, the vehicle will not be permitted to return or compete in that Qualifying round or any future Qualifying round(s) for that Event.

H

Teams will be limited in the adjustments that will be permitted during Qualifying as determined by the Series Managing Director and are subject to change, at the sole discretion of NASCAR.

I

Unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director, only one set of tires are permitted during Qualifying.

J

A team representative must be present at the Qualifying vehicle release point when the vehicle is released for a Qualifying attempt. That team representative must scan NASCAR Race Control and have direct radio communications with the driver during a Qualifying attempt.

K

Vehicles competing in Qualifying must have a designated crew member to monitor NASCAR’s radio in their assigned pit box during the Qualifying attempt(s).

L

If no scheduled Qualifying round(s) are completed due to weather or other adverse conditions, starting grid positions for the 150-Mile Qualifying Races and/or the Daytona 500 will be assigned in accordance with Section 7.10.4 Daytona 500 Starting Grid Positions-Adverse Conditions.

M

When two or more vehicles have the same Qualifying speed, Qualifying positions for those vehicles shall be determined based on previous season’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings in descending order.

N

If the NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings do not prevail in breaking the tie, then Qualifying positions amongst those vehicles will be determined by the order in which the duplicate speed was posted, with the driver setting the duplicate speed first receiving the higher Qualifying position.

A

Qualifying will consist of one two scheduled Qualifying round rounds, one timed lap per round.

B

Qualifying consists of one timed lap (EIRI). NASCAR reserves the right to have more than one vehicle engage in Qualifying runs at the same time.

C

Unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director, adjustments or repairs may not be made to the vehicle after the vehicle has taken the green flag at the start/finish line.

D

Any vehicle or driver not ready to compete within five minutes of the time called onto the track may be sent to the rear of the line, repositioned within the order of the Qualifying round, or left out of the remainder of the Qualifying round, at the discretion of the Series Managing Director.

E

Throughout Qualifying, each vehicle will be released in a predetermined timed interval as determined by the Series Managing Director.

F

Upon the completion of each Qualifying lap, NASCAR will impound each vehicle.

G

The ten eligible vehicles that post the fastest single lap speed will have their posted speed reset.

H

The ten eligible vehicles will be assigned positions 1st-10th based on their final Qualifying round speeds in descending order.

I

The remaining vehicles will be assigned starting grid positions in the 150-Mile Qualifying Races based on their fastest single lap speed posted in Qualifying, in descending order.

A

Starting grid positions for each of the two 150-mile Qualifying Races (herein referred to as “Race 1” and “Race 2”, respectively) are determined by the final Qualifying results and are limited to a maximum of 33 vehicles in each Race.

B

NASCAR will assign a starting grid position to Team Owners in either of the 150-mile Qualifying Races as necessary to attempt to balance the number of Charter Teams and Open Teams, respectively, in each starting field. The following will be used to generally assign vehicles to Race 1 or Race 2 before determining starting grid position.

C

Charter Teams will be divided equally amongst each 150-mile Qualifying Race based on their final Qualifying results, strictly in relation to all other Charter Teams, in descending order (e.g. if 36 Charter Teams are entered in the Event, 18 Charter Teams will be assigned to compete in each 150-mile Qualifying Race). Charter Teams with odd numbered final Qualifying results in relation to all other Charter Teams (1st, 3rd, 5th etc.) are assigned to one 150-mile Qualifying Race. Charter Teams with even numbered final Qualifying results in relation to all other Charter Teams (2nd, 4th, 6th etc.) are assigned to the other 150-mile Qualifying Race. For clarification, this process assigns vehicles to Race 1 or Race 2, but does not establish their starting grid position in that Race.

D

Open Teams will be divided equally amongst each 150-mile Qualifying Race based on their final Qualifying results, strictly in relation to all other Open Teams, in descending order (e.g. if 30 Open Teams are entered in the Event, 15 Open Teams will be assigned to compete in each 150-mile Qualifying Race). Open Teams with odd numbered final Qualifying results in relation to all other Open Teams (1st, 3rd, 5th etc.) are assigned to one 150-mile Qualifying Race. Open Teams with even numbered final Qualifying results in relation to all other Open Teams (2nd, 4th, 6th etc.) are assigned to the other 150-mile Qualifying Race. For clarification, this process assigns vehicles to Race 1 or Race 2, but does not establish their starting grid position in that Race.

E

Following the assignment of all vehicles to their respective Qualifying Race, starting grid positions for each 150-mile Qualifying Race will then be determined as follows:

  1. All vehicles assigned to Race 1 will be assigned a Race 1 starting grid position based on final Qualifying results amongst all vehicles assigned to Race 1 (Charter Teams and Open Teams).
  2. All vehicles assigned to Race 2 will be assigned a Race 2 starting grid position based on final Qualifying results amongst all vehicles assigned to Race 2 (Charter Teams and Open Teams).
F

All vehicles that earned a starting grid position in the Daytona 500 based on final Qualifying results must compete in their respective 150 mile Qualifying Race and comply with all conditions in the Official Entry Blank and in the NASCAR Rules.

a

The starting field for the Daytona 500 will be a maximum of 40 vehicles. All Charter Teams are eligible for and will be assigned one of the available starting grid positions for the Daytona 500, irrespective of their finishing position in the Qualifying Races. The Open Team with the highest finishing position amongst all other Open Teams in Qualifying Race 1 and Qualifying Race 2, respectively, are each eligible for a Daytona 500 starting grid position. Open Teams that have not yet become eligible for a Daytona 500 starting grid position will become eligible for remaining starting grid positions, if any, based on final Qualifying results.

A

The fastest single lap speed posted in the last completed Qualifying round is assigned the 1st starting grid position in the Daytona 500.

B

The second fastest single lap speed posted in the last completed Qualifying round is assigned the 2nd starting grid position in the Daytona 500.

A

Starting grid positions 3rd-40th for the Daytona 500 will be assigned to (i) the remaining Charter Teams, (ii) the eligible Open Team with the highest finishing position from each 150-mile Qualifying Race, and (iii) the two eligible Open Teams based on final Qualifying results that have not already earned a starting grid position, as follows:

  1. The eligible teams listed above who competed in the first 150-mile Qualifying Race will line up single file on the inside row in the order of the eligible team’s finishing position in the first 150-mile Qualifying Race.
  2. The eligible Team Owners listed above who competed in the second 150-Mile Qualifying Race will line up single file on the outside row in the order of the eligible Team Owner’s finishing position in the second 150-mile Qualifying Race. If necessary, the Team Owner with the last finishing position from the second 150-Mile Qualifying Race will be assigned the 39th starting grid position.
  3. Notwithstanding the above, the eligible Open Team(s) that receive Daytona 500 starting grid position(s) based on final Qualifying results will be assigned the last starting grid position(s), unless one or both such Open Teams posted the fastest or second-fastest single lap speed in the last completed Qualifying round.

In the event that no Qualifying round(s) are completed due to weather or other adverse circumstances, starting grid positions will be assigned as follows:

 

A

To Team Owners in each of the 150-mile Qualifying Races as necessary to attempt to balance the number of Charter Teams and Open Teams, respectively, in each starting field.

B

Charter Teams will be divided equally amongst each 150-mile Qualifying Race based on the previous calendar year’s final NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings in relation to all other Charter Teams, in descending order (e.g. if 36 Charter Teams are entered in the Event, 18 Charter Teams will be assigned to compete in each 150-mile Qualifying Race). Charter Teams with odd numbered final Series Team Owner Points in relation to all other Charter Teams (1st, 3rd, 5th etc.) are assigned to one 150-mile Qualifying Race. Charter Teams with even numbered final Series Team Owner Points in relation to all other Charter Teams (2nd, 4th, 6th etc.) are assigned to the other 150-mile Qualifying Race. For clarification, this process assigns Charter Team vehicles to Race 1 or Race 2, but does not establish their starting grid position in that Qualifying Race.

C

Open Teams will be divided equally amongst each 150-mile Qualifying Race based on the previous calendar year’s final NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings in relation to all other Open Teams, in descending order (e.g. if 30 Open Teams are entered in the Event, 15 Open Teams will be assigned to compete in each 150-mile Qualifying Race). Open Teams with odd numbered final Series Team Owner Points in relation to all other Open Teams (1st, 3rd, 5th etc.) are assigned to one 150-mile Qualifying Race. Open Teams with even numbered final Series Team Owner Points in relation to all other Open Teams (2nd, 4th, 6th etc.) are assigned to the other 150-mile Qualifying Race. Open Teams, that are not in the previous calendar year’s Series Team Owner Points standings, will be assigned by random draw. For clarification, this process assigns Open Team vehicles to Race 1 or Race 2, but does not establish their starting grid position in that Qualifying Race.

D

Following the assignment of all vehicles to their respective Qualifying Race, starting grid positions for each 150-mile Qualifying Race will then be determined as follows:

  1. All vehicles assigned to Race 1 will be assigned a Race 1 starting grid position based on the previous calendar year’9s final Series Team Owner Points standings amongst all vehicles assigned to Race 1, in descending order.
  2. All vehicles assigned to Race 2 will be assigned a Race 2 starting grid position based on the previous calendar year’s final Series Team Owner Points standings amongst all vehicles assigned to Race 2, in descending order.
E

All vehicles must compete in their respective 150-mile Qualifying Races to be eligible for the Daytona 500, but only if the Qualifying Race is run.

A

If neither of the 150-mile Qualifying Races are completed due to weather or other adverse conditions but Qualifying was completed, starting grid positions for the Daytona 500 Event will be assigned as outlined in this Section.

A

The order of starting grid positions 1st-40th will be determined by final Qualifying results. Each Charter Team will be assigned one of the available 40 starting grid positions. The remaining starting grid positions will be assigned to the eligible Open Teams based on final Qualifying results, in descending order.

A

If both 150-mile Qualifying Races are completed and Qualifying was not completed due to weather or other adverse conditions, Daytona 500 starting grid positions will be assigned as outlined in this Section.

A

Starting grid positions 1st-40th in the Daytona 500 will be assigned to all Charter Teams and the two Open Teams with the highest finishing positions from each 150-mile Qualifying Race, respectively.

B

The eligible teams from the first 150-mile Qualifying Race will line up single file on the inside row and the eligible teams from the second 150-mile Qualifying Race will line up single file on the outside row in the order of each vehicle’s finishing position in their respective 150-mile Qualifying Race.

A

Each Charter Team is eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available 40 positions.

B

Open Teams who have entered their vehicle for the Race by the entry deadline will become eligible for the next available starting grid positions based on the previous calendar year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Point standings, in descending order.

C

Any remaining Open Team(s) who entered their vehicle for the Race by the entry deadline will become eligible for the next available start grid positions, if any, in the order in which their vehicle number was selected during the random drawing for that Event.

D

Open Teams who entered the vehicle in that Event after the entry deadline will become eligible for the next available starting grid position(s), if any, based on the previous calendar year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings.

E

Any remaining Open Teams who have not yet become eligible for the Race will become eligible for the next available starting grid position(s), if any, in the order in which their number was selected during the random drawing for that Event.

F

Starting grid positions 1st-40th will be assigned based on the previous calendar year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings amongst all eligible Team Owners for the Race, in descending order.

G

Any remaining starting grid positions will be assigned to eligible Team Owners in the order in which their vehicle number was selected during the random drawing for that Event.

If the first 150-mile Qualifying Race is completed and the second 150-mile Qualifying Race is not officially completed due to weather or other adverse conditions, the Daytona 500 starting grid positions will be determined as follows:

 

A

Each Charter Team is eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available 40 starting grid positions.

B

The Open Team with the highest finishing position in the first 150-Mile Qualifying Race not already assigned a starting position is eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available 40 starting grid positions.

C

If Qualifying was completed, the three remaining Open Teams with the highest final Qualifying results prior to the Qualifying Races are eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available 40 starting grid positions.

D

If Qualifying was not completed, the three Open Teams with highest finishing position in the previous calendar year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings amongst all remaining Open Teams are eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available 40 starting grid positions.

A

If Qualifying was completed, the fastest single lap speed posted in the last completed Qualifying round is assigned the 1st starting grid position in the Daytona 500 and the second fastest single lap speed posted in the last completed Qualifying round is assigned the 2nd starting grid position in the Daytona 500.

B

If Qualifying was not completed, the winner of the first 150-mile Qualifying Race will be assigned the 1st starting grid position in the Daytona 500 and the Charter Team in the second 150-mile Qualifying Race with the highest finishing position in the previous calendar year’s NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings will be assigned the 2nd starting grid position in the Daytona 500.

A

Starting grid positions 3rd-40th for the Daytona 500 will be assigned to the remaining Charter Teams and the remaining eligible Open Teams.

  1. The eligible competitors from the first 150-mile Qualifying Race will line up single file on the inside row in the order of the eligible vehicles’ finishing position in the first 150-mile Qualifying Race.
  2. All Charter Teams and remaining eligible Open Teams from the second 150-mile Qualifying Race will line up single file on the outside row in the order of their vehicles’ starting grid position in the second 150-mile Qualifying Race.
A

The Bristol Dirt Event will consist of four Qualifying Races and the 250 lap Race. Starting positions for the 250 lap Race will be limited to 40 Competitors.

a

A random drawing will be held for assigning starting positions in each of the four Qualifying Races.

b

The order of the random drawing will be conducted in accordance with the NASCAR Cup Series Team Owner Points standings in descending order.

a

NASCAR will determine the size of each Qualifying Race prior to the random drawing.

b

The random drawing will determine the assigned starting positions for each Qualifying Race.

Example: If 40 vehicles enter the Race and there are ten vehicles in each Qualifying Race, then vehicles who drew 1-10 will start in Qualifying Race 1; vehicles who drew 11-20 will start in Qualifying Race 2; etc.

c

Qualifying Race points will be awarded at the conclusion of each Qualifying Race.

d

Qualifying Race field sizes will be determined by the Official Entry List. If there are more than 40 entries, Qualifying Race 1 will be the first Qualifying Race to have more than ten vehicles. If there are fewer than 40 entries, Qualifying Race 4 will be the first Qualifying Race to have less than ten vehicles.

a

Vehicles will earn Qualifying Race points via their Qualifying Race finishing position and passing points, as described in this Section. The finishing positions and passing points will be added together for a Qualifying Race points total.

A

Qualifying Race finishing position points will be awarded as outlined in:

Table 7.11.3.1.a Qualifying Race Finishing Position Points Distribution

QUALIFYING RACE FINISHING POSITION POINTS DISTRIBUTION

 

QUALIFYING RACE POSITION POINTS
1 10
2 9
3 8
4 7
5 6
6 5
7 4
8 3
9 2
10 (and any remaining finishing positions) 1

 

A

For every position gained from their original assigned Qualifying Race starting position, a vehicle will receive one passing point.

B

A vehicle will not receive a negative number in the event it finishes lower than its original assigned Qualifying Race starting position. In this instance, a vehicle will receive zero passing points.

C

In the event of a tie or ties in Qualifying Race points, current calendar year Team Owner Points standings will be used to break the tie(s).

a

Each Charter Team will be eligible for the Race and will be assigned one of the available 40 starting positions.

b

Open Teams will be eligible for the next available starting positions based on the vehicles’ Qualifying Race points total.

c

The 40 eligible vehicles will be assigned starting positions based on their Qualifying Race points total in descending order.

d

In the event of a tie, current calendar year Team Owner Points standings will be used to break the tie.

A

If all four Qualifying Races are not completed due to weather or adverse conditions, the 40 starting positions for the 250 lap Race will be assigned according to Section 7.9.2 Race Eligibility When Qualifying Has Not been Completed or Is Not Scheduled.

A

Sporting Regulations are the way an Event and all associated activities are conducted. Sporting Regulations include, but are not limited to:

  • Inspection determinations regarding the eligibility of vehicles for Competition.
  • Determinations regarding the eligibility of a driver for Competition.
  • Inspection attempts compliance.
  • Backup vehicle and engine usage.
  • A team/Competitor’s compliance with Competition-related procedures in the NASCAR Rules.
  • Practice procedures.
  • Stage procedures.
  • Qualifying procedures.
  • Race starting grid position determination.
  • Line-up of vehicles.
  • Start of Qualifying or Race.
  • Control of vehicles throughout the Event by flags, lights or other direct communication between NASCAR and teams/Competitors.
  • Election to stop or delay an Event.
  • Control of pit activity.
  • Use of flags.
  • Positioning of vehicles during an Event.
  • Addition, subtraction, or disallowing of lap(s).
  • Assessment of lap and time penalties.
  • Completion of Qualifying round(s) or Race(s).
B

Sporting Regulations do not include the assessment of Penalties pursuant to Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action (disqualification, suspension, point deduction or fine), but it does include assessment of lap and/or time penalties and similar actions taken by NASCAR during a Race or immediately after a Race as provided in this Section.

C

In addition to interpreting and applying these Rules, NASCAR Officials are also authorized to make such other determinations or take such other action as they determine to be necessary to promote the best interests of NASCAR racing, including but not limited to fairness and prompt finality of Competition results.

A

All decisions by NASCAR Officials at the track involving Sporting Regulations are final and non-appealable, subject only to review by NASCAR Supervisory Official(s) if one or more such Officials determine that extraordinary circumstances exist that require such review. In making such a determination, the interest of finality in Competition results will be a principal consideration.

B

NASCAR Supervisory Official(s) will not review any Sporting Regulation decision unless it has been brought to their attention by an affected Competitor within 20 minutes after the posting by NASCAR of the results of the Practice, Qualifying round(s) or Race at which the Sporting Regulation decision was first made.

C

If a NASCAR Supervisory Official(s) determines that the Sporting Regulation decision should be reviewed, and that the decision was in error, the Supervisory Official(s) may take whatever action deemed appropriate to initiate a remedy to further the interests of fairness and finality in Competition results. Such action includes, but is not limited to:

  • Revising Practice results.
  • Revising Qualifying results.
  • Revising Stage finishing position(s).
  • Revising the Final Race Results.
  • Awarding or subtracting finishing position(s).
  • Awarding or subtracting point(s).
  • Imposing penalties (disqualifications, suspensions or fines).
D

The Supervisory Official(s) may alternatively elect not to take remedial action. All such decisions are final and non-appealable (except the imposition of a Penalty, as provided in Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action).

A

If a Competitor believes by some action that another Competitor has or will obtain a significant unfair competitive advantage that is in violation of the NASCAR Rules, that Competitor may protest such action to the Series Managing Director.

B

The protest must be made in writing by the Competitor (or his/her crew chief) within 20 minutes after the checkered flag is displayed signifying the completion of the Race.

C

Each individual protested part(s) or assembly(ies) shall be accompanied by a $1000.00 protest fee.

D

The Series Managing Director shall decide whether the matter is subject to protest and may decline to accept a protest, even if the matter were otherwise subject to protest, if he/she determines that the alleged Rule violation is so insubstantial as to not provide the Competitor with a significant competitive advantage over other Competitors.

E

The decision that a matter is not subject to protest is final and non-appealable.

F

The Series Managing Director shall settle the protest promptly and shall inform the parties to the protest of the decision.

G

In deciding the protest, the Series Managing Director may take whatever action he/she deems appropriate to further the interests of fairness and finality in Competition results. Such action includes, but is not limited to, revising the Final Race results, imposing penalties (disqualifications, suspension or fines, and/or loss of finishing position(s) in the Event), awarding or subtracting Points, or taking no action.

A

The Team Owner must designate on either the Annual Entry or the Official Entry Blank Coupon, the crew chief for the Event. The crew chief shall be the sole spokesperson for the driver, Team Owner, crew members and others assigned to the team in any and all matters pertaining to the Event (other than proceedings pursuant to Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action and Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeal Officer).

B

The crew chief is responsible for the personnel that are permitted in the pit service area (over the wall). The crew chief is responsible for the submission of and any changes to the Team Roaster for an Event. Crew members must be properly licensed, credentialed, and equipped/attired during racing conditions.

C

The crew chief or designated crew member (assigned by the crew chief) in the pit box must monitor NASCAR Race Control (scanners not acceptable) and effectively communicate NASCAR directives to their team. The directive(s) may include assessment of a Race penalty (lap(s) or time) or positioning of the vehicle.

D

At all Events, the crew chief assumes responsibility for the following :

  • Actions of his/her driver, Team Owner and team members, and may be subject to disciplinary action as a result.
  • Ensuring that crew members maintain, wear, and properly use protective clothing and equipment in accordance with Section 14.3.1 Personal Safety Equipment.
  • Assigning and directing the activities of all crew members and others assigned to the team who enter the vehicle servicing area of pit road, and for the spotter(s), ensuring that they report to their designated area at the appropriate times.
E

Prompt return of all NASCAR-assigned equipment to the designated location(s) at the completion of the Event.

F

Proper disposal of all engine fluid(s), lubricants, solvents, and fuel in accordance with track rules and procedures and all other applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations.

G

Any crew chief that is not present to answer the second roll call at the driver / crew chief meeting may be penalized. The crew chief’s vehicle may be penalized by starting the Race with a “Tail of the Field” penalty.

H

After the completion of a Stage, the winning crew chief must provide availability to the broadcast network providing coverage of the Event through the team’s two-way radio communications for a mandatory interview of the driver and him/herself. The interviews will not be permitted until the vehicle has had an opportunity to pit and return to the racetrack.

I

If the crew chief is ejected or otherwise unavailable to participate in the Event, the team must designate a new crew chief from the Team Event Roster and communicate the change to the Series Managing Director.

A

It is the responsibility of the driver, not NASCAR, to ensure that he/she maintains, wears, and properly uses protective clothing and equipment during Competition in accordance with Section 14.3.1.1 Driver Protective Clothing/Equipment.

B

Unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director, drivers must participate in Practice, prior to Qualifying and/or the Race to familiarize themselves with and to allow themselves to compete effectively on the racetrack.

C

Drivers must be on time to compete in Qualifying and the Race for which they are scheduled. 

D

Unless otherwise determined by the Series Managing Director, drivers who encounter a problem during Qualifying will not be permitted to travel counter Race direction.

E

Drivers must leave for their Qualifying attempt when called onto the racetrack. Any driver who does not leave when called onto the racetrack may be placed on the five minute clock and sent to the rear of the line, repositioned within the order of Qualifying, or not permitted to make a Qualifying attempt, at the discretion of the Series Managing Director. Mechanical issues and repairs must be approved by the Series Managing Director and may require the vehicle to start the Race at the tail end of the field.

F

Any driver(s) that is not present to answer the second roll call at the driver/crew chief meeting may be penalized by starting the Race with a “Tail of the Field” penalty.

G

Any driver(s) that is not present at the Pre-Race driver introductions may be penalized by starting the Race with a “Tail of the Field” penalty.

H

Subject to the other provisions in the NASCAR Rules, any eligible vehicle may be driven in any Event by an eligible driver.

I

After the completion of a Stage, the winning driver will be required to do an interview by the broadcast network providing coverage of the Event through the team’s two-way radio communications.

J

The Race winning driver must present the vehicle to victory lane after the completion of the Race. The driver and team must follow all directives from NASCAR regarding Post-Race celebrations and victory lane.

K

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, drivers must participate in media activities designated by NASCAR during an Event. These activities may include, but are not limited to the following:

  • Pre-Event media availabilities in the Media Center.
  • Post-final Practice availability at the designated location (fastest driver from each OEM final Practice).
  • Post-Qualifying availabilities (full field availability in designated bullpen location).
  • Post-Race availabilities.

Additional Playoff related media obligations remain in effect.

a

The Series Managing Director shall be the sole judge of whether an individual is a rookie, based on the individual’s prior racing experience, including but not limited to, the individual’s racing experience at the Event facility and in the NASCAR Cup Series. 

b

A rookie driver may not compete in an Event, whether in Practice, Qualifying, or at the start of the Race or as a relief driver in the Race, unless authorized by the Series Managing Director.

c

A rookie driver must participate in the mandatory meeting for the Event, as listed on the Official Entry Blank. Failure to participate may subject the rookie driver to a penalty.

d

The highest finishing Rookie of the Year candidate must report to the media center upon conclusion of the Race, unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR.

A

Advance notification and approval by the Series Managing Director is required for a driver change.

B

If a driver change is made before the start of a Race, the vehicle must relinquish its starting position and start at the “Tail of the Field”. Driver points will be awarded only to the starting driver. 

C

A driver change will not be permitted from the start of pace lap(s) until after the vehicle completes its first scored lap. 

D

In any condition other than when a Race is halted due to a red flag, a driver change must be made in the vehicle’s assigned pit box or garage area only.

E

If a driver change is made when the red flag is displayed, the location and the other circumstances of the change must be approved by the Series Managing Director. 

F

If a driver change is made while the red flag is displayed, the vehicle must relinquish its position and move to the “Tail of the Field” when the Race is resumed and remain there until a green flag restart. 

G

A driver change is permitted when a vehicle is under the Damage Vehicle Policy (see Section 8.9.9 Damage Vehicle Policy/Mechanical Repair), provided the driver change is approved by the Series Managing Director and completed prior to the expiration of the six (6:00) minute clock.

A

During an Event, if a vehicle sustains damage from an accident or contact of any kind and/or is stopped on or near the racing surface and unable to continue to make forward progress, unless extenuating emergency conditions exist with the vehicle (e.g. fire, smoke in cockpit, etc.) the driver should take the following steps:

  • Shut off electrical power and, if driver is uninjured, lower driver’s window net.
  • Do not loosen, disconnect, or remove any driver personal safety equipment until directed to do so by safety personnel or a NASCAR Official.
  • After being directed to exit the vehicle, the driver must immediately proceed to either the ambulance or other vehicle as directed by safety personnel or a NASCAR Official.
  • At no time should a driver or crew member(s) approach any portion of the racing surface or apron.
  • At no time should a driver or crew member(s) approach another moving vehicle.
B

All vehicles not involved in the incident or that are able to continue afterwards should slow down to a cautious speed as outlined in Section 8.5.3.3 Yellow Flag, use extreme care as they approach an incident scene, and follow any directions given by safety personnel or NASCAR Officials.

C

Vehicles in line behind the caution vehicle should not weave or otherwise stray from the line near the incident scene.

A

If a vehicle cannot continue due to a mechanical issue or track obstruction (e.g. grass or wet ground, sand, curbing, etc.) and is stopped and unable to proceed, Track Services will assist in using the front and/or rear tow straps (or other means as applicable) to allow the vehicle to continue in the Race. (See Section 14.5.4 Front Bumper Cover and Section 14.5.9 Rear Bumper Cover)

B

The driver will be directed to stop, track services will release the tow strap, and the driver will be directed to return to the race track in a manner that will reduce track restoration.

C

Vehicles not on the Damage Vehicle Policy (mechanical) may be towed and will be allowed to reenter the Race once the mechanical issue has been repaired. The driver must exit the vehicle before being towed to the garage.

A

If a vehicle sustains damage from an accident or contact of any kind and must go behind the pit wall or to the garage area, whether under its own power or not, the driver must immediately proceed to the Infield Care Center by either ambulance or other vehicle as directed by the safety personnel or a NASCAR Official.

A

If a backup vehicle or backup engine is used during an Event, the vehicle must start the Race at the “Tail of the Field” on the pace laps. During the pace laps, the vehicle will be instructed by race control when to drop to the tail of the field. If Qualifying Races are scheduled and a backup vehicle or backup engine is used prior to a scheduled Qualifying Race(s), the vehicle must start the Qualifying Race(s) and the Race at the tail of the field. During the pace laps, the vehicle will be instructed by race control when to drop to the tail of the field.

B

For the Daytona 500 Event, once a backup vehicle is used, for all remaining Races in the Daytona 500 Event, the vehicle will start the Race at the “Tail of the Field” on the pace laps.

C

For the 150 mile Qualifying Races and the Daytona 500, the Series Managing Director will determine the circumstances for the need to use a backup engine before imposing a “Tail of the Field” penalty at the next Championship Event that the vehicle earns a starting position in the Race. (See Section 14.7.1.1.2 Single Engine Rule)

A

Unless otherwise directed by the Series Managing Director, all vehicles in the official starting line-up must be on the Race starting grid ready to participate five minutes before the pace laps start and any vehicle in the starting line-up and on the Race starting grid may enter the Race after the pace laps start.

B

Unless otherwise authorized by the Series Managing Director, at Events where vehicles are impounded by NASCAR after the starting line-up is determined, teams will not be permitted to make any repairs, adjustments, changes of vehicle parts and/or components before the affected vehicle receives the green flag on the racetrack.

C

If NASCAR begins a Race under green/yellow flag conditions, teams will not be permitted to make repairs, adjustments, changes of vehicle parts and/or components before the affected vehicle receives the green flag on the racetrack. Failure to comply with this rule may result in a penalty at the discretion of the Series Managing Director.

D

If a vehicle enters the Race after the starting flag is displayed, NASCAR must be advised to ensure proper scoring of the vehicle.

E

Unless otherwise directed by NASCAR, the vehicle awarded the pole position will be the control vehicle for the start of the Race and given the choice of starting on the inside (pole) position or taking the outside position in the front row. The crew chief for the vehicle awarded the pole position should make this request to the Series Managing Director.

  • At the start of the Race and during all restarts, if the control vehicle is unable to start in the assigned position (penalty, mechanical issue, failure to maintain speed, etc.), as determined by NASCAR, the entire column/lane of vehicles behind will move up one row accordingly. The vehicle assigned the next official starting grid position will be the new control vehicle for the start/restart and will not be given lane choice.
  • Throughout the Race, if a vehicle is unable to start in its assigned position, as determined by NASCAR, the entire column/lane of vehicles behind will move up one row accordingly.
F

The number of pace laps may be set at the discretion of NASCAR. During the pace laps, if a vehicle does not maintain its designated position in the starting field, NASCAR may reposition the vehicle at their discretion.

G

If a vehicle retires during the pace laps or before completing the first official lap, and thereafter fails to return to the Race, its finishing position will be determined by its starting position in relation to other vehicles that do not complete the first official lap. 

H

If a vehicle does not leave the Race starting grid and thereafter fails to return to the Race, the vehicle’s finishing position will be behind those vehicles that depart the Race starting grid and will be determined by its Race starting grid position in relation to other vehicles that do not leave the Race starting grid.

I

Under the circumstances of .g and .h (above), any Pre-Race starting grid penalties (e.g. “Tail of the Field”) will be considered for and adjustment of the vehicle(s)’s final finishing position may occur when a vehicle(s) has no completed lap.

A

The addition of fuel will not be permitted from the time the command to “start your engines” is given until after the affected vehicle receives the green flag on the racetrack. Doing so will result in a minimum of a one lap penalty.

B

If NASCAR begins a Race under green/yellow flag conditions, adding fuel will not be permitted until the yellow flag is withdrawn. Doing so will result in a minimum of a one lap penalty.

A

The Stage lengths will be communicated at the driver/crew chief meeting and is outlined in the following document:

B

A caution period will follow the completion of each Stage, except for the Final Stage, and those laps will be counted and scored.

A

The start/finish line extends from the outside retaining wall to the inside wall on pit road.

B

Unless otherwise authorized by the Chief Scorer, the vertical plane at the leading edge of the start/finish line is the scoring point for the vehicle. A vehicle is accredited a completed lap when the furthermost forward part of the vehicle intersects the vertical plane at the leading edge of the start/finish line, as determined by the Chief Scorer.

C

Any vehicle driven by its driver and crossing the start/finish line may be scored and receive flags.

A

NASCAR will use flags/lights, as set forth in this Section providing drivers with information while on the racetrack during the Event. A driver is considered to have received notice when the flag is raised above the top railing of the flag stand, or when the lights are illuminated, whether the driver has seen the flag/lights. If a driver or crew chief is informed of a decision or circumstance by NASCAR in a manner other than by use of flags/lights, then use of a flag/light is not necessary.

B

The procedure for use of flags/lights by NASCAR may vary for individual racetracks or Races.

A

The red flag signifies that the Practice, Qualifying, or Race must be stopped immediately regardless of the position of the vehicles on the racetrack.

B

At the discretion of NASCAR, the Race may be stopped at any time it is determined the racetrack is not suitable for Competition. Vehicles must be brought to a stop in an area designated by NASCAR. Unless otherwise determined by the Series Managing Director, vehicles must not enter pit road under red flag conditions. At the discretion of the Series Managing Director, failure to follow the red flag procedures may result in a penalty up to and including the vehicle being parked for the remainder of the Race.

C

Unless otherwise determined by the Series Managing Director, repairs or service of any nature, or refueling will not be permitted when the Race is halted due to a red flag. All work must stop on any vehicle on pit road and/or garage area when the red flag is displayed during the Race, unless the vehicle has withdrawn from the Event by the crew chief. Work must not be resumed until the red flag is withdrawn.

D

When the red flag is displayed and the Race is stopped before the completion of one lap, there shall be a complete double-file restart in the original starting positions, except any vehicle(s) that is not able to return to its position at the time of the restart. NASCAR will determine the new starting position(s) for a vehicle(s) that is unable to return at the rear of the field.

E

When the red flag is displayed and the Race is stopped after the completion of at least one scored lap, vehicles will line up in their respective track position in which they were scored. If there is no restart, and the Race is declared official, the vehicles will be scored as described in Section 8.5.8 Official Completion.

A

The green flag signifies the start or restart of racing conditions. NASCAR Officials will signify “one lap to go” a lap before the green flag will be displayed.

B

The initial start and all restarts shall be initiated within the restart zone on the racetrack. Double red lines on the outer wall designate the start of the restart zone. If the lead vehicle does not restart by the time it reaches the exit of the restart zone, designated by a single red line on the outer wall, the starter will initiate or restart the Race.

C

Once the green flag has been displayed at the initial start and all restarts, all vehicles must maintain their respective track position/lane established by the front row above the apron as determined by the inside painted line until they have crossed the start/finish line.

D

All restarts shall be made within the restart zone on the racetrack that will be communicated in the driver/crew chief meeting. Double red lines on the outer wall designate the start of the restart zone. If the lead vehicle does not restart by the time it reaches the exit of the restart zone, designated by a single red line on the outer wall, the starter will restart the Race.

A

For Events at Sonoma Raceway, Watkins Glen International, Indianapolis Road Course, and Elkhart Lake’s Road America, the right hand lane (driver’s right) is the inside row (3rd, 5th, 7th, etc.) for the Race start and restarts.

A

NASCAR will determine whether the racetrack is suitable for Competition.

B

Upon resuming the Race, following a Race halt and/or during a caution period, all subsequent laps will be scored.

A

NASCAR, at its discretion, may use a predetermined Competition caution period(s) that will be communicated to all Competitors.

B

The addition of fuel will not be permitted prior to the respective Competition caution period(s). Doing so will result in a minimum of a one lap penalty.

C

Fuel is permitted to be added once the pit road is open and the vehicle(s) has entered pit road, following the commencement of the Competition caution period(s).

A

When the caution lights are illuminated and/or the yellow flag is displayed, this will signify a caution period.

B

All drivers must reduce their vehicle’s speed to a cautious pace while forming a single line and maintaining their respective track position independently behind the Race leading vehicle.

C

The track position of each vehicle will be determined when the caution period begins. Passing of a vehicle(s) will not be permitted unless directed by NASCAR.

D

Vehicles must maintain, under their own power, a reasonable speed considering the conditions that exist on the racetrack. Determination of a reasonable speed is a judgement call and will be made by NASCAR.

E

Vehicles returning to the racetrack from pit road during a caution period must exit pit road prior to the caution vehicle at the pit out line to maintain their respective lap. Unless otherwise determined by NASCAR, vehicles that do not exit pit road prior to the caution vehicle must line up behind the continuous line of vehicles following the caution vehicle.

A

The blue flag with a diagonal yellow stripe signifies that faster traffic is overtaking the vehicle being signaled. Vehicles being given this flag must prepare to yield to overtaking traffic.

A

The black flag signifies the driver must go to the pits immediately and report to the NASCAR Official at the vehicle’s assigned pit box; it does not mean automatic disqualification.

B

In addition to the black flag, NASCAR may use a blackboard or black flag number indicator in full view of the Competitor on which the number of the vehicle being black-flagged will be displayed.

C

NASCAR may also communicate to the crew chief or the designated crew member the black flag directive.

A

At the discretion of NASCAR, if the driver does not obey the black flag directive, the driver may then be given the black flag with a white cross at the start/finish line to inform the driver that any additional scoring of his/her vehicle will be discontinued until further notice.

A

The white flag signifies that the lead vehicle has started its last lap in the Race.

B

If the caution lights are illuminated and/or yellow flag is displayed during the white flag lap, vehicles will be scored based on their respective track position. No passing will be permitted as long as vehicles maintain a reasonable speed considering the conditions that exist on the racetrack. Determining respective track position and a reasonable speed are judgement calls made by NASCAR.

C

In the judgement of NASCAR, vehicles may not receive assistance after the lead vehicle has received the white flag at the start/finish line, except vehicle(s) making a pit stop. A violation will result in the vehicle not being scored on that lap.

D

In the judgement of the Series Managing Director, the vehicle or team providing the assistance after the lead vehicle has received the white flag at the start/finish line may be subject to a Post-Race lap(s) or time penalty and scoring correction.

A

When the black and white checkered flag is displayed and the lead vehicle completes the Race, the balance of the field also completes the Race in the same lap. Race finishing positions will be determined according to the most laps completed in the least total time, whether the vehicle is still running or not.

B

When the required Race distance has been completed by the lead vehicle, the Race distance will be declared “officially complete” regardless of the flag being displayed. (The definition of the required Race distance is provided in Section 8.5.8 Official Completion.)

C

The Race Winner or any other designated Race finisher(s) in the Race must bring his/her vehicle to the start/finish line or designated area and remain there until released by the NASCAR Official.

A

When the green and white checkered flag is displayed this signifies that the lead vehicle has completed a Stage. The balance of the field also completes that Stage in the same lap. Stage finishing positions will be determined according to the most laps completed in the least total time, whether the vehicle is still running or not.

B

Once a vehicle has received the green and white checkered flag it must maintain speed and relative position in relation to the other vehicles.

A

Special flags and/or signal lights may be used at the discretion of NASCAR, but will be explained at the driver/crew chief meeting.

B

NASCAR will display the black and red flags together to inform the Competitors of the end of a Practice or Qualifying round. All vehicles must report to pit road or the garage area.

C

At Road Course Events, a solid blue flag will be used to indicate a local track condition.

D

At NASCAR’s discretion and if conditions warrant, NASCAR reserves the right to implement single file starts/restarts at any time during an Event.

A

Double-file restart positions and Rules will be in effect at Superspeedway, Dirt, and Road Course Events.

B

When the starter gives the “one to go” signal, vehicles will line up in two columns for all restarts in the following double-file format after they cross the start/finish line, unless otherwise directed by NASCAR.

C

The leader will have column/lane selection for each restart and is the control vehicle for the restart.

D

The vehicle scored in third place must line up on the inside column/lane of the second row as designated in the driver/crew chief meeting.

E

All remaining vehicles after the third place vehicle will restart in the following double-file format after they cross the start/finish line, unless otherwise directed by NASCAR.

  • Lead lap vehicles that maintained their respective track position and did not enter pit road.
  • Lead lap vehicles that entered pit road only once, on the designated lap during this caution period when pit road was open, as they have returned to the racetrack.
  • Lap down vehicles that maintained their respective track position and did not enter pit road during this caution period.
  • Lap down vehicles that have entered pit road on the designated lap and vehicles that have entered pit road more than once, as they have returned to the racetrack in their respective track position.
  • The highest scored non-lead lap vehicle (“Free Pass”) at the time of the caution period.
  • “Wave Around” vehicles must maintain their respective track position and receive the green flag on the racetrack before being permitted to enter pit road without a penalty.
  • Vehicles that have been issued a Race procedure penalty will be at the “Tail of the Field” in their respective track position.
  • Vehicles electing to yield to other vehicles must move to the inside column/lane, must allow all vehicles to pass to the outside, and then double-up at the tail of the field in their respective track position.
F

If the official Race leader fails to maintain speed, because of either an accident and/or mechanical failure, after the caution lights are illuminated and/or the yellow flag is displayed, and a new Race leader is declared prior to pit road opening, any vehicle(s) in front of the new Race leader may catch the tail of the field, when directed by NASCAR, as if they were ahead of the new Race leader at the time of the caution. If the “Free Pass” vehicle at the time of the caution was between the Race leader at the time of the caution and the Race leader when pit road is opened, a new “Free Pass” vehicle will not be designated or transferred. Vehicles eligible for the “Wave Around” will be determined by the position of the lead lap vehicles when pit road is open.

G

In the event that the restart is waived off the subsequent line up will revert to the single file line up order of the vehicles prior to the double-file restart including the freeze the field order, use of the pit out camera, penalty vehicles, and vehicle’s ability to maintain reasonable speed as determined by NASCAR.

A

Choose restart positions and Rules will be in effect at all Events except Superspeedway, Dirt, and Road Course Events. For Superspeedway, Dirt, and Road Course Events, double-file restart positions and Rules will be in effect.

B

Prior to restarts, when the single file restart order is confirmed and when instructed by race control, drivers must choose the inside or outside lane before the designated “V”-shaped painted mark on the racing surface. Once the single file order is established, drivers must not change position until after they have chosen a lane for the restart.

C

If, in NASCAR’s judgement, a driver changes position prior to choosing a lane, touches the painted box within the “V” with his/her tires, changes lanes after choosing, or impedes the Choose process, it will result in a penalty.

D

The Race leader is the control vehicle for each restart.

E

As determined by race control, the single file line up order is:

  • Lead lap vehicles that did not enter pit road.
  • Lead lap vehicles that entered pit road once as they return to the racetrack.
  • Lap down vehicles that did not enter pit road.
  • Lap down vehicles that entered pit road and vehicles that entered pit road multiple times, as they return to the racetrack.
  • Free Pass vehicle.
  • Wave Around vehicles.
  • Penalty vehicles.
  • Lay over vehicles.
F

Pit road will close at the command of race control after all vehicles have had the opportunity to pit.

G

The following vehicles are not eligible to Choose:

  • Lay over vehicles.
  • Vehicles on pit road when the Choose process begins.
  • Penalty vehicles.

These vehicles will line up tail end of the longest line in the following order:

  • Vehicles on pit road when the Choose process began.
  • Penalty vehicles.
  • Vehicles laying over.
H

After the Choose process begins, if the restart is waived off then the subsequent line up will:

  • Revert to the order of the vehicles prior to the Choose process, including freeze the field order, use of the pit out camera, penalty vehicles, and vehicle’s ability to maintain reasonable speed, as determined by NASCAR.
  • At the Series Managing Director’s discretion, if the Race is delayed for an extended period, NASCAR may require another Choose prior to the restart.
A

After the caution lights are illuminated and/or yellow flag is displayed, the highest scored eligible vehicle, one or more laps down to the leader at the time of a caution period, will be given one lap back.

B

The vehicle must maintain a reasonable speed (determination of a reasonable speed is a judgement call made by NASCAR). The eligible vehicle must pass the caution vehicle with a cautious pace to the outside and line up at the end of the line of vehicles when directed by NASCAR to gain one lap back and will restart the Race as described in Section 8.5.4 Double File-Restarts or Section 8.5.5 Choose Restart Positions.

C

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, the eligible vehicle can only add fuel on the designated lap. If fuel is added to the vehicle after the designated lap, NASCAR will hold the vehicle for a minimum of one lap.

D

A vehicle is not eligible to receive the “Free Pass” until the vehicle has started the Race or in the judgement of NASCAR, the vehicle was involved in the primary incident or a deliberate action that created the caution. Under these circumstances, the “Free Pass” will not be awarded to any vehicle.

E

If the “Free Pass” vehicle incurs a penalty during this caution period, the “Free Pass” vehicle will restart in its respective track position with the other penalty vehicles.

F

If a vehicle is under penalty, the vehicle is in the garage, or the vehicle is behind pit wall, the vehicle will be deemed ineligible, and the “Free Pass” will be awarded to the next eligible vehicle.

G

If a vehicle is on pit road serving a pass-through or lap(s) penalty, the vehicle must exit pit road before being eligible for the “Free Pass”. Vehicles will have exited pit road when the leading edge of the vehicle breaks the plane of the pit out scoring line.

A

“Wave Around” vehicles include all eligible vehicles, between the Race leader and the caution vehicle, after all vehicles have had an opportunity to pit and prior to pit road closing. No additional “Wave Around” vehicles will be eligible once pit road closes. “Wave Around” vehicles will be released at the command of race control. The release point will vary depending on the number of “Wave Around” vehicles and the size of the Race facility.

B

“Wave Around” vehicles will not be permitted to enter pit road at any time during this yellow flag/caution period.

C

“Wave Around” vehicles must receive the green flag on the racetrack before being permitted to enter pit road without a penalty.

D

Vehicles under penalty and/or the “Free Pass” vehicle will not be eligible to receive a “Wave Around”.

E

“Wave Around” vehicles will have the opportunity to Choose after being released by race control and joining the tail of the field.

A

Each Championship Race will consist of Stages in which all laps count.

A

The length of each Stage is outlined on the Official Entry Blank and in the following document :

B

Under green flag conditions NASCAR will close pit road two laps before completing the Stage, except for the Final Stage.

C

The green and white checkered flag will be displayed to the Race leading vehicle on the designated lap to complete the Stage.

D

Under green flag conditions the top ten positions at the completion of the Stage will be determined at the start/finish line.

E

At the discretion of NASCAR, the caution lights will be illuminated and/or yellow flag displayed after the tenth place vehicle crosses the start/finish line. At the time of the caution, NASCAR will use all resources to determine the top ten positions. The balance of the field is frozen in the vehicles’ respective track position provided a reasonable speed is maintained considering track conditions.

F

The respective running order prior to opening pit road at the completion of the Stage will be determined by:

  • The field will be positioned per freeze the field at the time of caution.
  • The top ten vehicles will remain in their respective track position relative to other vehicles and may be adjusted in relation to each other should the order of the freeze the field differ from how they completed the Stage.
  • NASCAR will use all resources to determine the top ten positions.
G

At the completion of the Stage, pit road will be open at the command of race control.

H

Except in the Final Stage, if a caution occurs in the closing laps of a Stage, NASCAR will:

  • Attempt to return to green flag racing.
  • Open pit road if it is possible to have a green flag lap prior to the completion of the Stage.
  • If the Race cannot be resumed before the Stage is complete, pit road will remain closed, and the Stage will end under caution. NASCAR will use all resources to determine the top ten positions. The balance of the field will be positioned per freeze the field at the time of caution.
I

If a vehicle incurs a violation and the penalty cannot be enforced before completing the Stage, it will be scored as the last vehicle on its lap for that Stage. The vehicle will be repositioned to the tail of the field and will restart with other penalty vehicles for the subsequent restart.

A

All Races will be run until the Race leading vehicle has completed the required Final Stage distance in the Race, which is the advertised distance in the Official Entry Blank, except as described in Section 8.5.8.6 Required Race Distance is Less Than Advertised Distance or NASCAR Overtime as described in Section 8.5.8.3 NASCAR Overtime.

B

Finishing positions will be determined according to the most laps completed in the least total time, whether the vehicle is still running or not.

C

Once the Race leading vehicle receives the white flag at the start/finish line and if the caution lights are illuminated and/or the yellow flag displayed, the Race will not be restarted.

A

The Race will go into overtime if the caution period continues into the lap preceding the white flag lap or the caution lights are illuminated and/or yellow flag is displayed prior to the Race leader breaking the leading edge of the start/finish line before receiving the white flag.

B

The Race will not go into overtime if the caution lights are illuminated and/or yellow flag is displayed after the Race leader’s vehicle breaks the leading edge of the start/finish line receiving the white flag.

C

If a Race goes into overtime, it will consist of a green flag lap, a white flag lap, and a black and white checkered flag finish.

D

If the caution lights are illuminated and/or the yellow flag is displayed before the Race leader’s vehicle breaks the leading edge of the start/finish line receiving the white flag, the overtime attempt will not be official and subsequent attempt(s) will be made. All additional laps will be counted and scored.

E

If the caution lights are illuminated and/or yellow flag is displayed after the Race leader’s vehicle breaks the leading edge of the start/finish line receiving the white flag, it will be an official attempt and the Race will not be restarted and will conclude under caution. All additional laps will count and finishing positions of the Race will be scored per Section 8.5.8.4 Freezing the Field-Caution After White Flag is Displayed.

A

Once the Race leader has received the white flag at the start/finish line and then the caution lights are illuminated and/or yellow flag displayed the field is frozen in the vehicles’ respective track position, provided the vehicles return to the start/finish line to complete their lap without assistance while maintaining a reasonable speed considering the track conditions.

B

Vehicle(s) returning to the start/finish line are not permitted to pass and must maintain their position in relation to other vehicles doing the same.

C

In the circumstances of a caution period, a vehicle’s reasonable speed and track conditions are a NASCAR judgement determination.

D

NASCAR will use any data or resources to determine the respective track position of each vehicle at the time the caution period began on the white flag lap. Such resources include, but are not limited to:

  • Undisputed video proof of a vehicle’s track position at the time of caution in the judgement of NASCAR Timing & Scoring.
  • Order of the last passed detection scoring data (scoring loop).
E

Those vehicle(s) involved in the accident in the judgement of NASCAR Officials will be repositioned by NASCAR Timing & Scoring:

  • Vehicles that return from their involvement in the accident unassisted, returning to the start/finish line once they re-establish a reasonable speed for the conditions.
  • Vehicle(s) that do not complete this lap.
  • Vehicles are not permitted to continue to complete the lap when the red flag is displayed.
A

If two or more vehicles have the same finishing position and the tie cannot be broken by any practical means reasonably available to NASCAR, the tie will be broken as follows:

  • By awarding the higher finishing position to the vehicle that led the greatest number of laps in the Race in which the tie occurred.
  • If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of laps completed in second place, third place, etc. will be used in the same manner, until the tie is broken.
  • If the tie is not resolved by the above, the vehicle scoring the highest position on any lap during the Race will prevail, or in the case where the highest position scored between the tied vehicles is the same, the vehicle scoring the highest position at the earliest point in the Race will prevail.
A

If NASCAR determines in its sole discretion that unforeseen circumstances prevent the completion of the advertised distance or make it impractical to continue or complete the Race within a reasonable time after it has been stopped and provided the halfway distance has been reached or surpassed by the Race leader or following the completion of Stage 2, whichever occurs first, the Race will be considered officially completed as of the last lap completed by the Race leader prior to the Race halt. The finishing positions will be determined per the Double-File or Choose restart positions.

B

In the event the Race is declared official, NASCAR will revert to the single file running order and use all available resources to determine the official finishing positions, including but not limited to, pit road exit scoring data, undisputed video proof of a vehicle’s track position at the time of caution, in the judgement of NASCAR Timing & Scoring, the order of the last passed detection scoring data (scoring loop), and any associated penalties.

C

NASCAR may determine that due to darkness it is impractical to complete the advertised Race distance. In this occurrence, NASCAR, in its sole discretion, will determine when the Race concludes.

A

When an Event is halted due to rain, curfew, or adverse circumstances, the Event may be rescheduled to a date and time to be determined by NASCAR.

B

Unless otherwise determined by NASCAR, the rescheduled Event shall start with the incomplete portion of the previous Race and all original entries shall start in the position they held when the Race was stopped.

C

For Road Course Events, all vehicles must be equipped with wet weather equipment, including a windshield defogger system, windshield wiper motor and wiper blade, rear rain flaps, and rear window rain lights. When potential inclement weather conditions exist, the Series Managing Director may make a wet weather determination prior to Race start.

D

During wet weather conditions, all vehicles must activate their rear flashingwindow rain lights. The Series Managing Director will determine when the rear flashingwindow rain lights must be deactivated. The driver cooling air duct may be blocked when wet weather tires are installed.

E

Teams will initially stage vehicles in their garage stalls or on the Race starting grid in dry equipment configuration, unless otherwise determined by the Series Managing Director.

A

If the Series Managing Director declares wet weather conditions prior to Race start, vehicles will have the option, when approved by NASCAR, to make a tire configuration change on the grid and retain their original starting positions. No other adjustments or refueling will be permitted at this time. Windshield wipers may be installed.

B

During the initial pace laps as directed by NASCAR, vehicles may return to their assigned pit stall and make a tire configuration change and retain their original starting position. If a team(s) changes tires other than on the NASCAR designated lap, the team(s) will forgo their original starting position and start at the rear of the field. No other adjustments or refueling will be permitted at this time. Windshield wipers may be installed.

C

Once the Race begins, the crew chief is solely responsible for the decision of when to use dry or wet condition equipmentweather tires for the remainder of the Race.

D

Wet weather tires will not be permitted unless wet conditions exist, as determined by the Series Managing Director.

A

At-track penalties may be imposed for violations discovered during Pre-Qualifying and Pre-Race inspections. At-track penalties are not appealable and are more fully explained in Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

B

A lap or time penalty is the act during a Race of detaining a vehicle and its driver for a specified amount of time or number of lap(s), whichever is appropriate as determined by NASCAR. A lap or time penalty is not a Penalty within the meaning of Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action and is not appealable under that Section.

A

At-track penalties that may be imposed during Practice and/or the Race as a result of a Pre-Race violation are as follows:

  • Loss of Practice time.
  • Loss of Practice time at a future Event.
  • Crew member ejection.
  • Loss of pit selection position.
  • Not permitted to make a Qualifying attempt.
  • Starting the Race from the “Tail of the Field”.
  • Loss of Hard Card.
B

At-track penalties that must be served after the affected vehicle receives the green flag on the racetrack are the following:

  • Pass-through.
  • Stop and go.
  • Holding a vehicle for a lap or time penalty.
C

If the Race begins under green/yellow conditions, serving the penalty will not be permitted.

A

When the “one to go” signal is given by the starter all vehicles that are under a “Tail of the Field” penalty will move over to the inside of the two columns of vehicles and reposition to the “Tail of the Field”. Once the vehicle is positioned at the “Tail of the Field”, the vehicle may pass other vehicles that elect to yield.

A

The vehicle must enter pit road and drive the entire length of pit road without stopping.

B

If the vehicle exceeds the pit road speed limit while performing a pass-through penalty, an additional pass-through penalty will be assessed.

C

If equipment is removed from the pit box and remains attached to the vehicle, it must stop in its assigned pit box while serving the penalty to retrieve the removed equipment. No other service to the vehicle or driver will be permitted.

A

The vehicle must enter pit road and make a mandatory stop in its assigned pit box.

B

A NASCAR Official may stand in the pit box of the vehicle under penalty with their hand up.

C

Once the vehicle comes to a stop, the NASCAR Official may release the vehicle with a waving hand motion towards the exit of pit road.

A

Assessment of a lap(s) penalty will occur in the vehicle’s assigned pit box. No service may be performed on the penalized vehicle while assessing the lap(s) penalty. Assessment of the lap(s) penalty begins when any service is complete, or the vehicle comes to a complete stop.

B

Penalized vehicles will be released at the command of race control officials. A NASCAR Pit Road Official may stand at the front of the vehicle and release the vehicle at the command of race control.

C

Under yellow flag conditions, the penalized vehicle must restart at the tail of the field after serving the lap(s) penalty.

A

A lap or time penalty may be imposed when the Competitor has violated a directive from a NASCAR Official or other Race procedure, including but not limited to the following:

  • Intentionally causing or attempting to cause a caution period.
  • Reckless driving.
  • Passing the caution vehicle.
  • Going above the pre-established blend line when exiting pit road.
  • Restart violations.
  • Verbal abuse of or inappropriate gestures to NASCAR Officials.
  • Violations incurred while repairing a damaged vehicle.
  • Safety violations.
  • Unapproved vehicle/mechanical adjustment(s), modification(s), or failures.
B

Any driver who, in the judgement of NASCAR Officials, intentionally causes or attempts to cause a caution period by stopping or spinning out or any other action will be penalized at NASCAR’s discretion.

C

Unless otherwise authorized, all vehicles will be subject to a minimum speed requirement. The minimum speed requirement will be communicated in the driver/crew chief meeting.

A

Unapproved vehicle/mechanical adjustment(s), modification(s), or failures will not be permitted during an Event.

B

Examples of unapproved vehicle/mechanical adjustment(s) or modification(s) include, but are not limited to, the following body/vehicle parts, as determined by the Series Managing Director:

  • Body part(s).
  • Underwing par(s).
  • Front and rear fascias.
  • Hood or deck lid.
  • Spoiler.
  • Driving cooling duct system.
  • Window opening, front glass, rear glass, or A-post deflector.
C

Failure(s) include, but are not limited to the above parts detaching, deforming, moving, loosening, breaking, and/or otherwise failing to maintain their shape, integrity, and intended function, unless attributable, in NASCAR’s judgement, to Race contact or the normal demands of racing.

D

When the observed vehicle is determined to have an unapproved mechanical adjustment(s), modification(s), or failure(s) by NASCAR, a directive will be given to the crew chief for his/her vehicle to report to their assigned pit box to perform a satisfactory repair to all applicable parts before the vehicle will be released back into Competition. All repairs must be satisfactory to NASCAR Officials.

E

When a satisfactory repair(s) is completed during a yellow flag/caution condition, the vehicle must restart the Race with the other penalty vehicles in its respective track position, take the green flag on the racetrack, and then serve a green flag pass-through penalty.

F

When a satisfactory repair(s) penalty is assessed under a green flag condition in the Race, the vehicle must report to their assigned pit box until all parts are repaired. When the NASCAR Official determines all repairs are satisfactory, he/she will release the vehicle back to Competition.

G

If any crew member(s) is observed/involved in the cause of the unapproved vehicle/mechanical adjustment(s), modification(s), or failure(s), whether to his/her team’s vehicle or to another team’s vehicle, that crew member and the team may be subject to penalty, as determined by the Series Managing Director.

A

Vehicles must race above the double yellow lines around the entire racetrack. If in NASCAR’s judgement, a vehicle goes beneath the double yellow lines to improve its position, it will be black-flagged. If in NASCAR’s judgement, a vehicle forces another vehicle beneath the double yellow lines (in an effort to stop the advancement/pass) the vehicle may be black-flagged.

B

NASCAR defines beneath the double yellow lines as follows: when the vehicle’s left side tires are beneath the left line of the inside double yellow lines that separates the apron from the racing surface while passing another vehicle.

A

In the judgement of NASCAR, short-cutting the course may result in a pass-through penalty. Short-cutting the course is defined as all four tires on the non-track side of the racing surface.

B

For the Charlotte Road Course Event, going straight at the chicane(s) will result in a stop and go penalty in an assigned location for the violation. If a vehicle goes straight in the back straight chicane, the vehicle must perform the stop and go prior to exiting the back straight chicane or in the restart zone on the violation lap. If the vehicle goes straight in the front straight chicane, the vehicle must perform the stop and go before the start/finish line on the apron on the violation lap. If the stop and go is not performed by the vehicle prior to exiting the designated penalty assessment location, the vehicle will be assessed a pass-through penalty. Missing or short-cutting a chicane is defined as when all four tires are on the non-track side of the red and white rumble strips that define the chicane(s).

C

For the Event at Elkhart Lake’s Road America, short-cutting the course between turns 5 and 13A will be a one-lap penalty.

D

For the Event at Watkins Glen International, going straight at the chicane a vehicle must perform a stop and go (come to a stop) before exiting the chicane escape road. If the stop and go is not performed by the vehicle prior to exiting the chicane escape road, the vehicle will be assessed a pass-through penalty.

E

If, in the closing laps of the Race, the pass-through penalty has not been assessed, a 30 second time penalty will be added to the vehicle’s total time by scoring. The scoring results will be adjusted before the Race results are posted.

F

During a caution period, wave around and free pass vehicle(s) are not permitted to short-cut the course by using the chicane escape road.

G

For the Charlotte Road Course Event, on the start and on all restarts, vehicles that have exited the back straight chicane prior to the green flag being displayed may go straight and bypass the front chicane once during each start and/or restart attempt.

A

For Events at Bristol Motor Speedway, for vehicles on pit road under yellow flag conditions and a flag status change occurs (yellow to green), those vehicles may exit their respective pit road without running the entire length of the back and front pit roads.

A

A Competitor shall not receive a lap or time penalty after the completion of the Event unless in the closing laps of the Race a Competitor violates:

  • A NASCAR Rule(s).
  • A directive from NASCAR, or a known Race or pit road procedure, and there are not enough lap(s) or time remaining in the Race for NASCAR to impose a lap or time penalty.
B

If a Post-Race lap or time penalty is imposed, a scoring correction reflecting the penalty will be permitted prior to the posting of Final Race results.

A

The pit entry light located at the commitment line will be illuminated red signaling pit road is closed at the same time the caution lights are illuminated and/or the yellow flag is displayed.

B

Any vehicle having crossed over the pit entry commitment line before the pit entry light is illuminated red will be officiated as green flag pit road conditions.

C

When a vehicle is approaching the pit entry commitment line and the pit entry light is illuminated red, the vehicle may continue to travel down pit road without receiving a penalty for pitting while the pit road is closed, provided the vehicle does not stop in its pit box and/or receive pit road service. The vehicle’s position will be determined at pit road exit in relation to those vehicles that remained on the racetrack.

D

Any vehicle entering pit road after the pit entry light is illuminated red will restart at the “Tail of the Field” after the one lap to go signal has been given by the starter regardless of his/her position in the Race.

E

Mounted on the caution vehicle facing rearward is a red/green light that corresponds to the pit entry light at the commitment line.

F

When the caution vehicle has entered the racetrack and is positioned in front of the lead vehicle and the Race Director opens pit road, the pit entry light will be illuminated green signifying that lead lap vehicles may enter the pit road. All vehicles may pit on the remaining laps of that caution period. NASCAR may, because of conditions, limit the entry to pit road.

G

At NASCAR’s discretion, a “quickie yellow” may be declared and all vehicles may enter pit road on the first lap that pit road is open.

H

If a pit entry/light system failure occurs, the NASCAR Official stationed at the commitment line will use the following procedure. Red flag with yellow cross-pit road is closed; green flag-pit road is open.

A

The deceleration zone before the pit road entrance is not part of the pit service area and work must not be performed on a vehicle in this area. The proper procedures for usage of the deceleration zone will be communicated to all Competitors in the driver/crew chief meeting.

B

A designated commitment line will be used at all Events to determine the entrance of pit road. The location of the commitment line will be communicated to all Competitors in the driver/crew chief meeting.

C

Vehicles must enter the pit road in a single file line in the outer most lane under yellow flag conditions.

D

The commitment line must be crossed to enter pit road and once a vehicle has crossed the commitment line properly with all four tires beneath the orange box the vehicle must not return to the racetrack until the exit of pit road. The commitment line has an outer boundary identified by an orange painted box, and all four tires must be beneath the orange box when passing over the commitment line.

E

When a vehicle improperly enters pit road, the vehicle will be assessed a commitment line violation penalty.

F

Vehicles returning to the racetrack from pit road during a caution period must wait for the end of the continuous line of vehicles behind the caution vehicle, unless otherwise directed by NASCAR.

G

The acceleration zone after the pit road exit is not part of the pit service area and work must not be performed on a vehicle in this area. The proper procedures for usage of the acceleration zone will be communicated to all Competitors in the driver/crew chief meeting.

A

After a vehicle commits to their assigned pit box, the vehicle(s) following may pass to the outside.

B

A vehicle will not be permitted to drive through more than three pit boxes entering/exiting their assigned pit box. Pit road openings, entrances to infield, and eliminated pit boxes do not count towards driving through more than three pit boxes. Vacant pit boxes will count towards driving through more than three pit boxes.

C

Unless otherwise authorized, once the Race is underway, vehicles may be started by hand pushing in the pit area only, but under no circumstances is any vehicle to be hand pushed more than three pit boxes away from their assigned pit box or past the pit out line/light onto the racetrack. Pit road opening(s) (entrance(s) to infield) do not count.

A

Except for the Final Stage, under green flag conditions NASCAR will close pit road with two laps remaining in the Stage when the leader crosses the start/finish line.

B

Under yellow flag conditions, NASCAR will have the discretion to open or close pit road with less than two laps remaining in a Stage.

A

Vehicles must not exceed the pit road speed limit determined by NASCAR for each Event. The pit road speed limit will be communicated to all Competitors in the driver/crew chief meeting.

B

Vehicle(s) entering pit road must be single file and maintain the pit road speed the entire length of pit road.

C

Pit road speed starts at the yellow speed line at the beginning of pit road and ends at the yellow speed line at pit exit.

D

If forced onto pit road while avoiding an accident on the racetrack, the vehicle(s) must reduce its speed the entire length of pit road. In the occurrence of a caution period, the vehicle(s) respective track position will be determined per the freeze the field at the time of the caution, provided the vehicle does not stop in its pit box.

E

Vehicle(s) are not permitted to speed to prevent the loss of a lap on pit road at the start/finish line and/or at pit road exit.

F

If the vehicle exceeds the pit road speed limit while performing a pass-through penalty, an additional pass-through penalty will be assessed.

G

Track specific pit road speeds are listed in the following document:

A

If in the judgement of NASCAR an infraction of a pit road procedure is insubstantial or inconclusive as not to warrant a penalty, then NASCAR will advise the crew chief of the infraction and may elect not to assess a penalty. 

B

As set forth in Section 8.7 Defined Penalties, lap or time penalties may be assessed for any violation of the NASCAR Rules, including without limitation the pit procedure Rules and pit road penalty card.

C

Drivers or vehicles may receive service only when they are in their assigned pit box and/or the garage area or at NASCAR’s discretion.

D

Outstanding pit road penalties will be assessed when the vehicle returns to the Race from the garage.

A

The Series Managing Director will determine the pit box selection procedure to be used for each Event. The Series Managing Director may modify the pit box selection process when special circumstances for the Event prevail. Pit road selection, time, and location will be announced.

A

It is the responsibility of each driver to position his/her vehicle within the assigned pit box. 

B

Each vehicle must be within the designated lines of its assigned pit box on pit road to be considered “in the box”. The inner-most edge of the designated lines is considered “out of the box”.

C

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, a vehicle is considered “outside of the box” if any of the following occur:

  • The outside front tire of the vehicle is on or over the outside line of the pit box.
  • If any part of the vehicle is visibly on top of or over the front line of the pit box.
  • The inside rear tire is on or outside the outside line of the pit box.
  • The rear tire(s) is on or rearward of the back line of the pit box.
D

A vehicle may receive service only when they are in their assigned pit box and/or the garage area or at NASCAR’s discretion.

A

It is the responsibility of the crew members, not NASCAR, to ensure that he/she maintains, wears, and properly uses protective clothing and equipment during racing conditions. (See Section 14.3.1.2 Crew Protective Clothing/Equipment)

B

The only personnel that are permitted on the service side of the pit wall (over the wall) will be those who are properly licensed, credentialed, listed on the Team Roster and equipped/attired during racing conditions.

C

Crew members must not go on the racetrack for any reason during the Race or while vehicles are under yellow flag or red flag conditions, unless directed to do so by NASCAR.

D

It is the responsibility of the crew chief to prevent all crew members from servicing the vehicle until the vehicle is within its assigned pit box. 

E

Crew members are permitted to stand on top of the pit wall as the vehicle approaches the assigned pit box. Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, crew members are not permitted to sit on the pit wall with their legs on the service side of the pit wall.

F

Crew member’s feet and/or pit equipment must not touch the pit road surface before the vehicle is one pit box away from its assigned pit box or the equivalent marked distance. Should a crew member’s feet prematurely touch the pit road surface prior to servicing the vehicle, said crew member(s) can re-establish their position back to or behind service wall prior to servicing the vehicle to avoid a penalty.

G

A maximum of six crew members will be permitted in the vehicle’s assigned pit box unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR. The six crew members will consist of the following:

  • Four crew members to service the vehicle only.
    • The rear tire changer must approach the vehicle from the rear – Effective March 20, 2022 this will be rescinded.
  • One Fueler to add fuel to the vehicle only.
  • One driver assist crew member to clean the windshield and service the driver (in the interest of his/her health and well-being). The driver assist crew member may assist with the following:
    • Safety systems
    • Window net
    • Helmet and cooling ventilation hose
    • Radio system replacement
    • Steering wheel wiring
    • Providing fluids, food, and/or ice
    • Providing personal medical supplies.

The driver assist crew member will not be permitted to perform repair of body and/or mechanical parts.

H

Crew member(s) purposely assisting (e.g. rolling tires, signboard) from the equipment side of pit road, either in the vehicle’s assigned pit box or in an adjacent pit box, may not substantially or purposely contact the pit road surface and may be counted towards the six crew member total.

I

Crew members purposely assisting another team’s pit stop from an adjacent pit box, either on the equipment side or service side of the pit box, may be penalized.

J

Any crew member interfering with another crew’s pit stop, causing the other team to incur a penalty or not, may incur a penalty.

K

Unless otherwise determined by the Series Managing Director, when changing all four tires, crew members must change/remove the outside tires first. The penalty for changing/removing the inside tires first will be restarting at the tail of the field under caution or a pass-through under green.

L

A safety violation may be imposed for any action or omission by a Competitor or vehicle that creates an unsafe environment or poses a threat to the safety of the Competitors, as determined by NASCAR.

a

One dual-purpose crew member will be permitted to step into the assigned pit box as the vehicle approaches for a pit stop. The dual-purpose crew member must be positioned as close as possible to the pit wall until the vehicle is one pit box away from its assigned pit box. Only the dual-purpose crew member may stage tires/wheels in the pit box prior to their vehicle being one pit stall or equivalent distance away.

b

The dual-purpose crew member must first perform a service that will utilize one of the following combinations of equipment:

  • Two tire(s)/wheel(s)
  • One pit gun and one tire/wheel
  • One jack and one tire/wheel
c

When the dual-purpose crew member is staged on pit road and the vehicle is one pit stall away, he/she must first perform a dual-purpose service, otherwise it will be deemed as over the wall too soon.

A

It is the responsibility of the Fueler and Fuel Handler, not NASCAR, to ensure that he/she maintains, wears, and properly uses protective clothing and equipment during racing conditions. (See Section 14.3.1.3 Fueler and Fuel Handler Protective Clothing/Equipment)

B

The one Fueler with one fuel can is permitted to step into the assigned pit box as the vehicle approaches during each pit stop. The Fueler must be positioned close to the pit wall and remain there until the vehicle is one pit box away.

C

If fuel is not being added to the vehicle during a pit stop, the Fueler will not be permitted to step into the service area nor will another crew member be permitted to add fuel to the vehicle.

D

The Fueler will not be permitted to perform any other service/repair on the vehicle other than fueling the vehicle. For safety, the Fueler may re-direct the removed tire/wheel with their leg.

E

The Fueler must be in control of the fuel can when fuel is being added to the vehicle.

F

Fuel filler cans must not be tossed/thrown over the pit service wall.

G

The Fueler may continue to refuel the vehicle as it leaves the pit box, but will not be permitted to add fuel once the vehicle has crossed over the front or side line of the pit box. The fuel can is not permitted to leave the pit box.

A

Crew members must not service or repair a damaged vehicle until the vehicle has been removed from the racetrack to the vehicle’s assigned pit box.

B

All major mechanical repairs, as determined by NASCAR, must be performed behind the pit wall or in the garage area, unless otherwise approved by the Series Managing Director.

C

A vehicle that sustains damage from an accident or contact of any kind and must go behind the pit wall or to the garage area, whether under its own power or not, will not be permitted to return to the Race. Whether the vehicle entered the garage for damage repairs (or for other permissible reasons) will be determined by the Series Managing Director.

D

A vehicle that sustains damage from an accident or contact that requires body or underwing repairs in the vehicle’s assigned pit box is permitted to have original body or underwing parts removed or reattached in their original location with fasteners and/or tape only. A rod and support, if used, must be used as a single unit to reinforce repaired original panels. A rod and support may not be used during repair to fill a void on the vehicle or as a medium to reattach panels to each other. Adding new or previously unused body or underwing panels and/or patches beyond what can be made with tape and existing panels is prohibited. Wire mesh grill screen will be permitted to be used as a repair to the radiator air inlet only. Items, unless otherwise authorized and required for Competition at that particular racetrack by the Series Managing Director (e.g. rear bumper cover, tail extension, etc.), will be required (See Mandatory Vehicle Safety Components/Systems chart). All safety features must remain functional.

E

Pit road repairs on a damaged vehicle will have a time limit of six (6:00) minutes. The time will start when the vehicle crosses the yellow line at the entrance of pit road and the time will stop when the vehicle crosses the yellow line at the exit of pit road. A 15 second penalty will be added to the time spent on pit road if a vehicle exceeds the pit road speed limit or if the vehicle does not cross the commitment line at the entrance of pit road. If a vehicle pits multiple times as a result of the same damage, the pit time and any associated penalties will be cumulative for the repairs. A damaged vehicle that is repaired within the six (6:00) minute window may return to the Race. If the vehicle exceeds the six (6:00) minute limit, the vehicle will not be scored or permitted to return to the Race.

F

A damaged vehicle that requires repairs in the vehicle’s assigned pit box must be able to reach the posted minimum speed requirement. The wrecked or damaged vehicle will be permitted a three consecutive lap run under green flag conditions on the racetrack to reach the posted minimum speed requirement. If the vehicle does not reach the posted minimum speed requirement by the completion of the third lap, the vehicle will not be scored or permitted to continue in the Race. The six (6:00) minute clock will no longer be in effect for such damage once minimum speed has been posted. Once a damaged vehicle meets the minimum speed requirement, the team may continue to repair specific damage as outlined in this Section on subsequent pit sequences without the six (6:00) minute clock in effect.

G

If a vehicle becomes damaged or has contact of any kind while on pit road, but does not make a pit stop after the pit road damage occurs, the six (6:00) minute clock will not go into effect until the damaged vehicle returns to pit road before reaching the minimum speed requirement. If a vehicle damaged on pit road subsequently stops in its assigned pit box before crossing the yellow line at pit road exit, the six (6:00) minute clock will be deemed to have started when the vehicle crossed the yellow line at pit entry prior to the point of contact or damage.

H

A maximum of six crew members will be permitted in the vehicle’s assigned pit box. The six crew members will consist of:

  • Five crew members for repairs to a damaged vehicle and/or to service the driver and/or clean the windshield
  • One Fueler to add fuel to the vehicle only.

If a team exceeds the crew member limit and/or the Fueler performs additional service to the vehicle other than adding fuel on the pit stop, a two-lap penalty will be assessed. The vehicle will exit pit road and return to the vehicle’s assigned pit box on the next lap. The vehicle will not be scored for lap(s) completed on the racetrack until the two-lap penalty has been served. No work is permitted while serving the two-lap penalty and the time spent on pit road will not be applied to the six (6:00) minute time limit while serving the penalty.

I

At the discretion of the Series Managing Director, if a damaged vehicle elects not to enter pit road on the first opportunity or if a damaged vehicle exits pit road before sufficient repairs had been made and thereafter causes or extends a caution (e.g. leaking fluid, debris, etc.), then said vehicle may incur a lap(s) or time penalty or may not be permitted to return to the Race.

J

Failure to follow the procedures outlined in Section 8.5.4 Red Flag may result in the vehicle being parked for the remainder of the Race, at the discretion of the Series Managing Director. If a vehicle enters pit road and then the red flag is displayed; the time will stop when the red flag is displayed and will resume when the red flag is withdrawn.

K

Mechanical failures can be rectified so long as they are not a result of an accident or contact of any kind. If a mechanical failure results in body or underwing damage which does not involve an accident or contact of any kind, the body or underwing damage may be repaired in the vehicle’s assigned pit box or in the garage. Body or underwing repairs are limited to the removal or reattachment of original body or underwing parts in their original location with fasteners and/or tape only. A rod and support, if used, must be used as a single unit to reinforce repaired original panels. A rod and support may not be used during repair to fill a void on the vehicle or as a medium to reattach panels to each other. Adding new or previously unused body or underwing panels and/or patches beyond what can be made with tape and existing panels is prohibited. Wire mesh grill screen will be permitted to be used as a repair to the radiator air inlet only. Items, unless otherwise authorized and required for Competition at that particular racetrack by the Series Managing Director (e.g. bumper cover, tail extension, etc.), will be required (See Mandatory Vehicle Safety Components/Systems chart). All safety features must remain functional.

L

After repairs have been completed by the crew, the vehicle is subject to visual or other inspection by NASCAR Official(s) prior to and/or during any further Competition.

M

If NASCAR Official(s) determine that further repairs are warranted, the crew must make those repairs in the vehicle’s assigned pit box.

N

At the sole discretion of NASCAR, a damaged vehicle that has been repaired may compete with damaged or missing body panels, vehicle parts, and/or other components.

O

If a vehicle cannot continue due to a track obstruction (e.g. grass or wet ground, sand, curbing, etc.) or mechanical issue and is stopped and unable to proceed, Track Services will assist in using the front and/or rear tow straps (or other means as applicable) to allow the vehicle to continue in the Race. (See Section 14.5.1 Front Bumper Cover and Section 14.5.9 Rear Bumper Cover)

A

All equipment used to service the vehicle must remain in the team’s assigned pit box.

B

When a vehicle runs over or under its air hose or over any other equipment within its assigned pit box, the driver may be instructed to return to the vehicle’s assigned pit box for inspection at the direction of NASCAR.

C

Unless otherwise specified, service equipment is permitted to be tossed/thrown to crew members on the service side of the pit wall from the equipment side of pit wall.

D

Crew members on the service side of pit wall are permitted to toss/throw hand tool equipment back to the pit wall, provided the equipment does not clear the vertical plane of the pit wall.

a

Air supply tanks and pressure regulators for all pit guns must remain on the equipment side of the pit wall during the Race.

A

Only pit guns provided by the NASCAR-approved Pit Gun Manufacturer/Supplier will be permitted on the service side of the pit wall during the Race.

B

If one pit gun becomes unusable, the unusable pit gun must be carried to the equipment side of the pit wall before being replaced with an additional pit gun to complete the pit stop. If a wheel nut is seized or overtightened and cannot be removed with the approved pit gun (PSS.NXGEN.2), only the approved emergency pit gun (Paoli DP362BG) may be used to remove the wheel nut.

C

Before the vehicle leaves its assigned pit box, the pit gun used to change the front tire(s)/wheel(s) must be controlled back to the pit wall.

a

During a pit stop when tire(s) and wheel(s) are changed, only one jack is permitted for use.

b

If a vehicle falls off a jack or the jack becomes unusable, a second jack can be used to facilitate use of the first jack, when tire(s) and wheel(s) are being changed.

c

A second jack is permitted to be used when repairs are needed.

d

A jack is not permitted to be tossed or thrown at any time.

A

All tire(s)/wheel(s) must be installed in a safe and secure manner during the Event.

B

A vehicle may be required to report to its assigned pit box to inspect for any improperly installed tire(s)/wheel(s).

C

During an Event, any loss or separation of an improperly installed tire(s)/wheel(s) from the vehicle will result in a Penalty. As determined by NASCAR, improperly installed tire(s)/wheel(s) remaining in the immediate area of the team’s pit box without posing a safety concern may result in a penalty. (See Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action)

D

Tire usage for the Event will be provided on the Driver & Crew Chief Handout and can be obtained at the driver/crew chief meeting.

A

Crew members must remove tire(s)/wheel(s) from their assigned pit box in a controlled manner.

B

NASCAR considers a tire/wheel controlled when all of the following are met: 

  • No safety issues. For example, tire/wheel does not roll into the traffic lanes of pit road, removed tire/wheel does not return to the outside half of the pit box, tire/wheel may not be thrown or bounced, etc.
  • Removed tire/wheel must not exceed the proximity limits as outlined in the following diagram:
C

Only the dual-purpose crew member may stage tire(s)/wheel(s) in the pit box prior to their vehicle being one pit stall or equivalent distance away.

D

Any crew member, servicing equipment, or tire/wheel interfering with another crew’s pit stop, causing the other team to incur a penalty or not, may incur a penalty.

A

A NASCAR Supervisory Official may direct a Competitor to cease Competition, to leave the racing premises, or to bring the vehicle to the pit road and/or garage area for a specified number of lap(s) and/or a specified time penalty, for the balance of Practice, Qualifying, Qualifying Race, Race, or future NASCAR Races, if it is necessary to do so to promote the orderly conduct of the NASCAR Event(s). Such a directive will be given only in extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the NASCAR Supervisory Official(s). It will not be deemed or construed to be a disqualification, suspension, or other “penalty” within the meaning of Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action and is not appealable under that Section.

a

NASCAR will post the unofficial scoring results after the completion of each Competition activity, at the Series Managing Director’s hauler. A Competitor will have 20 minutes from the time unofficial results are posted to evaluate and/or request a review of the unofficial results to the Chief Scorer.

b

At the discretion of NASCAR, or at the request of a Competitor, the Chief Scorer will review the scoring results for the Competition and will make any corrections to the scoring results as deemed appropriate including, but not limited to, correcting missed or extra lap(s) or time penalties pursuant to Section 10.7 Lap or Time Penalties. In the event that any corrections are made, Competitors will have an additional 20 minutes to evaluate and/or request a review of the adjusted scoring results once posted.

c

The Chief Scorer will explain any adjustments made to the scoring results and answer inquiries from the Competitor as a part of the review. Upon completion of the review, the Chief Scorer will again post the unofficial results.

d

A Competitor who has competed in the Event may submit a written request to the Chief Scorer to request the NASCAR Director of Timing & Scoring conduct an audit of the scoring results, provide such a request must be made to the Official Chief Scorer in person and within 20 minutes after the completion of the review.

e

The scoring results of an Event, including any individual Race, Qualifying round(s), or Qualifying Race, will be considered official once the Competitor’s 20 minute evaluation window has expired, provided no audit is requested by NASCAR as provided herein, in which case the scoring results of the Event shall be considered official upon the announcement of the audit decision by the NASCAR Senior Vice President of Competition and Racing Development. 

f

If the Chief Scorer independently requests an audit of the timing or scoring of an Event, the request and any scoring data for the Event will be forwarded to the Director of Timing & Scoring.

g

If a Competitor who has competed in the Event requests such an audit of the scoring results, the Official Chief Scorer shall promptly forward to the Director of Timing & Scoring the written request and any scoring data for the Event, accompanied by a $200.00 non-refundable service fee collected from the Competitor within the above time window. 

h

Upon completion of the scoring audit the Director of Timing & Scoring will explain to the Senior Vice President of Competition and Racing Development the determinations from the audit and the scoring results will be deemed official. Decisions of the Senior Vice President of Competition & Racing Development on a scoring audit are final, non-appealable and non-litigable.

i

NASCAR reserves the right to further amend or adjust the official results at any time as a result of procedural circumstances in accordance with these Rules (e.g. as a result of Penalties, Appeals decisions, protest, etc.).

a

NASCAR will designate the Chief Scorer for an Event. The Chief Scorer is responsible for timing and scoring all Competition activities during the Event. 

b

The decisions of the Chief Scorer, with respect to timing and scoring, are final unless there is a request for a scoring audit in accordance with Section 11.2 Scoring Review/Audit Procedure.

A

If NASCAR/NEM observes or is made aware of an act or omission by a NASCAR Member that constitutes a violation of the NASCAR Rules or that is detrimental to stock car racing or NASCAR, and if NASCAR/NEM determines that the act or omission is sufficiently serious to warrant the imposition of a Penalty, the Official shall report the violation to the Series Managing Director and/or Senior Vice President, Competition as soon as practicable. Actions detrimental to stock car racing or NASCAR is a subjective determination made by NASCAR and includes in part Member’s actions that reflect upon the sport as a whole and upon other NASCAR Members.

B

The Series Managing Director and/or Senior Vice President, Competition shall consider the report and shall conduct whatever additional inquiry he or she deems appropriate under the circumstances.

C

After concluding the inquiry, the Series Managing Director and/or Senior Vice President, Competition shall review the matter with NASCAR personnel from relevant areas to determine whether disciplinary action is appropriate, and if so, what disciplinary action should be taken. 

D

The Member shall be informed of the determination by the Senior Vice President, Competition or by the Series Managing Director for Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, and Safety violations; and by the Vice President or Managing Director of Racing Operations for Code of Conduct violations. If disciplinary action is imposed, the Senior Vice President, Competition, Series Managing Director, or Vice President or Managing Director of Racing Operations shall cause a Penalty Notice to be issued to the subject Member specifying the violation, a brief statement of the time and circumstances of the violation, and the Penalty imposed. A Penalty Notice will only be issued for Race Disqualification, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, Safety, and Code of Conduct violations. The Series Managing Director will communicate any at-track penalties to the team’s crew chief.

E

NASCAR may publicly announce or publish any at-track penalties or Penalty Notices.

F

The subject Member referenced in the Penalty shall have no claim or cause of action of any kind against NASCAR and its Members, employees and affiliates, or any individual publishing such Penalty or announcing the violation.

G

If the Member wishes to appeal the Race Disqualification, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, Safety, or Code of Conduct Penalty Notice, the Member shall make a written request for a hearing to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel within three business days of the issuance of the Penalty Notice (except as otherwise required for an Expedited Appeal Procedure), as outlined in Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeal Officer. At-track penalties are non-appealable.

A

If the act or omission of a Member is determined by NASCAR/NEM to constitute a threat to the orderly conduct of the Event, NASCAR/NEM may take temporary emergency action against the Member. Such emergency action may include ejection from the racing premises, suspension of Membership and license, or any other action designed to remove the threat created by the Member.

B

Examples of conduct warranting such emergency action include, but are not limited to, the consumption of alcoholic beverages, stimulants, depressants, tranquilizers or other drugs before or during an Event, the use of illegal drugs at any time, fighting, reckless driving, Rules violations, Race procedure violations, or any other directive of a NASCAR Official.

C

That NASCAR Official shall report the Member’s conduct, and the emergency action taken, to the Series Managing Director and/or Senior Vice President, Competition as soon as practicable, and thereafter the procedure set forth in Section 10.1 General Procedure shall apply.

D

The emergency action shall remain in effect until the decision of the Series Managing Director and/or Senior Vice President, Competition is made, except that parking and/or an ejection is final, non-appealable, and non-reviewable in accordance with Section 2.11 Ejection and/or Section 8.9 Parking.

A

Fines shall be paid to NASCAR Headquarters upon receipt of a Penalty Notice. 

B

Failure to pay any outstanding fines in a timely manner may result in suspension. 

C

All unpaid fines of a Member may be collected by NASCAR by deducting the amount from the purse or Point Fund earnings of the Team Owner with whom the Member was associated at the time of the conduct that gave rise to the Penalty Notice.

D

Any fines left unpaid at the end of the racing season shall be considered grounds for refusal to approve that NASCAR Member’s Membership application for the next applicable year of the Member against whom the unpaid fine has been assessed.

A

NASCAR may issue Penalties as it deems fit to provide for the orderly conduct of the sport. Such determinations may be made by NASCAR before, during, or after the Event, and may consider, to the extent deemed reasonable by NASCAR in the interests of racing competition and fairness, any modifications caused or required as a result of damage caused by In-Race accidents.

B

The NASCAR Deterrence System exists to help maintain the integrity of the sport, maintain a competitive but balanced playing field, send a clear message to the garage and the industry that Rules violations will not be tolerated, address safety for all involved, and provide for the best possible motorsports experience for fans, sponsors, supporters, and participants.

C

Penalties are designed primarily to deter NASCAR Rules violations. At each level of the NASCAR Deterrence System, the magnitude of the Penalty is structured to be appropriate for the magnitude of the Rules violation. However, Penalties are not designed at any level simply to serve as an offset for whatever alleged benefit the infraction may have resulted in. As with every professional sport, Penalties must serve as both a deterrent and a punishment.

D

When NASCAR determines that it must issue a Penalty, it will refer to the guidelines described in this Section. When determining a specific Penalty for a specific Rules violation, NASCAR may adjust any standard Penalty in this Section if, in its sole judgment, the circumstances warrant. Additionally, if NASCAR determines that a Rules infraction “trend” (i.e. the same or similar Rules infractions recurring, even if amongst different teams) is developing in a given Series or area of the sport, then it may reassign a given type of infraction to a higher Penalty Level or escalated Penalty within the same Penalty Level than it had been assigned to previously before issuing a subsequent Penalty.

A

To treat all Members fairly and equitably, among other things, the NASCAR Deterrence System provides for Penalties:

  • Without regard to intent or lack of intent in the case of technical infractions.
  • Without attempting to determine if any perceived advantage or disadvantage may have resulted from a technical infraction.
  • Without attempting to determine who was actually a party to whatever led to the violation, except in the case of behavioral infractions, and then only to the extent reasonable and practical for a sporting authority.
  • Without regard to a driver or team’s current position in the Points standings.
  • Without regard to a Member or team’s financial means or current manpower resources.
  • Without regard to the manufacturer, sponsor, supplier, vendor, or any third-party affiliates.
B

NASCAR has elected to use common terminology throughout this Section, rather than legalese and/or technical language, to convey the meaning in a form that should be easily understood by all participants in the sport, and also by fans, the media, sponsors, third-party vendors, and all followers of the sport. Furthermore, this Section, in some cases, cites examples to better illustrate the types of infractions of the NASCAR Deterrence System, but does not attempt to cover every potential type of violation or Penalty. 

C

If the meaning or intention of any portion of the NASCAR Deterrence System is unclear to a NASCAR Member, then it is the Member’s responsibility to inquire about it to NASCAR. However, the Member need not inquire in advance about where a hypothetical infraction might fall, since that infraction should not occur in the first place, nor should any Member be considering violating the Rules.

A

Some guiding principles relative to Penalties that are issued for technical infractions include:

  • Any infraction that was undetected during any prior inspection(s) is still an infraction regardless. In most cases, however, NASCAR will not retroactively issue a separate Penalty for previous Events that occurred prior to the Competition in which the infraction was detected, except in circumstances such as where components may have been sealed, etc.
  • The responsibility for full compliance with the Rules on or of any and all elements provided by, leased, purchased, etc. by third-party suppliers, and/or from other teams or former teams lies solely with the team that has entered the vehicle in the Event.
  • Any element(s) that constitute Rules infractions may be confiscated by NASCAR. NASCAR will address requests for the return of confiscated elements on a case-by-case basis.
B

The issuance of a Penalty by NASCAR is not a reflection on any sponsor affiliated with an affected team, driver, or Member, nor on the racing organization that fielded the vehicle, nor on any of the individuals employed by that organization, nor on the auto manufacturer, nor on those who were specifically named in the Penalty.

C

A Race Disqualification, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, Safety, or Code of Conduct Penalty Notice issued under the scope of this Section may be appealed as outlined in Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeal Officer and further appealed under that same Section. Both the National Motorsports Appeals Panel, upon the initial hearing, and the Final Appeals Officer, if on further appeal, are empowered to modify a specific Penalty Notice that was issued under this Section if they determine that the specific circumstances of the infraction(s) under their review warrant such modification. However, neither the National Motorsports Appeals Panel nor the Final Appeal Officer are empowered to re-run any Event, or to re-write any Rules in this Rule Book, or to re-write this general scope of Penalties. Only NASCAR has the authority to re-write the Rules in the Rule Book. Accordingly, if either the National Motorsports Appeals Panel or the Final Appeal Officer determine that the specific circumstances surrounding a specific infraction(s) warrants the modification of that specific Penalty Notice, such modification on their part will have no bearing on this Section, or on any future Penalties NASCAR may issue under the scope of this Section, even if for the same type of infraction(s).

D

The NASCAR Deterrence System has evolved over many years. Accordingly, Penalties that were issued in the past have factored into the evolution of the current NASCAR Deterrence System. Be advised however that, if NASCAR determines that a Penalty should be issued for an infraction, it will use the current General Scope of Penalties (the NASCAR Deterrence System) as outlined in this Rule Book, or as amended from time to time, as the guide.

E

NASCAR will review the NASCAR Deterrence System from time to time and make adjustments as needed. NASCAR welcomes relevant input from any NASCAR Member in this regard. However, any decision to adjust this System will be made solely by NASCAR. If adjustments are made, NASCAR will notify the NASCAR Membership in a timely manner, and will not retroactively adjust any Penalties that had already been issued.

A

The following structure generally describes the NASCAR Deterrence System that NASCAR uses as a guideline when determining Penalties. The descriptions outlined in this Section are not meant to be all-encompassing, or to represent an exhaustive list of every imaginable infraction. Rather, they are meant to clearly explain the general levels of Penalties that will be issued for the general levels of infractions, should NASCAR determine that a Penalty will be issued.

B

Every Rule, process, and/or procedure listed in the Rule Book or communicated by NASCAR does fit into one or more of the Penalties outlined in this Section.

A

Pre-Race violations are subject to penalties being assessed during the course of the Event. The severity of the infraction(s), the timing of when the infraction was detected, and the reoccurrence of the infraction(s) will determine the penalty to be assessed. The penalty for an infraction(s) found Pre-Race and/or In-Race that does not rise to a higher penalty level will be enforced during the current Event or a future Event(s).

B

Penalty options are listed in the Minimum At-Track Penalty Options table and will be issued and enforced at the Series Managing Director’s sole discretion.

Table 10.5.2.1.b Minimum At-Track Penalty Options

MINIMUM AT-TRACK PENALTY OPTIONS*

 

Loss of hard card Tail of the Field
Loss of Practice time (current or future Event) Lap(s) or time**
Loss of pit selection position Pass-Through**
Crew Member ejection Stop and Go**
Not permitted to make Qualifying attempt

Penalties are not appealable.

** The penalty must be served after the affected vehicle receives the green flag on-track and pits on the first opportunity. If the Race begins under green/yellow flag conditions, serving the penalty will not be permitted at this time.

 

C

One or more penalty options may be issued and enforced at the Series Managing Director’s sole discretion as circumstances warrant.

D

If a Member is ejected from an Event, that position(s) on the Team Event Roster cannot be filled. If the crew chief is ejected from an Event, the team must designate a new crew chief from the existing Team Event Roster and communicate the change to the Series Managing Director.

E

Penalty options for a vehicle that does not meet the applicable specifications during Pre-Qualifying and/or Pre-Race inspection are outlined in the following document:

A

Level 1 (L1) Penalty examples may include, but are not limited to:

  • Team sourced parts not meeting the NASCAR Rule Book not rising to a higher Penalty Level.
  • Failure to meet minimum weight Post-Race.
  • Failure to submit and receive approval of parts in accordance with the NASCAR Rule Book.
B

L1 Penalty options are listed in:

Table 10.5.2.2 L1 Penalty Options

L1 PENALTY OPTIONS

Infractions resulting in Level 1 Penalties may be found Pre-Race, In-Race, and Post-Race. All L1 Penalties found In-Race and/or during at-track Post-Race inspection shall result in a Race Disqualification. In addition to the Race Disqualification, L1 Penalties may be subject to those listed in the Penalty Options Table. All L1 Penalties found Pre-Race will result in a Penalty(ies) based on the minimum Penalty options. All L1 Penalties found after Post-Race inspection is completed will result in a Penalty(ies) based off the minimum Penalty options and the Race finishing position will not count towards eligibility for the Playoffs, advancement in the Playoffs, eligibility for non-Points Events, and tie breakers.
LEVEL POINTS PLAYOFF POINTS PLAYOFF ELIGIBILITY TEAM EVENT ROSTER MEMBER(S) SUSPENSION TEAM EVENT ROSTER POSITION SUSPENSION VEHICLE SUSPENSION FINE
1 20-75 1-10 N/A 1-3 Races 1 Position N/A $25,000 -$100,000

 

A

Level 2 (L2) Penalties may include, but are not limited to:

  • Modifications to Next Gen Single Source vendor supplied parts and/or assemblies not rising to an L3 Penalty.
  • Failure to meet the engine seal requirements.
  • Major external engine parts, not part of the long block, that differ from what is required by the Rules.
  • Anything that alters or affects the engine control system wiring harness and/or the certified engine control system  wiring sub-harnesses.
  • Onboard electronics not approved in advance by NASCAR.
  • Violation of the Vehicle Testing Policy not rising to a higher Level.
B

L2 Penalty options are listed in:

Table 10.5.2.3 L2 Penalty Options

L2 PENALTY OPTIONS

Infractions resulting in Level 2 Penalties may be found Pre-Race, In-Race, and Post-Race. All L2 Penalties found In-Race and/or during at-track Post-Race inspection shall result in a Race Disqualification. In addition to the Race Disqualification, L2 Penalties may be subject to those listed in the Penalty Options Table. All L2 Penalties found Pre-Race will result in a Penalty(ies) based on the minimum Penalty options. All L2 Penalties found after Post-Race inspection is completed will result in a Penalty(ies) based off the minimum Penalty options and the Race finishing position will not count towards eligibility for the Playoffs, advancement in the Playoffs, eligibility for non-Points Events, and tie breakers.
LEVEL POINTS PLAYOFF POINTS PLAYOFF ELIGIBILITY TEAM EVENT ROSTER MEMBER(S) SUSPENSION TEAM EVENT ROSTER POSITION SUSPENSION VEHICLE SUSPENSION FINE
2 75-120 10-25 N/A 4-6 Races 1-2 Positions N/A $100,000-$250,000

 

A

Level 3 (L3) Penalties may include, but are not limited to:

  • Counterfeiting or modifying Next Gen Single Source vendor supplied parts and/or assemblies.
  • Engine infractions (e.g. cubic inch displacement, compression ratio, long block assembly, and/or internal parts) not meeting the Rules.
  • Engine performance enhancements (e.g. nitrous oxide, vacuum leaks, etc.).
  • ECU/EFI parts not being used as the Rules permit.
  • Altering/modifying tires and/or fuel.
  • Violating the Vehicle Testing Policy.
B

L3 Penalty options are listed in:

Table 10.5.2.4 L3 Penalty Options

L3 PENALTY OPTIONS

Infractions resulting in Level 3 Penalties may be found Pre-Race, In-Race, and Post-Race. All L3 Penalties found In-Race and/or during at-track Post-Race inspection shall result in a Race Disqualification. In addition to the Race Disqualification, L3 Penalties may be subject to those listed in the Penalty Options Table. All L3 Penalties found Pre-Race will result in a Penalty(ies) based on the minimum Penalty options. All L3 Penalties found after Post-Race inspection is completed will result in a Penalty(ies) based off the minimum Penalty options and the Racing finishing position will not count towards eligibility for the Playoffs, advancement in the Playoffs, eligibility for non-Points Events, and tie breakers.
LEVEL POINTS PLAYOFF POINTS PLAYOFF ELIGIBILITY DRIVER AND/OR TEAM OWNER TEAM EVENT ROSTER MEMBER(S) SUSPENSION TEAM EVENT ROSTER POSITION SUSPENSION VEHICLE SUSPENSION FINE
3 120-180 25-50 No 6 Races 1-2 Positions 1 $250,000-$500,000

 

A

All Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 Penalties found In-Race and/or during at-track Post-Race Inspection shall result in a Race Disqualification. Examples of these Penalties can be found in Section 10.5.2 Determination of Penalties.

B

Penalties for Race Disqualification will result in the re-ordering of the Race results as outlined in Section 12.4.1 Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points, and shall include the following:

  • Points:
    • Last place Driver and Team Owner Points.
    • Loss of Stage Points.
    • Loss of Playoff Points.
  • Last place finishing position Race purse per the applicable Team Owner Agreement and In-Race contingency and special awards per the Official Entry Blank.
A

Safety is a top priority for NASCAR and NEM. Therefore, any violations deemed to compromise the safety of an Event or otherwise pose a dangerous risk to the safety of Competitors, Officials, spectators, or others are treated with the highest degree of seriousness. Safety violations will be handled on a case-by-case basis.

B

Safety violations may include, but are not limited to:

  • Failure to comply with Section 14.3.1 Personal Safety Equipment related to personal safety clothing/equipment or driver protective clothing/equipment.
  • Loss of wheels due to improper installation.
  • Loss or separation of added ballast to the vehicle.
C

Safety infractions may be found Pre-Race, In-Race, and Post-Race.

D

During the Event, any loss or separation of an improperly installed tire(s)/wheel(s) from the vehicle will result in a four Race suspension of the crew chief and two additional team members.

E

Loss or separation of added ballast from the vehicle will result in a four Race suspension of the crew chief, car chief, and head engineer or other mechanic(s), if the car chief or head engineer are not listed on the Team Even Roster. If NASCAR cannot identify which Series or vehicle the lost ballast originated from, all vehicles entered for that Event from and associated with the team/organization identified on the lost ballast may receive the suspensions.

A

Minimum Penalty options for failing Post-Qualifying and Post-Race rear wheel steer are outlined in the following document:

B

Team Event Roster violations will be handled on a case-by-case basis. If a team is found to exceed the number of Team Event Roster positions permitted, those personnel in excess will be ejected from the Event along with a minimum of one additional Team Event Roster member chosen at NASCAR’s discretion. That Team Event Roster position may not be replaced for the remainder of the Event.

C

For non-Championship Events, NASCAR in its sole discretion, may issue a Penalty Notice that varies from the guidelines in the Minimum Penalty Options Table.

D

Code of Conduct violations, including the NASCAR Substance Abuse Policy, Gambling Policy, and Member Conduct will be subject to Penalty as outlined in Section 4 NASCAR Member Code of Conduct Policies.

E

NASCAR may also issue other types of Penalties as it deems fit for the orderly conduct of the sport that fall outside the scope of this Section. Penalties in these areas are not appealable in any case. Only Penalties issued relative to this Section via a Penalty Notice may be appealed. Those include areas such as, but not limited to:

  • Race procedure penalties issued during the running of a Race (pit road speed violation, pitting outside the box, working under a red flag, etc.)
  • Other Event-related penalties listed on the NASCAR Pit Road Procedure Card or elsewhere in the Rules (engine change during the Event, etc.)
  • Lap or time penalties specified in Section 8.7 Defined Penalties.
  • Administrative penalties (insufficient funds, invalid cred card information, etc.)
  • Penalties issued relative to the Appeals Process (Member held “in contempt”, failure to appear and/or testify, etc.)
  • Emergency actions described in Section 10.2 Emergency Action.
A

The Penalty Notice will state which NASCAR Member(s) receives which portion of a given Penalty relative to a given vehicle number for infractions in Race Disqualification, L1, L2, L3, Safety, and Code of Conduct.

B

Generally, Team Owner Points will be deducted from the Team Owner of record, driver Points will be deducted from the starting driver, fines will be assessed against the crew chief of record, suspensions for technical infractions will be assessed against the crew chief and/or other crew members.

C

Suspensions for technical infractions in L1, L2, L3, and Safety will generally not be assessed against Team Owners or drivers.

D

In cases where the period of suspension spans across two or more consecutive seasons, and the NASCAR Member elects not to renew his/her annual Membership during that ensuing time period, then the remaining unserved period of suspension will be applied if and when the Member is accepted by NASCAR for Membership in the future.

A

A suspension may be total or it may be limited to a suspension of Membership and/or license privileges at a particular racetrack or racetracks, and/or for a particular series of Events, and/or for one or more NASCAR-sanctioned Series, and/or for a specified or indefinite period of time, and/or as otherwise determined by NASCAR.

B

Any special conditions for the suspension will be stated on the Penalty Notice.

C

All suspensions are with immediate effect. 

D

In general, a Member who is suspended is not eligible to participate in person in any NASCAR-sanctioned activity, nor to enter restricted areas of an Event (e.g. garage, pits, spotter stand, victory lane, etc.) in which the Competition or related activities take place.

E

If the Member holds a current NASCAR Annual Credential, that credential shall not be valid during the period of suspension.

F

Other NASCAR privileges will be suspended during the period of suspension. However, during the period of suspension, the Member is still bound by and subject to this Rule Book and all the obligations of a licensed NASCAR Member.

G

If the Penalty Notice states that a Member is “suspended from NASCAR” for a specified or indefinite period of time, then the suspension shall apply to all NASCAR-sanctioned Events at all levels of the sport.

A

Participating in the sport of stock car racing as sanctioned by NASCAR is a privilege for all NASCAR Members.

B

Through this Rule Book, as well as NASCAR special rules, Bulletins, and/or any applicable agreements to which NASCAR is a party, NASCAR promulgates Rules that create safer, fair and orderly motorsports events. During the course of these events, NASCAR’s responsibility is to ensure that the Rules are enforced in a fair, but decisive manner, and when warranted, to penalize those who violate the Rules.

C

NASCAR recognizes the right of a Member to appeal a NASCAR Penalty Notice issued to a Member for violations of these Rules or a revocation of Membership, unless otherwise provided in these Rules.

D

If a Member wishes to appeal a Penalty Notice or Membership Revocation issued by NASCAR to the Member, that Member must file an appeal with the National Motorsports Appeals Panel (“Appeals Panel”) in accordance with these Rules. Except in instances of Race Disqualification, as outlined in Section 11.25 Race Disqualification Appeal Procedures, the Member is entitled to a second and Final Appeal of the Appeal Panel’s decision to the Final Appeals Officer (“FAO”) pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.15 Filing an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer.

E

A specific denial, suspension, or revocation of Membership may be appealed only once to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and, if applicable, to the Final Appeal Officer, and it may only be appealed in accordance with the same filing deadline and other stipulations in this Section that pertain to appealing a Penalty Notice. If a subsequent request for Membership or reinstatement of Membership for the same matter is again denied by NASCAR, such subsequent denial is not grounds for further appeal.

F

The scope of an appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel is limited to the facts and circumstances surrounding the violation and the proper application of the NASCAR Rules as they relate to the facts. Any speculation as to the impact of a Penalty Notice and/or of an Appeals Panel on a Member or team (e.g. economic hardships, contractual obligations, etc.) is outside the scope of the Appeals Panel’s authority and is not to be considered as part of the appeal. A Penalty Notice may consist of several separate Rules that may be cited in the Penalty Notice as well as multiple elements (e.g. fine, Points deductions, suspensions, etc.). For example, the overall Penalty may consist of separate elements that are issued as one Penalty Notice to the Team Owner regarding Team Owner Points, another Penalty Notice to the driver regarding driver Points, another to one or more crew members, etc. However, they all pertain to the accountability for the same conduct leading to those infractions and overall Penalty; therefore, all the infractions and multiple elements would all fall within the scope of the same Appeal. In cases where there are multiple elements to the Penalty, the Appellant(s) may elect to appeal all or some of the elements of the Penalty.

G

The scope of an appeal to the Final Appeal Officer is limited to the correctness of an Appeals Panel’s decision from the Appeals Panel hearing to the subject matter of the Penalty Notice and/or the NASCAR decision in question.

H

If for some reason prior to the lapsing of the filing deadline a Member wishes to affirm that he/she will not appeal a given Penalty Notice, then that Member and all parties named in the associated Penalty Notice may formally waive their respective appeals right for that Penalty by submitting their waiver request to appeals@nascar.com.

A

The role of the Appeals Administrator (“Administrator”) is to perform the tasks and responsibilities outlined in this Section so as to provide for a fair and impartial Appeal and/or Final Appeal hearing. The Administrator is a non-voting staff member from the Department of Appeals and is charged with the duty of organizing and running all levels of the appeals process.

B

For a given Appeal, either the senior member of the Department of Appeals or a Department member who is otherwise readily available under the circumstances shall serve as the Administrator for that Appeal. The Administrator for the Section 11.15 Filing an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer need not be the same Administrator who performed that function during the Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel for the Penalty in question. Among other things, that includes sending the following materials to the Appeals Panel members or FAO, to the Appellant(s), and to NASCAR:

  • A copy of the Penalty Notice issued by NASCAR.
  • Notice of a scheduled hearing at least 48 hours before the hearing, except in the case of an Expedited Appeal or in special circumstances in which both parties and the Appeals Panel or FAO agree in advance to a lesser notification period.
  • A list of potential witnesses to be called by the Appellant(s) and NASCAR at least 24 hours in advance of the hearing and, if applicable, any updated list of potential witnesses to be called by NASCAR and/or the Appellant(s) as soon as possible after the deadline for submitting updated witness lists. During the hearing, neither the Appellants nor NASCAR are required to call each, or any witnesses, who are listed on their respective final witness lists. During the hearing, neither party may call witnesses from the other party’s witness list.
  • For appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel, provide copies of all Appeal Summaries (as may be provided by the Appellant(s) and/or NASCAR) at least 24 hours in advance of the hearing. For an appeal to the Final Appeal Officer, the Administrator will also provide the FAO with copies, if any are available, of all Appeal Summaries that were provided for the Appeals Panel hearing under Section 11.7 Appeal Summaries and a copy of the decision of the Appeals Panel.
  • A copy of a sample Decision Form to either or both of the parties, if requested.
  • The Administrator shall also make sure to facilitate any logistical needs for the hearing and respond to any specific questions the Appellant(s), NASCAR, and/or the National Motorsports Appeals Panel/FAO may have about the Appeals process.
C

To gain experience in an actual hearing setting, a new or less experienced member of the Department of Appeals may observe during a Final Appeal hearing conducted under this Section as a non-participant, and will also be bound by the same confidentiality as participants. If applicable, both parties will be notified prior to the hearing that a Department of Appeals member will be observing in this capacity.

A

NASCAR Members have the following procedural rights with respect to the Appeal hearing:

  • Notice of scheduled hearing no later than 48 hours before the hearing, unless otherwise provided herein.
  • List of potential witnesses and, if applicable, updated lists of potential witnesses to be called by NASCAR.
  • To present evidence and favorable witnesses who have agreed in advance to testify on the Appellant’s behalf, subject to the reasonable discretion of the Appeals Panel.
  • To be present while NASCAR presents witnesses, evidence, and rebuttal at the hearing.
A

The National Motorsports Appeals Panel is the first level of appeal available to Members, with the exception of Race Disqualification Penalties. The National Motorsports Appeals Panel provides Members with an impartial and meaningful opportunity to appeal a NASCAR Penalty Notice. The Appeals Panel has exclusive jurisdiction to:

  • Hear and consider all appeals of any NASCAR Penalty Notice issued in accordance with Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.
  • Hear and review any decision by NASCAR to deny, suspend, or revoke any NASCAR Membership and/or license.
B

If not otherwise addressed in the Rule Book, Appeals Panelists have the authority to define the scope of relevant testimony, what is admissible or non-admissible, to limit or extend questioning, or to seek input from others. By way of example, if a party calls multiple character witnesses, each of whom presents substantially the same information as others, then the Appeals Panel may limit additional witness testimony to witnesses who have new or different information to provide.

C

Appeals Panelists may ask questions from any parties or witnesses present, at any time during the hearing.

D

Panelists are to make findings and render a decision based on the evidence and within the guidelines of the NASCAR Rules.

E

Panelists are to deliberate in private during the Deliberation Phase. (See Section 11.10.1 Deliberation Phase)

F

The Appeals Panelists for 2022 are outlined in:

Table 11.4.f Appeals Panelists

APPEALS PANELISTS
Lee Baumgarten
John Capels
Chuck Deery
Tom DeLoach
Laurel Farrell
Richard Gore
David Hall
John Horton
Kelly Housby
Dixon Johnston
Bill Lester
Steve Lewis
Bill Mullis
Hunter Nickell
Dale Pinilis
Cathy Rice
Shawna Robinson
J. Kirk Russell
Jay Signore
Mike Skinner
James Smith
Lake Speed
Lyn St. James
Kevin Whitaker
Steve York

 

G

At the first level of Appeal, Members are entitled to:

  • Presumption of Innocence: When an appeal is before an Appeals Panel, the burden rests on NASCAR to show that it is more likely than not that a violation of the NASCAR Rule Book, special rules, Bulletins, or any applicable agreements to which NASCAR is a party has occurred, and that the Penalty Notice issued is within the guidelines of the NASCAR Rules.
  • To have his/her hearing limited to the infraction(s) specified in the Penalty Notice.
  • To have a written statement of the Appeals Panel’s decision provided by the Administrator specifying whether or not the Panel affirms the Penalty Notice or Penalty assessed and any right of appeal thereafter.
  • To further appeal the decision of the Appeals Panel to the FAO, with the exception of Race Disqualification Appeals, as outlined in Section 11.25 Race Disqualification Appeal Procedures.
  • Presumption of Correctness in the decision of the Appeals Panel: If and when a Final Appeal is made by the Appellant(s) to the FAO under Section 11.15 Filing an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer, the burden shifts from NASCAR to the Appellant(s) to show the Appeals Panel ruled contrary to the NASCAR Rules.

If any NASCAR Member wishes to initiate an appeal of a Penalty Notice or Member Revocation, he or she may request an Appeals Hearing before an Appeals Panel by submitting a written request to the Department of Appeals. The written request must:

 

A

Identify the applicable Penalty Notice or Membership Revocation correspondence and state the reason for the appeal.

B

If available at the time, include a list of any and all intended or potential witnesses who agree in advance to testify on your behalf and potentially be called to testify at the hearing; the Appellant may submit and/or update the witness list at any time up to 24 hours in advance of the hearing by notifying the Administrator; all witnesses must be identified on the witness list by name and affiliation or title. Witnesses who do not meet the criteria (i.e. who have not agreed in advance to testify on your behalf) will not be accepted and cannot serve as witnesses on your behalf during the hearing.

C

Include any request for temporary deferral of the Penalty or portions of the Penalty pending an Appeals Hearing. Deferral of the Penalty request must be for a Penalty that is, in fact, allowed to be temporarily deferred under the NASCAR Rules, since some Penalties may not be deferred, such as substance abuse Penalties. In general, but without limitation, Penalties related to charges of violent crime, trafficking, endangerment, and the like will not be deferred. Deferral is not automatic and is not considered unless requested at the time of filing for the Appeal.

D

Send the appeal request to the Department of Appeals within three business days of the issuance of the Penalty Notice, unless it is an expedited or Race Disqualification appeal. In computing the three business days, the date of issuance of the Penalty Notice or Membership Revocation correspondence is not to be included, and the three business days begin on the day after issuance. If the Penalty Notice includes an effective date, which is different from the Date of Issuance of the Penalty Notice, the three business day filing deadline will nonetheless be based on the Date of Issuance of the Penalty Notice, not on the basis of the effective date. The three business day filing period expires at 5:00PM (ET) on the third day. Once the three business day period for filing has expired, there is no right to appeal and any request for an appeal for that Penalty Notice or Membership Revocation filed after that time will be rejected. All expedited or Race Disqualification appeal requests must comply with the filing deadline stated in the Expedited Appeal Notice.

E

Except for Race Disqualification appeals, include a one thousand dollar ($1000.00) non-refundable appeal filing fee payable electronically by credit card at: http://appealfees.nascar.com. For Race Disqualification appeals, include a five thousand dollar ($5000.00) non-refundable appeal filing fee payable electronically by credit card at http://appealfees.nascar.com (See Section 11.25 Race Disqualification Appeal Procedures). NOTE: When filing online, if the Penalty pertains to a vehicle, the fee should be filed relative to that vehicle number. However, if the Penalty pertains to the actions of an individual Member (e.g. behavioral violation, substance abuse violation, etc.) then the fee should specifically be filed relative to that Member. The deadline for filing the fee is the same as the deadline for filing the appeal in all cases, whether or not the appeal is expedited.

F

The written request must be submitted electronically by email per the following:

  • E-mail submissions shall be sent to the Department of Appeals at the following address: appeals@nascar.com. The payment for email submissions must be made online by credit card at: http://appealfees.nascar.com.
  • The request submission will not be treated as accepted until the appeal filing fee is received at NASCAR. All Expedited Appeal filing fees must comply with the filing deadline stated in the Expedited Appeal Notice and be submitted electronically.
  • Appeal requests submitted by any other means will not be accepted. If the request does not comply with the requirements in this Section, it will be treated as incomplete and void.
G

The Department of Appeals will acknowledge receipt of the appeal request by return email at the earliest convenience. If the Member does not receive such acknowledgement in a timely fashion during normal business hours, the Member should call the NASCAR Office in Daytona Beach (386) 310-5000 and request to be connected to the Department of Appeals.

H

The Appeals Administrator who is handling this appeal request may designate an alternate delivery option in special cases, in his/her sole discretion.

A

Upon receipt of a valid request for an Appeal, the Administrator shall set a hearing date at an appropriate time and place as determined in his or her discretion. When necessary, the Administrator may schedule hearings and/or testimony to occur by telephone (non-speaker, except in the hearing room) or video conference, or some combination of these methods. While the Administrator has complete discretion in scheduling an Appeals Hearing, such hearings should, as a general matter, be heard within 30 days of receipt of the request for an appeal and the appeal filing fee. The Administrator must send email notice of the hearing at least 48 hours in advance to the Appellant(s) and to NASCAR, unless it is an expedited appeal, or as otherwise provided herein.

B

Once an appeal request is received, the Administrator shall select from the list of Appeals Panelists three Panelists to serve on the hearing, except for Race Disqualification appeals which will have one Panelist who could be an Appeals Panelist, the FAO, or his/her alternates. In seating an Appeals Panel, the Administrator shall take into consideration the panelists’ availability, background, professional experience and knowledge. If a named Panelist becomes unavailable to serve after being named, the Administrator will name another Panelist to serve on the hearing instead. The Administrator will also:

  • Determine whether a deferral of the Penalty or elements thereof is appropriate pending the hearing.
  • Forward a copy of the Appellate request to the Appeals Panelist(s) with the Hearing Notice.
C

In scheduling a hearing, the Administrator will contact both parties in advance of scheduling to determine the earliest practical date, time, and location for the hearing, but the decision of where and when to conduct the hearing is solely at the discretion of the Administrator. If ongoing conflicts or postponements delay the ability to schedule a hearing in a timely fashion the Administrator may make any adjustments necessary in accordance with the Rule Book to convene the hearing and resolve the matter. Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to, changing the location, changing the format to a videoconference, teleconference, or partial conference, changing the named Panelist(s), and/or changing planned testimony from one or more witnesses to written or video statement in lieu of personal appearances.

A

After reviewing the written request for penalty deferral, the Administrator may determine whether the Penalty or elements of the Penalty shall be temporarily deferred until the Appeals Hearing has been conducted.

B

Series Points, both Team Owner/Driver, penalties may not be deferred, and if the Appellant(s) prevails in the appeal, the practice is to restore Points unless otherwise determined by the Appeals Panel.

C

The Administrator shall have no authority to defer penalties for violations in which the NASCAR Rules expressly exclude eligibility to deferral pending appeal (e.g. substance abuse penalties).

D

If the Administrator temporarily defers the Penalty or portions of the Penalty, but later the Appeals Panel upholds the original penalty in whole or in part, it may reinstate the original Penalty from the date of the appeal decision, or take such other action as it deems appropriate to effectuate in whole or in part the penalty, including without limitation, dis-allowance of finishing position, Points and/or prize money otherwise earned in any Event during the period of temporary deferral of the penalty. For example, if the deferral included a suspension which was upheld by the Panel, then the suspension would normally commence from the conclusion of the hearing. If portions of a multiple Race suspension have already been served prior to the hearing, or if a deferral had been granted after part of the suspension had already been served, the balance of the suspension would normally commence immediately after a Panel upholds the Penalty.

E

All temporary penalty deferral decisions for each level of hearing are in the sole discretion of the Administrator. A deferral issued under this Section expires upon the conclusion of the Appeals Hearing and does not automatically carry over to a Final Appeal under Section 11.15 Filing an Appeal to the Final Appeal officer.

A

The Administrator may require the Appellant(s) to post an adequate bond to cover the costs of the appeal or any reasonably foreseeable economic harm to the Appeals Panel, NASCAR, NEM or other NASCAR Members that might be caused by the appeal.

B

Failure to post a required bond prior to the commencement of the hearing may invalidate the Appellant’s request to appeal.

a

If necessary, the Administrator may postpone an already scheduled hearing. The Administrator will contact both parties to determine the next earliest opportunity to conduct the hearing and advise all parties in writing of the rescheduled date/time/location, as applicable. The decision of where and when to conduct the rescheduled hearing is solely at the discretion of the Administrator.

a

At any time prior to the scheduled commencement of the hearing the Appellant(s) may withdraw the appeal by notifying the Administrator in writing (appeals@nascar.com).

b

Such withdrawal concludes the Appellant’s right to appeal that Penalty Notice under the Rule Book. Once withdrawn, an appeal request cannot be re-filed. Any deferrals that had been issued by the Administrator relative to that appeal become immediately null and void.

c

If the timing of the withdrawal results in costs being incurred (e.g. non-refundable travel expenses) on the part of the Administrator, the Department of Appeals, and/or anyone scheduled to participate in the hearing, then the Appellant(s) will be subject to reimbursing those costs. The Administrator will determine if any costs apply and, if so, instruct NASCAR to bill the Appellant accordingly.

d

The appeal filing fee is non-refundable.

A

In order to assist Appeals Panelists to have a better understanding of the issues to be addressed at a hearing, both parties may file with the Administrator a brief written summary presenting their case in the appeal (“Appeal Summary”). Neither party is required to submit an Appeal Summary for a hearing, but a summary may be submitted by either party.

B

If a decision is made to file an Appeal Summary, the Summary shall be sent to the Administrator electronically by email at the appropriate address listed in Section 11.5 Filing for Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel, and it must meet the following requirements:

  • May not be longer than two pages (standard-size letter paper, Times New Roman size 12 font, single spaced).
  • The summaries may also have attachments or appendices which may include, but are not limited to, video, written statements, diagrams, photographs, charts, etc., in addition to the maximum two page summary.
C

Appeal Summaries must be filed with the Administrator by the deadline of 5:00PM (ET) two business days immediately preceding the beginning of the hearing, unless the Administrator determines that the scheduled time of the hearing necessitates an adjusted deadline.

D

Any Appeal Summaries filed after the deadline will not be accepted. During expedited or Race Disqualification appeal proceedings, time requirements will make the preparation of voluntary summaries burdensome for both parties, therefore, summaries are not permissible.

E

Appeal Summaries must honor the spirit of the NASCAR Appeals process, in that the summary will be a precise and fact-based description of the party’s perception of the facts and does not resemble a formal legal document. The summary may not contain any misrepresentations or personal attacks on any individuals involved in the matter.

F

The Administrator shall distribute Appeals Summaries to the Appeals Panelists and shall also provide a copy to the other party not less than 24 hours in advance of a hearing, unless it is an expedited or Race Disqualification appeal.

G

Appeals Summaries shall be confidential and not released to the public by either party, or shared or discussed via social media in any manner, whether in whole or in part. Release to the public may result in a penalty. If the Decision of the Appeals Panel is subsequently appealed to the FAO, when applicable, then the Appeal Summaries will be sent by the Administrator to the FAO in advance of the Final Appeal for his/her review. New or revised Appeal Summaries are not to be permitted for a Final Appeal.

A

NASCAR Members, whether a party to the appeal or a witness to the incident in question, may appear in person, by telephone (non-speaker phone, except in the hearing room), or by video-conference in hearings before the Appeals Panelists, subject to approval by the Administrator, or may provide written, oral, or video testimony. However, a witness for either party may also be a non-Member.

B

The Appellant(s) may not appear through legal counsel or have legal counsel present during any portion of the hearing or testimony.

C

NASCAR Officials in the hearing may not be represented by legal counsel or have legal counsel present during any testimony.

D

Both parties may be in the hearing room to hear both sides present evidence and during rebuttals. A party to the hearing is defined as:

  • The individual(s) named in the Penalty Notice(s) or one representative of the organization named in the Penalty Notice(s) as approved by the Administrator. If more than one individual is named in the Penalty Notice then not all named individuals must attend, but at least one party named in the Penalty Notice must attend and present the Appellant(s)’s side of the appeal.
  • If the infraction is an L1, L2, or Safety Penalty of a vehicle and the Team Owner of that vehicle is not named in a Penalty Notice (e.g. L1 Penalty against the team; fine with crew chief named only) or chooses not to appeal his/her portion of the overall Penalty, the Team Owner may also be in the room as a party, and
  • One NASCAR Official who presents NASCAR’s side of the appeal.  
E

If appearance by telephone (non-speaker phone, except in the hearing room) or video conference is approved by the Administrator, the party or parties (but not witnesses) appearing by telephone shall be permitted full access to the hearing, in its entirety, except the private deliberations of the Panelists.

F

Recording of the proceedings by any party, NASCAR, the Administrator, and/or witnesses, is prohibited whether appearing in person or via telephone or video-conference.

A

The Administrator will ensure that the proceedings are executed in a timely and appropriate manner. Unless otherwise set forth by the Administrator, the hearing shall proceed in the following manner:

  • Administrator calls proceedings to order;
  • Witness may be present in the hearing room and/or on teleconference and/or on video conference during the opening instructions;
  • As part of the opening instructions, the Administrator reads the penalty and basic facts of the violation and provides a brief explanation about how the hearing will be conducted;
  • At the conclusion of the opening instructions, all witnesses are dismissed until called upon to individually testify.
B

The Appeals Administrator may choose to invoke the witness rule if special circumstances warrant. Unless invoked, all witnesses not a party to the proceeding must remain outside the hearing room until individually called to testify and not discuss their testimony with anyone. Following a witness’s testimony, that witness leaves the hearing room prior to the next witness being called. In either case, parties to the hearing per Section 11.8 Appearance of Parties may remain in the hearing room to hear both sides present evidence and rebuttal.

C

If, during the hearing, NASCAR or the Appellant(s) distribute handouts, project slides, graphs, presentations, or the like on a screen, then they should bring a sufficient number of hard copies of the same so that each party to the hearing (as defined in Section 11.8 Appearance of Parties) receives a copy while the distribution or presentation is being made. Such material is confidential and not to be shared with anyone outside of the hearing.

D

Since NASCAR has the burden of proving its case, NASCAR presents evidence, witnesses, etc. first. Such presentation is not to be interrupted by the Appellant(s); conversely, NASCAR cannot ask questions directly of the Appellant(s).

E

At the conclusion of NASCAR’s presentation, the Appellant(s) presents evidence, witnesses, etc. Such presentation is not to be interrupted by NASCAR; conversely, the Appellant(s) cannot ask questions directly of NASCAR.

F

After both sides have made their presentations, a brief huddle period will be permitted during which the hearing is paused and both parties may leave the room to coordinate with their respective sides in preparation for rebuttals. The Administrator will determine the time allotted for the huddle period, but it will generally be 15 minutes in duration. Following the huddle period, the hearing will reconvene and move into the optional rebuttals as follows.

G

At the conclusion of the Appellant(s) presentation, NASCAR, at its discretion, is permitted an opportunity for rebuttal. Such rebuttal may also include recalling any of NASCAR’s witnesses or providing information that clarifies evidence that NASCAR had previously presented. Such rebuttal is not to be interrupted by the Appellant(s); conversely, NASCAR cannot ask questions directly of the Appellant(s) during rebuttal. Subject to the Appeal Panel’s discretion, new evidence or unscheduled witnesses may be permitted only to directly rebut assertions or evidence arising from the Appellant(s) presentation.

H

At the conclusion of NASCAR’s rebuttal, the Appellant(s), at its discretion, is permitted an opportunity for rebuttal. Such rebuttal may also include recalling any of the Appellant(s)’s witnesses or providing information that clarifies evidence that the Appellant(s) had previously presented. Such rebuttal is not to be interrupted by NASCAR; conversely, the Appellant(s) cannot ask questions directly of NASCAR during rebuttal. Subject to the Appeal Panel’s discretion, new evidence or unscheduled witnesses may be permitted only to directly rebut assertions or evidence arising from NASCAR’s rebuttal.

I

Since NASCAR carries the burden of proof at this level of appeal, then at the conclusion of the Appellant(s) rebuttal if the Appellant(s) offers one, NASCAR shall be permitted as the last to argue, explain, or present rebuttal on the facts and violation to the Appeals Panel, without interruption by the Appellant(s) and without the ability of NASCAR to ask questions directly of the Appellant(s).

J

Appeals Panelists may ask questions of either party or any witnesses at any time during the presentations, rebuttals, or NASCAR’s final presentation.

K

During the hearing, the Appellant(s) and the NASCAR Official presenting NASCAR’s case may text or email questions back and forth with others on their side; however, not with third parties or in any fashion that would violate the confidentiality of the hearing.

L

Before moving to the Deliberation phase of the hearing, the Administrator will provide a brief overview and explanation of the deliberation process as it is stipulated in the Rule Book to the Appeals Panelist(s) and to both parties, and provide a blank Decision Form to the Appeals Panelists.

M

Both parties and the Administrator will then leave the hearing room to allow the Panelists to deliberate in private.

N

The Deliberation Process is private to the Appeals Panel, and the Appeals Panel is expected to not discuss their deliberations regarding the appeal with others. If Panelists have questions during deliberations, they may ask the Administrator procedural questions or pass questions through the Administrator to the parties.

O

Upon reaching a decision, the Appeals Panel will notify the Administrator who will call the parties back into the hearing room and then receive the Decision Form from the Appeals Panel.

P

The decision will be announced to the parties by the Administrator who will then advise the parties of any additional applicable information and then formally close the proceedings.

A

Upon the presentation of all evidence and testimony by both parties, the Appeals Panel shall deliberate in private and then issue a decision, or retire for further private deliberation at it sole discretion.  Other than as provided for in Section 11.10.2 Finding of Fact/Penalty, the hearing continues until it is formally closed by the Administrator.  Deliberations can be paused, if need be, by the Appeals Panel and then continued at the Appeals Panel’s sole discretion.

B

Upon reaching a decision on the matter, the Appeals Panel as a group shall complete the Decision Form provided by the Administrator.

A

Appeals Panel decisions shall be made in a two-step process.

B

Step One: The Appeals Panel is to first make a decision on whether NASCAR has shown that it is more likely than not that there has been a violation of the NASCAR Rule Book, special rules, Bulletins or any applicable agreements, that are cited in the Penalty Notice. If the Appeals Panel determines that any of the Rules that were cited in the Penalty Notice have been violated, then the Appeals Panel will state this on the Decision Form. If the Appeals Panel determines that one or more of the Rules cited were violated, but not all Rules that were cited, then the Panel will state this on the Decision Form. If the Appeals Panel determines a violation has not occurred, then the Appeals Panel may decide to rescind the Penalty. If the Penalty is rescinded then, if applicable, any Points that were deducted in the Penalty Notice will be reinstated by NASCAR.

C

Step Two: If a violation is found, the Appeals Panel may then proceed to the Penalty Review phase, in which the original Penalty issued by NASCAR is reviewed in light of the Rule Book and the information presented during the hearing. If the Panel determines that the original Penalty is correct, then it may uphold the original Penalty. If the Appeals Panel determines that the Penalty should be modified, then the Panel will state the reason on the Decision Form and modify the Penalty accordingly. If a Penalty is modified, it may be increased, decreased or otherwise adjusted in the Appeals Panel’s sole discretion, provided the increase, decrease or adjustment does not conflict with any other provision of the NASCAR Rules. If the Panel decides to increase, decrease, or otherwise adjust the Penalty, it may request additional information from the Administrator regarding the Rule Book and the NASCAR Deterrence System, with Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action in general, and/or with other provisions. By way of example, if the Rule Book calls for an L1 infraction to include a loss of 25 Points and the Appeals Panel determines that an L1 infraction has occurred, then the Appeals Panel cannot reduce the Points loss to 24 Points instead, unless there are overwhelming circumstances unique to the violation that compel Panel members to decide that the Deterrence System as written and published does not apply in this case.

D

If the Decision Form is incomplete (e.g. one of the Panelists did not sign), and/or comments/notes added by the Appeals Panel are unclear in some fashion, and/or the decision contradicts the Rule Book as outlined in Section 11.10.2 Finding of Fact/Penalty Review without explanation, then the Administrator shall call this to the attention of the Appeals Panel upon receiving the Decision Form. The Appeals Panelists can clarify and/or rectify the matter at that time or elect to continue private deliberations to amend any comments/notes or resolve any contradictions.

NOTE: This Section does not apply to Race Disqualification Appeals whose procedures are outlined in Section 11.25 Race Disqualification Appeal Procedures.

 

A

In order for the Appeals Panel to issue a binding decision, at least a majority of the voting members of the Appeals Panel must concur on the decision. Decisions do not have to be unanimous. The Decision Form will not indicate each Panelist’s individual vote. Instead, it will state the decision of the majority.

B

If a majority of voting members of the Appeals Panel cannot agree on a decision, or if deliberations continue for a maximum of ten business days, the appeal shall be automatically referred to the FAO for a Final Appeals Hearing under Section 11.15 Filing an Appeal to the Final Appeals Officer.

C

If deliberations continue for a maximum of 12 hours in an Expedited Appeal, the appeal shall be automatically referred to the FAO for a Final Appeals Hearing under Section 11.15 Filing an Appeal to the Final Appeals Officer.

D

The Administrator will not have any authority to vote on or determine the resolution of an appeal.

E

If the Appeals Panel determines that the proceedings with respect to any appeal have been instituted or continued by any NASCAR Member for frivolous purposes and/or without merit, the reasonable cost of such proceedings shall be assessed against the NASCAR Member who instituted or continued such proceedings.

A

When an appeal is before an Appeals Panel, the burden of proof for the appeals proceeding is on NASCAR to show that it is more likely than not that:

  • A violation occurred.
  • The Penalty assessed is within the scope of the Rules.
A

Upon completion of the Decision Form by the Appeals Panel, the Panel will alert the Administrator who will then bring the parties into the hearing room, receive the Decision Form from the Panel, announce the decision to the parties, notify the Appellant(s) of any subsequent appeal options, if relevant, and formally close the hearing. Once the Deliberation Phase has begun, the parties and/or witnesses are not required to remain at the location of the hearing.

B

If the Penalty is upheld and a deferral had previously been issued, the Administrator will instruct NASCAR to make any normal adjustments to the original Penalty Notice to account for the deferral (e.g. adjusting the start date for suspensions to the date of the Appeals Hearing, reinstituting the fine, etc.) unless the Appeals Panel indicates that further adjustments to the original Penalty Notice are required.

A

Except for Race Disqualification Appeals, once the Appeals Panel has reached its decision, the Appellant(s) shall have the option to appeal the decision of the Appeals Panel to the FAO. NASCAR does not have the option to appeal the decision of the Appeals Panel to the FAO.

B

See Section 11.15 Filing an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer for filing requirements, or if an Expedited Appeal, contact the Administrator immediately for filing requirements.

A

The FAO and alternate are appointed by the Vice Chairman of NASCAR. In the event of the death, retirement, or long-term incapacity of the FAO, the Vice Chairman of NASCAR shall appoint a new FAO.

B

The FAO for 2022 is Roger Werner.

C

If the FAO is not able to hear a Final Appeal for reasons of a temporary nature such as illness, schedule conflicts, or a conflict under Section 11.26 Conflict of Interest, then the FAO 1st alternate shall hear the Final Appeal instead. For 2022, the FAO 1st alternate is Chris Harris. If serving during a Final Appeal, the 1st alternate will have the full authority as the FAO under this Section, including the finality of his/her decision as the final appellate authority within NASCAR.

D

The duty of the Final Appeal Officer (“FAO”) is to provide NASCAR Members an impartial opportunity to appeal a decision of the National Motorsports Appeals Panel (“Appeals Panel”) from a hearing conducted under Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel.

E

The FAO has exclusive jurisdiction to 1) hear and consider all Appeals Panel decisions regarding any NASCAR-issued Penalty Notice which penalizes the Appellant(s) with the exception of Race Disqualification Appeals and 2) hear and consider all Appeals Panel decisions regarding any decision by NASCAR to deny, suspend, or revoke any NASCAR Membership. A specific denial, suspension, or revocation of Membership may be appealed only once under Section 11.15 Filing an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer following an Appeals Panel decision under Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel, and may only be appealed in accordance with the same filing deadline and other stipulations in this Section that pertain to appealing a NASCAR Penalty Notice. If a subsequent request for Membership or reinstatement of Membership for the same matter is again denied by NASCAR, such subsequent denial is not grounds for further appeal under Section 11 Appeals to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and Final Appeal Officer.

F

If not otherwise addressed in the Rule Book, the FAO has the sole authority to define the scope of relevant testimony, what is admissible or non-admissible, to limit or extend questioning, or to seek input from others. By way of example, if a party calls multiple character witnesses, each of whom presents substantially the same information as the others, then the FAO may limit additional witness testimony to witnesses who have new or different information to provide.

G

The FAO may ask questions from any parties or witnesses present, at any time during the hearing.

H

The FAO is to make findings and render a decision based on the evidence within the NASCAR Rules.

I

The FAO shall not be bound by technical or formal rules of evidence or procedure, except as otherwise provided herein.

J

The FAO shall conduct proceedings in the manner best suited to ascertaining the relevant facts and the merits of the parties’ positions.

A

With the exception of Race Disqualification Appeals, once the Appeals Panel has heard an appeal and announced its decision, the Appellant(s) shall have the right to appeal the decision to the FAO under this Section.

B

The FAO shall be the final appellate authority within NASCAR, and an Appellant may appeal any decision of the Appeals Panel to the FAO except a Race Disqualification Appeal decision.

C

NASCAR, however, is not permitted to appeal a decision of the Appeals Panel to the FAO.

D

The Appellant(s) may request a Final Appeals Hearing before the FAO by submitting a written request to the Administrator using the email address listed in this Section, and include a one thousand dollar ($1000) non-refundable final appeal filing fee online by credit card at: http://appealfees.nascar.com. The deadline for filing the fee is the same as the deadline for filing the final appeal in all cases, whether or not the appeal is expedited.

E

At the Appellant’s option, the written request may also include a request for any existing temporary deferral of the Penalty that was issued prior under Section 11.6.1 Deferral of Penalty to be continued until such time as the Final Appeal hearing is convened and an FAO decision rendered. Continuation of an existing deferral is not automatic and is not considered unless requested at the time of filing for the Final Appeal.

F

The Appellant(s) must send the Final Appeal request to the Administrator within three business days of the issuance of the decision of the Appeals Panel, unless it is an Expedited Appeal. In computing the three business days, the date of issuance of the Appeals Panel’s decision is not to be included, and the three business days begins on the day after issuance of the decision. The three business day filing period expires at 5:00PM (EST) on the third day. Once the three business day period for filing has expired, there is no right to a Final Appeal and any request for an appeal for that Penalty Notice filed after that time will be rejected. If the fee does not arrive within the three business days specified period or if the request does not comply with the requirements of this Section, it will be treated as incomplete and void. All Expedited Appeal filings must comply with the filing deadline stated in the written decision of the Appeals Panel. The administrator will not accept submissions for Final Appeal via mail, fax, personal or business email address, text, social media, verbally, or by telephonic conversation.

G

The Department of Appeals will acknowledge receipt of the appeal request by return email at the earliest convenience. If a Member does not receive such acknowledgment in a timely fashion during normal business hours, the Member should call the NASCAR Office in Daytona Beach (386) 310-5000 and request to be connected to the Department of Appeals.

H

The Appeals Administrator who is handling this Final Appeal request may designate an alternate delivery option for a Final Appeal request in special cases, in his/her sole discretion.

I

If the Appeals Hearing originally convened under Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel was an Expedited Appeal, or if special circumstances so warrant in the sole determination of the Administrator, then the Final Appeal will also be Expedited. In the written decision of the Appeals Panel that the Administrator sends to the Appellant(s) and to NASCAR following the conclusion of the Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel Expedited Appeals hearing, the Administrator will include the expedited deadline that the Member has to file for a Final Appeal and if filed, what the hearing date would be, if known, at that time (e.g. Administrator may have to check with the FAO as to his/her availability). Any request for an Expedited Final Appeal and the corresponding final appeal filing fees must be filed electronically.

A

Upon receipt of a valid submission for Final Appeal to the FAO, the Administrator shall set a hearing date at an appropriate time and place as determined by his or her discretion. An existing deferral of a Penalty that was in place under Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel does not automatically carry over to a Final Appeal under Section 11.15 Filing for an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer and must be requested by the Appellant(s) per Section 11.15 Filing for an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer. Any cost bond that was established under Section 11.6.2 Cost Bond, however, would automatically carry over to a Final Appeal under Section 11.15 Filing for an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer unless otherwise determined by the FAO.

B

In advance of scheduling a final hearing, the Administrator will contact the FAO and both parties to determine the earliest practical date, time, and location for the hearing; however, the decision of where and when to conduct the hearing is solely at the discretion of the Administrator. If ongoing conflicts or postponements delay the ability to schedule a hearing in a timely fashion, the Administrator may make any adjustments necessary in accordance with the Rule Book to convene the hearing and resolve the matter. Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to, changing the location, changing the format to a videoconference, teleconference, or partial teleconference, changing to an FAO alternate, and/or changing planned testimony from one or more witnesses to written or video statements in lieu of personal appearances.

C

If necessary, the Administrator may postpone an already scheduled hearing. The Administrator will contact the FAO and both parties to determine the next earliest opportunity to conduct the hearing and advise all parties in writing of the rescheduled date/time/location as applicable. The decision of where and when to reschedule the hearing is solely at the discretion of the Administrator.

D

At any time prior to the scheduled commencement of the hearing the Appellant(s) may withdraw the final appeal by notifying the Administrator in writing at appeals@nascar.com. Such a withdrawal concludes the Appellant’s right to appeal that Appeals Panel decision and that Penalty Notice under the Rule Book. Once withdrawn, a final appeal request cannot be re-filed. Any deferrals that had been issued by the Administrator relative to that final appeal become immediately null and void. If the timing of the withdrawal results in costs being incurred (i.e. non-refundable travel expenses) on the part of the FAO, the Administrator, the Department of Appeals, and/or anyone scheduled to participate in the hearing, then the Appellant(s) will be subject to reimbursing those costs. The Administrator will determine if any costs apply and, if so, instruct NASCAR to bill the Appellant accordingly. The appeal filing fee is non-refundable.

A

Appeal Summaries used in the Appeals Panel hearing will be attached to the Appeals Panel’s Decision Form provided to the FAO by the Administrator. New or revised Appeal Summaries are not permitted to be submitted from either party.

A

Appearances before the FAO must comply with the procedures in Section 11.8 Appearance of Parties.

The Administrator will ensure that proceedings are executed in a timely and appropriate manner. Unless otherwise set forth by the Administrator, the hearing shall proceed in the following manner:

 

A

Administrator calls proceedings to order.

B

Witnesses may be present in the hearing room and/or on teleconference and/or on video conferencing during the opening instructions.

C

As part of the opening instructions, the Administrator reads the Penalty and basic facts of the violation and provides a brief explanation about how the hearing will be conducted.

D

At the conclusion of the opening instructions, all witnesses are dismissed until called upon to individually testify.

E

The Administrator may choose to invoke the witness Rule if special circumstances warrant. Unless invoked, all witnesses not a party to the proceeding must remain outside the hearing room until individually called to testify and not discuss their testimony with anyone. In either case, parties to the hearing (per Section 11.8 Appearance of Parties) may remain in the hearing room to hear both sides present evidence and rebuttals.

F

If during the hearing NASCAR or the Appellant(s) distribute handouts, or project slides, graphs, PowerPoint presentation, or the like on a screen, then they should bring a sufficient number of hard copies of the same so that the FAO and each party to the hearing (as defined in Section 11.8 Appearance of Parties) receives a copy while the distribution or presentation is being made. Such material is confidential and not to be shared with anyone outside of the hearing.

G

Since the Appellant(s) has the burden of proving his or her case at this final level of appeal, Appellant(s) presents evidence first, calls its witnesses, etc. Such presentation is not to be interrupted by NASCAR; conversely, the Appellant(s) cannot ask questions directly of NASCAR.

H

At the conclusion of the Appellant(s) presentation, NASCAR presents evidence, witnesses, etc. Such presentation is not to be interrupted by the Appellant(s); conversely, NASCAR cannot ask questions directly of the Appellant(s).

I

After both sides have made their presentations, a brief huddle period will be allowed during which the hearing is paused and both parties may leave the room to coordinate with their respective side in preparation for rebuttals. The Administrator will determine the time allotted for the huddle-period, but it will generally be 15 minutes in duration. Following the huddle period, the hearing will reconvene and move into optional rebuttals as follows.

J

At the conclusion of NASCAR’s presentation, the Appellant(s), at his/her discretion, is permitted an opportunity for rebuttal. Such rebuttal may also include recalling any of the Appellant(s) witnesses or providing information that clarifies evidence that the Appellant(s) had previously presented. Such rebuttal is not to be interrupted by NASCAR; conversely, the Appellant(s) cannot ask questions directly of NASCAR during rebuttal. Subject to the FAO’s discretion, new evidence or unscheduled witnesses may be permitted only to directly rebut assertions or evidence arising from NASCAR’s presentation.

K

At the conclusion of the Appellant(s) rebuttal, NASCAR at its discretion, is permitted an opportunity for rebuttal. Such rebuttal may also include recalling any of NASCAR’s witnesses or providing information that clarifies evidence that NASCAR had previously presented. Such rebuttal is not to be interrupted by the Appellant(s); conversely, NASCAR cannot ask questions directly of the Appellant(s) during rebuttal. Subject to the FAO’s discretion, new evidence or unscheduled witnesses may be permitted only to directly rebut assertions or evidence arising from the Appellant(s) rebuttal.

L

Since the Appellant(s) carries the burden of proof at this final level of appeal, then at the conclusion of NASCAR’s rebuttal, the Appellant(s) shall be permitted as the last to argue, explain, or present rebuttal on the facts and violation to the FAO, without interruption by NASCAR and without the ability of the Appellant(s) to ask questions directly of NASCAR.

M

The FAO may ask questions of either party or any witnesses at any time during the presentations, rebuttals, or the Appellant(s) final presentation.

N

During the hearing, the Appellant(s) and the NASCAR Official presenting NASCAR’s case may text or email questions back and forth with others on their side; however, not with third parties or in any fashion that would violate the confidentiality of the hearing.

O

Before moving to the deliberation phase of the hearing, the Administrator will provide a brief overview and explanation of the deliberation process as it is stipulated in the Rule Book to the FAO and to both parties and provide a blank Decision Form to the FAO.

P

Both parties and the Administrator will then leave the hearing room to allow the FAO to deliberate in private.

Q

If the FAO has questions during deliberations, he or she may ask the Administrator procedural questions or pass questions through the Administrator to the parties.

R

Upon reaching a decision, the FAO will notify the Administrator who will call the parties back into the hearing room and then receive the Decision Form from the FAO.

S

The decision of the FAO will be announced to the parties by the Administrator, who will then formally close the proceedings.

T

The decision may then be released publicly following the receipt by both parties of the written decision sent from the Administrator and emailed as soon as possible after the hearing is formally closed, and before public publication.

A

The FAO’s decision shall be made in a two-step private process.

B

Step One: The FAO is to first make a decision on whether the Appellant(s) has shown that it is more likely than not that a violation of the NASCAR Rule Book, special rules, Bulletins, or any applicable agreements to which the NASCAR Member is a party did not occur. If the FAO determines that any of the Rules that were cited in the Penalty Notice have been violated, then the FAO will state this on the Decision Form. If the FAO determines that one or more of the Rules cited were violated, but not all Rules that were cited, then the FAO will state this on the Decision Form. If the FAO determines a violation has not occurred, then the FAO may decide to rescind the Penalty. If the Penalty is rescinded, then, if applicable, any Points that were deducted in the Penalty Notice will be reinstated by NASCAR.

C

Step Two: If the FAO finds a violation has occurred, the FAO may then proceed to the Penalty Review Phase, in which the decision of the Appeals Panel is reviewed in light of the Rule Book, the Appeals Panel’s decision, and the information presented during the hearing. If the FAO determines the decision of the Appeals Panel is correct, then he/she may uphold that decision. If the FAO determines that the original Penalty is correct in lieu of a modified Penalty issued by the Appeals Panel, then he/she may uphold the original Penalty. If the FAO determines that the decision of the Appeals Panel should be modified, then the FAO will state the reason on the Decision Form and modify the Penalty accordingly. If a Penalty is modified, it may be increased, decreased, or otherwise adjusted in the FAO’s sole discretion, provided the increase, decrease, or adjustment does not conflict with any other provision of the NASCAR Rules. If the FAO decides to increase, decrease, or otherwise adjust the Penalty, he/she may request additional information from the Administrator regarding the Rule Book and the NASCAR Deterrence System, with Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action in general, and/or with other provisions. By way of example, if the Rule Book calls for an L1 infraction to include a loss of 25 Points and the FAO determines that an L1 infraction has occurred, then the FAO cannot reduce the Points loss to 24 Points instead, unless there are overwhelming circumstances unique to the violation that compel the FAO to decide that the Deterrence System as written and published does not apply in this case. Similarly, if the FAO determines that a decision rendered by the Appeals Panel is not consistent with the Deterrence System and there are not overwhelming circumstances unique to the violation in this case to so warrant, then the FAO at his/her discretion may reinstate the original Penalty assessed by NASCAR, or amend the Appeals Panel’s decision, or take steps that the FAO deems appropriate for the final decision to be in conformance with the Deterrence System.

D

If the Decision Form is incomplete (e.g. FAO did not sign), and/or comments/notes added by the FAO are unclear in some fashion, and/or the decision contradicts the Rule Book without explanation, then the Administrator shall call this to the attention of the FAO upon receiving the Decision Form. The FAO can clarify and/or rectify the matter at that time or elect to continue private deliberations to amend any comments/notes or resolve any contradictions.

E

If the FAO determines that the proceedings with respect to any appeal have been instituted or continued by any NASCAR Member are frivolous and without merit, the reasonable cost of such proceedings shall be assessed against the NASCAR Member who instituted or continued such proceedings.

A

When an appeal by the Appellant(s) is to the FAO, the burden of proof shifts from NASCAR to the Appellant(s) to show that it is more likely than not that:

  • A violation did not occur.
  • The Penalty assessed is not within the scope of the guidelines.
A

Upon the presentation of all evidence and testimony by both parties, the FAO shall privately move to the Decision and Deliberation Phase as outlined herein. Once the Decision and Deliberation Phase has begun, the parties and/or witnesses are not required to remain at the location of the hearing.

B

Upon reaching a decision on the matter, the FAO shall complete a Decision Form provided by the Administrator prior to the Deliberation Phase of the hearing.

C

Upon completion of the Decision Form, the FAO will notify the Administrator who will call the parties back into the hearing room and then receive the Decision Form from the FAO. The decision of the FAO will be announced to the parties by the Administrator.

D

Appeal Summaries are not to be a part of the FAO Decision Form and Appeal Summaries are to be returned to the Administrator for disposal.

A

The Appeals Panel/Final Appeal Officer may direct the Administrator to summon any Member to testify during a hearing. However, neither NASCAR nor the Appellant(s) shall request the Panel/FAO or the Administrator to summon any Member.

B

In the discretion of the Panel/FAO, the summons may be for a Member to appear in person or via phone per the Rules in this Section.

C

Any Member who is summoned to testify and refuses or fails to appear and/or testify may be subject to disciplinary actions as deemed appropriate by NASCAR, including indefinite suspension or termination of their NASCAR Membership.

D

If the Appeals Panel/FAO finds a Member, the Appellant(s), and/or the NASCAR Officials to be “in contempt” during a hearing, which may be the result from, but is not limited to, such Member’s unwillingness to cooperate by providing complete and truthful testimony to the best of his or her knowledge, failing to follow procedures, and/or being disruptive or threatening then that person may be subject to disciplinary action as deemed appropriate by NASCAR.

A

Fairness may demand that an appeal is expedited to finalize decisions before or during The Playoffs or in other rare circumstances. An already scheduled Appeals Hearing from the same or other Appellants may be superseded by an Expedited Appeals Hearing and rescheduled if necessary.

B

NASCAR may make a request to the Administrator for the appeals process described in Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel and, if applicable, Section 11.15 Filing for an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer to be Expedited.

C

If the Administrator grants the request, the Administrator shall send the Member and NASCAR an Expedited Appeal Notice, containing:

  • The expedited deadline the Member must file for an appeal.
  • If filed, when the hearing date would tentatively be.
  • A written witness list does not need to be provided, but both parties are to inform the Administrator in advance of the expedited hearings of what witnesses will potentially be called to testify of their behalf.
  • If a Member receives an Expedited Appeal Notice, it does not mean that the Member must file an Appeal; rather, it lays out the special requirements that apply if the Member elects to appeal the Penalty Notice.
D

To file an appeal, the Appellant(s) must meet the deadline provided in the Expedited Appeal Notice.

E

If a Member receives an Expedited Appeal Notice, the Member should contact the Department of Appeals (appeals@nascar.com) immediately to discuss expedited procedures and requirements if the Member(s) is interested in filing an Appeal.

F

If the decision of the Appeals Panel in an Expedited Appeal, under Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel, is later appealed to the FAO under Section 11.15 Filing for an Appeal to the Final Appeal Officer, then that Final Appeal shall also be Expedited.

A

Due to the exigent nature and ramifications, all Race Disqualification Penalties will be subject to the procedures outlined in Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel if appealed.

B

NASCAR must make a request to the Administrator for the appeals process, outlined in Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel, to be handled using the procedures outlined in this Section.

C

If the Administrator grants the request, the Administrator shall send both the Member and NASCAR a Race Disqualification Appeal Notice containing the following information:

  • The expedited deadline the Member must file for an appeal.
  • If filed, the date the hearing would tentatively be held in the week following the date listed on the Penalty Notice.
  • Instructions stating that both parties are to inform the Administrator in advance of the hearing of what witnesses will potentially be called to testify on their behalf.

If a Member receives a Race Disqualification Appeal Notice, it does not mean that the Member must file an appeal; rather, it lays out the special requirements that apply if the Member elects to appeal the Penalty Notice.

D

To file an appeal, the Appellant(s) must meet the deadline provided in the Race Disqualification Appeal Notice by following the instructions outlined in Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel, as well as include a non-refundable five thousand dollar ($5000.00) appeal filing fee payable electronically by credit card at: http://appealfees.nascar.com.

E

If a Member receives a Race Disqualification Appeal Notice, the Member should contact the Department of Appeals (appeals@nascar.com) immediately to discuss expedited procedures and requirements if the Member(s) is interested in filing an appeal.

F

In a Race Disqualification Appeal, the decision of the three Appeals Members, which could be a combination of Appeals Panelists, the FAO, or his/her alternates, will be considered final and there is no ability to appeal the decision to the Final Appeal Officer as outlined in Section 11.5 Filing an Appeal to the National Motorsports Appeals Panel.

A

NASCAR recognizes that for Panelists/FAO to be knowledgeable about motorsports that they may be part of the racing community and may have a variety of relationships throughout the industry. Yet, it is of extreme importance to NASCAR that its Members and the public have confidence in the integrity and impartiality of NASCAR’s appeal process, and each Panelist/FAO considered for an appeal is asked to discuss any potential conflict they perceive, regarding their service during an appeal, with the Administrator.

B

If the Panelist/FAO concludes that a conflict exists or there is an appearance of a conflict, the Panelist/FAO will notify the Administrator and be replaced by the Administrator with another Panelist/FAO, and all parties will be notified.

C

A conflict of interest may consist of, but is not limited to, financial relationships with any of the parties, and a current or historical working or business relationship with any one of the parties, or anything that may otherwise lead to the appearance of impropriety or impairs the integrity of the hearing or decision.

D

A conflict or the appearance of a conflict does not exist simply because the Panelist/FAO and parties know each other and have worked together; rather, the relationship must be of a nature that makes it difficult for the Panelist/FAO to render an impartial decision.

A

No Member, Competitor, Team Owner, vehicle sponsor, or other representatives of the Appellant(s), or the NASCAR Officials involved, may contact or discuss the subject matter of the appeal with any Appeals Panelists/FAO outside of the hearing; this includes prior to, during, and after the hearing.

A

NASCAR shall be permitted to publicly disclose or announce scheduling details or pre-hearing decisions of the Administrator.

B

After the hearing has begun, the proceedings shall be treated as confidential, and all parties are prohibited from releasing public statements about the proceedings.

C

This prohibition ends after the Administrator has announced the decision of the Appeals Panel/FAO to the parties and the decision is then subsequently sent to the parties as outlined below.

D

The purpose of this Rule is to ensure the fairness of the proceedings and allow the Appeals Panel/FAO to make its determination based only on evidence provided at the hearing.

E

Only after a decision is reached and published by NASCAR can parties make such statement(s) they deem appropriate. The written decision will be emailed by the Administrator to the parties electronically as soon as possible after the hearing is formally closed, and prior to NASCAR publication.

F

Under no circumstances will Appeals Panelists/FAO be permitted to discuss publicly the details of the appeals hearing and/or their deliberations.

A

NASCAR shall have the right to publish any decision of the Appeals Panel/FAO, including without limitation, the names of the parties involved.

B

A NASCAR Member or other witness involved in an Appeals hearing before the Appeals Panel or FAO shall have no claim or cause of action of any kind against NASCAR, NEM, its Members, employees, affiliates, the Appeals Panel, Final Appeal Officer, the Department of Appeals, or any publisher of any information relating to the final decision, including but not limited to, claims of defamation, slander, and/or libel, since any such claim(s) shall be deemed to have been waived by the appeal.

A

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, the 2022 Points season will officially close at the conclusion of the 36th Championship Event.

A

NEM reserves the right to establish, maintain, compile, publish, and otherwise operate and award Points, Point Funds, and trophies through the facilities of the Awards and Achievement Bureau, LLC, under its rules and regulations.

B

All NASCAR Members agree to abide by decisions of NEM in the establishment and administration of the Point Funds.

C

NEM has established a Team Owner’s Pont Fund for the Series.

D

Awards from the Team Owner’s Point Fund will be determined and distributed in accordance with this Section.

E

Point Funds will be distributed based on the final Points standings in accordance with the Charter Member Agreement and Open Team Owner Agreement.

F

Point Funds and end of year awards are paid based on the accumulation of Points for the entire Race season (see Section 12.4 Award of Points), and not in any way attributable to any one Event nor is it contingent upon participating in any specific Event.

G

Any award that is won by a driver shall be paid by NEM to that Team Owner of the entry vehicle for which that driver is competing.

H

The Team Owner, not NASCAR or NEM, shall be solely responsible for the distribution of any and all awards won by a driver of the Team Owner’s team, and the sole recourse of such driver for any failure to properly distribute awards shall be against the Team Owner.

I

NEM or its affiliates shall not be responsible for the filing and/or payment of any and all federal, state, local, and foreign taxes associated with prizes, Point Fund distributions, special awards, and contingency winnings, which shall remain the sole responsibility of the driver and/or Team Owner.

J

The Team Owner’s Point Fund will be distributed by NASCAR to each eligible Team Owner for each eligible vehicle, respectively, as outlined in the applicable Team Owner Agreement.

A

A driver will be permitted to earn driver Points in only one of the following three Series:

  • NASCAR Cup Series
  • NASCAR Xfinity Series
  • NASCAR Camping World Truck Series.
B

A driver will be permitted to earn Points in both the Touring/International Series and the National Series.

C

Prior to competing in his/her first Event of a Race season, a driver must elect which Series he/she would like to accumulate driver Points. (See Section 2.1 Application Process)

D

In the event NASCAR authorizes a driver to change which Series he/she would like to accumulate driver Points, he/she will forfeit any driver Points earned up to that point and start at zero Points and zero finishing positions for tie breaker purposes in the newly selected Series.

A

Points for the Driver’s Championship and the Team Owner’s Championship will be awarded for each Series Championship Event as outlined in this Section.

B

Points will be awarded following the issuance of the Final Race results by NASCAR for the Event. If the Race is less than the advertised distance, Points will be awarded for any Stage not completed based on the Final Race results.

Example: If a Race is deemed official before the finish of Stage 2, the Stage 2 Points, Stage 2 Playoff Points, Final Stage Points, and Final Stage Playoff Points will be awarded based on the Final Race results.

C

Points for each Championship Event will be awarded to each eligible driver and to each eligible Team Owner according to the finishing position of such driver and vehicle in the Event as outlined in the Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points Distribution table.

D

Points for the 150-mile Daytona Qualifying Races (Duels) will be awarded to each eligible driver and to each eligible Team Owner according to the finishing position of such driver and vehicle in the Event as outlined in the Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points Distribution table. Points for the Duels will only be awarded if both Duels have been considered Official.

E

If a vehicle(s) is Disqualified from a Race, that vehicle will receive last place Driver and Team Owner Points and all benefits associated with the last place finishing position; all other positions will be elevated accordingly and will be reflected in the Final Race Results. See example below for clarification:

Example: Disqualified vehicle will receive 40th (or last available position based on field size) place Driver and Team Owner Points, 2nd place will receive 1st place Driver and Team Owner Points and all benefits associated with that finishing position, 3rd place will receive 2nd place Driver and Team Owner Points and all benefits associated with that position, etc.

F

If more than one vehicle is Disqualified from a Race, Driver and Team Owner Points adjustments for Disqualified vehicles will be made based on their finishing position at the conclusion of the Race.  See example below for clarification:

Example: If the Race winner and 2nd place vehicle are both Disqualified, the winner will receive 39th place Driver and Team Owner Points and 2nd  place will receive 40th place Driver and Team Owner Points.

G

Vehicle(s) that have been Disqualified from a Race will lose all Stage and Playoff Points. Stage and Playoff Points will be adjusted based on the updated finishing positions of the Stage and Final Stage. See example below for clarification:

Example: If the Race winner is Disqualified and earned 10 Stage Points for Stage 1, the vehicle that finished in 2nd place of Stage 1 will receive 10 Stage Points and 1 Playoff Point, 3rd place in Stage 1 will receive 2nd place Stage Points, etc.

DRIVER’S AND TEAM OWNER’S POINTS DISTRIBUTION

 

STAGES 1-3*/DUEL 1 AND 2 POSITION POINTS
1 10
2 9
3 8
4 7
5 6
6 5
7 4
8 3
9 2
10 1
FINAL STAGE POSITION POINTS
1 40
2 35
3 34
4 33
5 32
6 31
7 30
8 29
9 28
10 27
11 26
12 25
13 24
14 23
15 22
16 21
17 20
18 19
19 18
20 17
21 16
22 15
23 14
24 13
25 12
26 11
27 10
28 9
29 8
30 7
31 6
32 5
33 4
34 3
35 2
36 1
37 1
38 1
39 1
40 1

The Coca Cola 600 at Charlotte Motor Speedway will be the only Event with four total Stages.

 

A

Playoff Points earned by eligible drivers and eligible Team Owners will be used for seeding purposes in each Round of the Playoffs.

B

Playoff Points are accumulated separately from Points and are not awarded until re-seeding of the advancing drivers and Team Owners at the beginning of each Playoff round.

C

Drivers or Team Owners that do not make the Playoffs will forfeit their Playoff Points at the conclusion of the 26th Event.

D

Eligible drivers and Team Owners will continue to earn Playoff Points until eliminated from championship contention.

E

Drivers and Team Owners that made the Playoffs but were then eliminated from championship contention will be re-seeded with Playoff Points earned through the last Round in which they advanced.

F

Five additional Playoff Points will be awarded to each eligible driver and eligible Team Owner that win a Championship Event.

G

One additional Playoff Point will be awarded to each driver and Team Owner that wins in Stage 1, or Stage 2, or Stage 3 of each Race.

H

Playoff Points will be awarded to each eligible driver and to each eligible Team Owner according to the Points finishing position of such driver and Team Owner at the conclusion of the 26th Event as outlined in:

Table 12.4.1.1.h Playoff Points Distribution

PLAYOFF POINTS DISTRIBUTION

 

FINAL POSITION PLAYOFF POINTS
1 15
2 10
3 8
4 7
5 6
6 5
7 4
8 3
9 2
10 1

 

I

NASCAR will determine the official leader(s) and finishing positions of the Stage(s) and/or Race.

A

In the event two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Points, each driver and/or Team Owner will be ranked according to the greatest number of Race Wins in Championship Events for the Series as of that time.

B

If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes etc. in Championship Events will be used in the same manner, until the tie is broken.

C

If a tie still exists after that, the driver and/or Team Owner having the highest Race finishing position (Race Wins, second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes, etc.) first during the current season will prevail.

D

In all cases, a Race finish will not count in any of these determinations where a vehicle was Disqualified or an L1, L2, or L3 Penalty was discovered In-Race or Post-Race.

A

A driver must start the Race to be eligible for Points. A driver will be credited only with Points earned in the vehicle in which he/she started the Race. A driver will not be permitted to receive Points for more than one vehicle in the Race. The starting driver will be credited with all Points earned by that vehicle in that Race.

A

Unless otherwise authorized by NASCAR, driver(s) and Team Owner(s) must start all Championship Events of the current season to be eligible for The Playoffs. If a starting position was not earned, then the driver(s) and Team Owner(s) must have attempted to Qualify, at the discretion of the Series Managing Director, for the Race.

B

Race finishes must be unencumbered by violation(s) of the NASCAR Rules or other action(s) detrimental to stock car auto racing or NASCAR as determined in the sole discretion of NASCAR.

C

It must be mathematically possible for a team to meet the engine seal requirements as outlined in Section 14.7.1.1.1 Sealed Engines.

A

To be eligible for positions 1-16 after the completion of the 26th Championship Event of the Series season, the driver and the Team Owner must be in positions 1-30 of the Points standings and meet all other stated requirements as outlined in Section 12 Points and Prize Money.

A

The 15 drivers and the 15 Team Owners with the greatest number of Race Wins in Series Championship Events during the season will each earn positions 1-15 in the Series Point standings.

B

In the event that two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Race Wins at the completion of the 26th Championship Event, the tie will be broken by the Series driver and/or Team Owner Point standings. If a tie still exists after that, the tie will be broken as outlined in Section 12.4.1.2 Ties.

A

Position 16 is reserved for the top driver in the driver Point standings and the top Team Owner in the Team Owner Point standings at the completion of the 26th Championship Event of the Series season, regardless of whether they obtained a Race Win in a Series Championship Event.

B

If the driver and/or Team Owner Points leaders at the completion of the 26th Championship Event qualify for positions 1-15 through Race Wins, then position 16 is filled by the driver and/or Team Owner with the greatest number of Race Wins in the Series Championship Events during the season.

C

In the event positions 1-16 are not filled by drivers and/or Team Owners that have a Race Win or position 16 is not filled by the driver and/or Team Owner Points leaders, then the remaining available positions will be filled based upon the Series Points standings at the conclusion of the 26th Championship Event. In the event that two or more drivers or Team Owners have the same number of Series Points, the tie will be broken as outlined in Section 12.4.1.2 Ties.

A

Once established, the drivers and Team Owners in positions 1-16 will each have their accumulated Points totals adjusted to 2000 Points plus the driver and Team Owner’s accumulated Playoff Points through the first 26 Championship Events. In the event two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Points, the tie will be broken as outlined in Section 12.4.1.2.1 Points.

B

The adjusted driver and Team Owner Points standings will be effective entering the 27th Championship Event.

C

For the remaining Events in the season, these 16 drivers and Team Owners will continue to earn Points in each Championship Event based on Stage 1 finishing position, Stage 2 finishing position, Stage 3 finishing position, and Race finishing position (see Section 12.4.1 Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points) and such Points will be added to the adjusted Points total.

D

In the event two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Points during the Round of 16 Events, each driver and/or Team Owner will be ranked according to the greatest number of Race Wins in the Round of 16 Events. If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of second place finishes, third place finishes, etc. in the Round of 16 Events will be used in the same manner until the tie is broken. If a tie still exists after that, the driver and/or Team Owner having the highest finishing position first during the Round of 16 will prevail.

A

To be eligible for positions 1-12 after the completion of the 29th Championship Event of the Series season, the driver and the Team Owner must be in positions 1-16 of the Points standings and meet all other stated requirements as outlined in Section 12 Points and Prize Money.

A

The driver(s) and the Team Owner(s) that wins the 27th, 28th, or 29th Championship Event for the Series will earn one of the positions 1-12.

B

The remaining available positions 1-12 that have not been filled based upon a Race Win will be filled based upon the Series driver and Team Owner Point standings at the conclusion of the 29th Championship Event.

C

In the event that two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Series Points, each driver and/or Team Owner will be ranked according to the greatest number of Race Wins in the 27th, 28th, and/or 29th Championship Events for the Series as of that time. If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes, etc. will be used in the same manner, until the tie is broken. If a tie still exists after all place finishes have been exhausted, whichever driver and/or Team Owner first achieves the highest Race finishing position in the 27th, 28th, and/or 29th Championship Events for the Series in which the driver and/or Team Owner competed, will prevail.

A

Once established, the drivers and Team Owners in positions 1-12 will each have their accumulated Points totals adjusted to 3000 Points plus the driver and Team Owner’s accumulated Playoff Points through the first 29 Championship Events.

B

The adjusted driver and Team Owner Points standings will be effective entering the 30th Event.

C

For the remaining Events in the season, these 12 drivers and Team Owners will continue to earn Points in each Championship Event based on Stage 1 finishing position, Stage 2 finishing position, Stage 3 finishing position, and Race finishing position (see Section 12.4.1 Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points) and such Points will be added to the adjusted Points total.

D

In the event two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Points during the Round of 12 Event, each driver and/or Team Owner will be ranked according to the greatest number of Race Wins in the Round of 12 Events. If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes, etc. will be used in the same manner until the tie is broken. If a tie still exists after that, the driver and/or Team Owner having the highest finishing position first during the Round of 12 Events will prevail.

A

To be eligible for positions 1-8 after the completion of the 32nd Championship Events of the Series season, the driver and the Team Owner must be in positions 1-12 in the Points standings and meet all other stated requirements in Section 12 Points and Prize Money.

A

The driver(s) and the Team Owner(s) that wins the 30th, 31st, or 32nd Championship Event for the Series season will earn one of the positions 1-8.

B

The remaining available positions 1-8 that have not been filled based upon Race Wins will be filled based upon the Series driver and/or Team Owner Points standings at the conclusion of the 32nd Championship Event.

C

In the event that two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Series Points, each driver and/or Team Owner will be ranked according to the greatest number of Race Wins in the 30th, 31st, and/or 32nd Championship Events for the Series as of that time. If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes, etc. will be used in the same manner, until the tie is broken. If a tie still exists after all place finishes have been exhausted, whichever driver and/or Team Owner first achieves the highest Race finishing position in the 30th, 31st, and/or 32nd Championship Events for the Series in which the driver and/or Team Owner competed, will prevail.

A

Once established, the drivers and Team Owners in positions 1-8 will each have their accumulated Points totals adjusted to 4000 Points plus the driver and Team Owner’s accumulated Playoff Points through the first 32 Championship Events.

B

The adjusted driver and Team Owner Points standings will be effective entering the 33rd Event.

C

For the remaining Events in the season, these 8 drivers and Team Owners will continue to earn Points in each Championship Event based on Stage 1 finishing position, Stage 2 finishing position, Stage 3 finishing position, and Race finishing position. (See Section 12.4.1 Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points) and such Points will be added to the adjusted Points total.

D

In the event two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Points during the Round of 8 Events, each driver and/or Team Owner will be ranked according to the greatest number of Race Wins in the Round of 8 Events. If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes, etc. will be used in the same manner, until the tie is broken. If a tie still exists after that, the driver and/or Team Owner having the highest finishing position first during the Round of 8 Events will prevail.

A

Drivers and Team Owners that did not earn positions 1-8 will have their accumulated Points totals adjusted as follows:

B

The four non-advancing drivers and Team Owners are returned to the 2000 Point tier. Any driver or Team Owner Points earned in the 27th through 32nd Championship Events and /or any driver or Team Owner Playoff Points accumulated through the first 29 Championship Events will be added to the adjusted total.

C

If Playoff Points are earned in the Round of 12 and the driver and Team Owner do not advance, Playoff Points for the current round will not be reflected in the re-seeding Points.

D

For the remaining Events in the season, the four non-advancing drivers and Team Owners will continue to earn Points in each Championship Event based on Stage 1, Stage 2, Stage 3, and Race finishing positions (see Section 12.4.1 Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points) and such Points will be added to the adjusted Points total.

A

To be eligible for positions 1-4 after the completion of the 35th Championship Event of the Series season, the driver and the Team Owner must be in positions 1-8 of the Points standings, have met the engine seal requirements as outlined in Section 14.7.1.1.1 Sealed Engines and meet all other stated requirements as outlined in Section 12 Points and Prize Money.

A

The driver(s) and the Team Owner(s) that wins the 33rd, 34th, or 35th Championship Event for the Series season will earn one of the positions 1-4.

B

The remaining available positions 1-4 that have not been filled based upon Race Wins will be filled based upon the Series driver and Team Owner Points standings at the conclusion of the 35th Championship Event.

C

In the event that two or more drivers and/or Team Owners have the same number of Series Points, each driver and/or Team Owner will be ranked according to the greatest number of Race Wins in the 33rd, 34th, and/or 35th Championship Events for the Series as of that time. If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes, etc. will be used in the same manner, until the tie is broken. If a tie still exists after all place finishes have been exhausted, whichever driver and/or Team Owner first achieves the highest Race finishing position the 33rd, 34th, and/or 35th Championship Events for the Series in which the driver and/or Team Owner competed, will prevail.

A

Once established, the drivers and Team Owners in positions 1-4 will each have their accumulated Points totals adjusted to 5000 Points. Each driver and/or Team Owner will be ranked according to the greatest number of Race Wins in the 33rd, 34th, and 35th Championship Events for the Series as of that time. If a tie still exists after that, the greatest number of second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes, etc. will be used in the same manner until the tie is broken. If a tie still exists after all place Race finishes have been exhausted, whichever driver and/or Team owner first achieves the highest finishing position in the 33rd, 34th, and 35th Championship Events for the Series in which the driver and/or Team Owner competed will prevail.

B

The adjusted driver and Team Owner Points standings will be effective entering the 36th Event.

C

For the final Event in the season, these four drivers and Team Owners will earn Points in the final Championship Event based only on their overall Race finishing positions (see Section 12.4.1 Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points) and such Points will be added to the adjusted Points total.

A

Drivers and Team Owners that did not earn positions 1-4 will have their accumulated Points totals adjusted as follows:

B

The four non-advancing drivers and Team Owners are returned to the 2000 Points tier. Any driver or Team Owner Points earned in the 27th through 35th Championship Events and any driver or Team Owner Playoff Points accumulated through the first 32 Championship Events will be added to the adjusted total.

C

If Playoff Points are earned in the Round of 8 and the driver and Team Owner do not advance, Playoff Points for the current round will not be reflected in the re-seeding Points.

D

For the remaining Events in the season, the four non-advancing drivers and Team Owners will continue to earn Points in each Championship Event based on Stage 1, Stage 2, Stage 3, and Race finishing positions (see Section 12.4.1 Driver’s and Team Owner’s Points) and such Points will be added to the adjusted Points total.

A

The drivers and Team Owners that are in positions 1-4 in Series Points standings entering the 36th Championship Event will compete for the Series Championship and the top four positions in the Points standings.

B

Stage 1, Stage 2, Stage 3, and Playoff Points will not be awarded to the driver and Team Owner during the final Event.

C

Driver changes will not be permitted after the start of the final Race (EIRI).

D

The Series Driver’s Champion is determined by the official finishing position among the drivers that are in positions 1-4 in the Points standings.

E

The Series Team Owner’s Champion is determined by the official finishing position among the Team Owners that are in positions 1-4 in the Points standings.

F

The final Points standings of the drivers and Team Owners that are in positions 1-4 will be determined by the final finishing position of the 36th Championship Event.

A

All Events shall be contested for monies for each Event as set forth in the Official Entry Blank and/or the applicable Team Owner Agreement.

B

Race purses, as set forth in the applicable Team Owner Agreement, and In-Race contingency and special awards, as set forth in the Official Entry Blank, will be distributed based on the Final Race Results for an Event.

C

Prize money in all Events that is won by a driver and/or any other eligible Competitor(s) of a Team Owner’s team shall be paid by NASCAR to that Team Owner.

D

The Team Owner, not NASCAR, shall be solely responsible for the distribution of any and all prize money won by a driver and/or any other eligible Competitor(s) of the Team Owner’s team, and the sole recourse of such driver and/or other Competitor(s) for any failure to properly distribute prize money shall be against the Team Owner.

A

Points for each Championship Event will be awarded to the entry for each manufacturer (Chevrolet, Ford, and Toyota) that earns the single highest Points distribution (relative to all other entries for the same manufacturer) according to the Final Stage finishing position in the Final Race Results, as outlined in:

Table 12.5.a Manufacturer’s Points Distribution

MANUFACTURER’S POINTS DISTRIBUTION

 

FINISHING POSITION POINTS
1 40
2 35
3 34
4 33
5 32
6 31
7 30
8 29
9 28
10 27
11 26
12 25
13 24
14 23
15 22
16 21
17 20
18 19
19 18
20 17
21 16
22 15
23 14
24 13
25 12
26 11
27 10
28 9
29 8
30 7
31 6
32 5
33 4
34 3
35 2
36 1
37 1
38 1
39 1
40 1

 

B

Distribution of the Manufacturer’s Points are subject to change as a result of NEM’s issuance of a Penalty or Points deduction as follows. If the manufacturer’s highest Points earner in an Event is later issued a Points Penalty or Race Disqualification for that Event which results in an L1, L2, or L3 Penalty discovered In-Race or Post-Race, NEM will first apply the Points deduction to the penalized entry, and then re-determine the entry that should be assigned Manufacturer’s Points for that Event. See examples below for clarification:

  • Example 1: Manufacturer ‘A’ finishes 2nd and 5th (remaining Manufacturer ‘A’ vehicles finished behind 5th). The 2nd place vehicle receives 35 Manufacturer Points. Later, the 2nd place finish receives a 10 Point Penalty. The net result for the 2nd place finish is 25 Points. The 5th place finisher would be reassigned as the highest Points earner for that manufacturer and the manufacturer would then receive 32 Points for the 5th place finish.
  • Example 2: Manufacturer ‘A’ finishes 2nd and 15th (remaining Manufacturer ‘A’ vehicles finished behind 15th). The 2nd place vehicle receives 35 Manufacturer Points. Later, the 2nd place finish receives a 10 Point Penalty. The net result for the 2nd place finish is 25 Points. The 2nd place finisher remains the highest Points earner for that manufacturer and the manufacturer would receive 25 Points for the 2nd place finish (15th would have earned 22 Points).
C

If a manufacturer is found to be in violation of NASCAR’s Team Roster Policy, as outlined in Section 5 Entries, that manufacturer will be subject to a Penalty that will be handled by NASCAR on a case-by-case basis. Penalties include ejection of personnel and/or a Manufacturer’s Points deduction, at NASCAR’s discretion.

A

In the event two or more manufacturers have the same number of Points, each manufacturer will be ranked among the single highest finishers, and the Manufacturer’s Points Championship will be awarded to the manufacturer with the greatest number of Race Wins in Championship Events for the Series season, provided the Race Wins were unencumbered by a violation(s) detrimental to stock car auto racing or NASCAR as determined in the sole discretion of NEM. If a tie still exists, the greatest number of second place Race finishes, third place Race finishes etc. will be used in the same manner, until the tie is broken. If a tie still exists after that, the manufacturer having the first Race Win of the current season will prevail. In all cases, a Race finish will not count in any of these determinations where a vehicle was Disqualified or received an L1, L2, or L3 Penalty In-Race or Post-Race.

A

Unless otherwise authorized, and a track testing request has been approved and voucher issued by NASCAR, it is strictly prohibited to use a NASCAR National Series vehicle or equivalent, as determined by NASCAR (see Section 13.5 Stock Car Equivalent), for testing, practicing, qualifying, or racing other than in a NASCAR Series Event or as outlined in Section 13.2 NASCAR National Series Unified Testing Policy. This applies to any team, employee, driver, contractor, affiliate, associate, subsidiary, or surrogate.

B

Receipt of data, results, findings, calculations, or testing information of any kind from an entity that conducts unauthorized vehicle testing, whether that entity is a team or not, is strictly prohibited.

C

Prohibition of vehicle testing will be in effect throughout the calendar year and applies to any facility, irrespective of whether they are racetracks or not.

D

NASCAR, in its sole discretion, will determine what constitutes an authorized vehicle test. In general, only tests conducted under the NASCAR National Series Unified Testing Policy (see Section 13.2 NASCAR National Series Unified Testing) are considered to be authorized vehicle tests.

E

NASCAR may rescind a test voucher if, due to unforeseen circumstances, it is determined such test could be detrimental to the sport or the NASCAR industry.

F

The prohibition of vehicle testing does not include the following forms of indoor testing, where indoor is defined as a building or manmade structure. These forms of testing must be confined to static or stationary dynamic testing.

  • Engine Dynamometers
  • Chassis Dynamometers
  • Driver Simulators
  • Multi-axis Chassis Rigs
  • Bench Testing
  • Wind Tunnels*
  • Climatic Tunnels*
  • Vehicle/Part Testing Rigs

*Subject to Section 13.3 Wind Tunnel Testing

G

Contact the Senior Vice President of Racing Innovation or Competition in advance for authorization regarding any other forms of indoor testing.

A

The NASCAR National Series Unified Test Schedule will contain test sessions comprised of one or more of the following test types:

  • NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test
  • NASCAR Test
  • Organizational Test
  • Wheel Force Transducer (WFT) Test
  • Medical Evaluation Test
  • New Organization Test
  • Select Driver Orientation Test
B

Each test session will be identified by a code outlined in:

Table 13.2.b Test Session Coding

TEST SESSION CODING

 

TEST TYPE TEST CODE PARTICIPATING SERIES MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DAYS (+1 RAIN DAY) RULES PACKAGE
NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test G A and/or B and/or C 3 2-digit Year
NASCAR Test N A and/or B and/or C 3 2-digit Year
Organizational Test T A and/or B and/or C 3
Wheel Force Transducer (WFT) Test W A 2
Medical Evaluation Test
New Organization Test
Select Driver Orientation Test

G=NASCAR Tire Manufacturer, N=NASCAR, T=Team (Organizational/Open), W=Wheel Force

A=NCS, B=NXS, C=NCWTS

 

C

The test type will be identified by a single letter, followed by one to three letters identifying the participating Series, followed by a number representing the number of days of testing for that particular test type. NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Tests and NASCAR Tests will also include a 2-digit year to indicate the Rules package being tested.

Example: GABC119 (NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test with NCS, NXS, NCWTS, 1 day, with 2019 Rules)

If more than one test type is scheduled the test types will be separated with a hyphen “-“.

Example: GABC119-NA120-TA1 (NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test with NCS, NXS, NCWTS, 1 day, with 2019 Rules followed by a NASCAR Test with NCS only, 1 day, 2020 Rules followed by a 1 day NCS only Organizational Test)

D

One rain day may be scheduled at the end of each test session depending on racetrack availability and the NASCAR National Series Race schedules. Pending inclement weather, NASCAR reserves the right to consolidate multiple test days into a test day(s).

E

The parties responsible for the various work elements of the planning of each test session are outlined in the following document:

A

The NASCAR Tire Manufacturer may schedule tests throughout the year for the purpose of developing, correlating, and/or confirming tire codes. NASCAR must approve all such tests.

B

Only three teams (one from each OEM) will be permitted to participate in a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test. Participating teams will be determined by the respective OEM and must be approved by NASCAR. Additional teams may be added at the discretion of the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer and/or NASCAR.

C

Teams selected to participate in a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test must be in the top 25 in Team Owner’s Points at the time of NASCAR approval.

D

Only full-time licensed NASCAR Cup Series drivers will be permitted to participate in a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test. If a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test is scheduled during the Playoffs, drivers that have qualified for the Playoffs will not be permitted to participate in that test.

E

The teams and drivers selected to participate in a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test will be required to participate in the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test for which they have been approved; substituting teams and/or drivers will not be permitted.

F

NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test tires will be provided by the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer.

G

Each team will be permitted to have one backup vehicle. The backup vehicle will not be permitted to be used for testing unless, as determined by NASCAR, the primary vehicle has been damaged beyond a timely repair.

H

Engine changes will be permitted; backup vehicles will not be permitted to be used in lieu of an engine change.

I

A NASCAR-mandated data system may be required to be installed in participating NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test vehicles.

J

Participating NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test teams will be permitted to share haulers and tools with the other participating teams, if desired.

K

Media will notmay be permitted at NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Tests, pending approval from the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer and NASCAR.

L

Spectators may be permitted in the grandstands at NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Tests, pending approval by NASCAR and the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer.

M

Organizations with a current Team Owner’s license not participating in a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test may have one representative present at the racetrack during the test.

N

For test sessions that include both a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test and either a NASCAR Test or an Organizational Test, the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test will always take priority.

O

Rosters and roster limits may be implemented as deemed necessary by NASCAR.

A

NASCAR may add tests to the schedule throughout the year to facilitate testing and evaluation of potential major Rules package changes, new venues, and other changes that are significant in nature.

B

The number of organizations/teams involved with the test will be based on the needs of the test.

C

Only drivers that are licensed and approved for Competition in a NASCAR National Series will be eligible to participate in a NASCAR Test. If the driver is not approved for all racetrack types, the driver must be approved by the NASCAR Driver Resume Committee to participate in that test.

A

Organizational Tests are intended to allow teams and organizations the opportunity to test at venues for reasons such as, but not limited to, new track surface, new track venue, reconfigured track, significant Rules package changes, and/or venues of team interest. NASCAR will consult with the teams prior to scheduling such tests.

B

The number of vehicles invited to such tests will be determined by NASCAR. Generally, Organizational Tests will involve one vehicle from each organization. NASCAR may elect to allow one vehicle per team for tests that need more vehicles or immediately lead into an Event.

C

Participation in an Organizational Test is not mandatory.

D

Only organizations with a current Team Owner’s license and have attempted to Qualify for a NASCAR Cup Series Event in the past 12 months will be eligible to participate in an Organizational Test, unless specifically approved by NASCAR.

E

Only drivers that are licensed and approved for Competition in the NASCAR Cup Series will be eligible to participate in an Organizational Test. If a driver is not approved for all racetrack types, the driver must be approved by the NASCAR Driver Resume Committee to participate in that test. The teams and drivers selected to participate in an Organizational Test will be required to participate in the Organizational Test for which they have been approved; substituting teams and/or drivers will not be permitted.

F

Each organization that chooses to participate in an Organizational Test is required to submit a track testing request a minimum of three weeks before the test. Once the request has been approved, a voucher will be issued.

G

Submittal of a track testing request is a commitment to pay for a pro rata portion of the shared costs, as outlined in Section 13.2.8 Cost Sharing, regardless if the organization participates in the test or not.

H

Organizational Test tires will be provided by each participating organization. Organizations may use tires from either the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer’s tire inventory or their organization’s tire inventory accumulated from previous Events.

I

Organizational Test tires must be ordered from the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer a minimum of 90 days prior to the test.

J

In the event the demand for tires exceeds supply, NASCAR and the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer will allocate tires in an equitable manner.

K

Each participant (organization or team) will be permitted to have one backup vehicle. The backup vehicle will not be permitted to be used for testing unless, as determined by NASCAR, the primary vehicle has been damaged beyond a timely repair.

L

Engine changes will be permitted; backup vehicles will not be permitted to be used in lieu of an engine change.

M

Participating Organizational Test organizations/teams will be permitted to share haulers and tools with the other participating organizations.

N

Media may be permitted at Organizational Tests, pending approval by NASCAR.

O

Spectators may be permitted in the grandstands at Organizational Tests at the racetrack’s discretion.

P

If an organization is participating in both a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test and an Organizational Test, the same team, vehicle, and driver must be used for both tests, except when the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Test and the Organizational Test are conducted in separate weeks.

Q

Drivers will only be permitted to drive a vehicle from the organization in which they are associated and currently participating in Events.

R

For Organizational Tests that immediately lead into an Event, backup vehicles for that Event or test vehicles may be used as the primary test vehicle. Only one vehicle may be unloaded from the hauler during testing and participants must be entered for that Event. If a backup vehicle is used, the telemetry, data, engine, and rear gear must be removed prior to the Event, unless otherwise determined by NASCAR.

S

Unless specifically stated by NASCAR, vehicle telemetry and data systems will be permitted at Organizational Tests.

T

Rosters and roster limits may be implemented as deemed necessary by NASCAR.

A

Wheel Force Transducer Tests are intended to allow the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer and the OEMs to collect on track tire data using specialized vehicle mounted transducers.

B

Wheel Force Transducer Tests will allow one vehicle from each OEM at NASCAR Tire Manufacturer Tests considered to be ‘Confirmation’ Tire Tests.

C

Wheel Force Transducer Tests may be permitted at racetracks where the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer has conducted a NASCAR Tire Manufacturer ‘Development’ Tire Test and a new tire has been selected for an upcoming Event.

D

Wheel Force Transducer Tests must be completed a minimum of three weeks prior to the Event at which the new tire will be used in Competition.

E

Six sets of tires per OEM will be provided by the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer for each test, subject to tire availability. These tires must be used for that Wheel Force Transducer Test and must be returned to the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer at the end of the test. One additional set of tires may be brought to the Wheel Force Transducer Test to be used as a “shake-down” set.

F

At Organizational Tests, one Wheel Force Transducer vehicle per OEM may be permitted at NASCAR’s discretion.

G

At Organizational Tests, at the discretion of NASCAR and the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer, in the event the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer selects a new tire before the Organizational Test and tires are available, at least one set of tires will be made available for purchase to each OEM.

H

Only drivers that are licensed and approved for Competition in a NASCAR National Series will be permitted to participate in a Wheel Force Transducer Test. If a Wheel Force Transducer driver is not approved for all racetrack types, the driver must be approved by the NASCAR Driver Resume Committee to participate in that test. The drivers selected to participate in a Wheel Force Transducer Test will be required to participate in the test for which they have been approved; substituting drivers will not be permitted.

I

The WFT vehicle must be driven by one test driver assigned by the OEM. Multiple drivers will not be permitted to be used.

J

Each OEM that chooses to participate in a Wheel Force Transducer Test (standalone, NASCAR Tire Manufacturer, or as part of Organizational Tests) is required to submit a track testing request/roster a minimum of three days before the test. Once the request is approved, a voucher will be issued.

A

Medical Evaluation Tests are intended for driver’s associated with an absence involving a serious medical condition. NASCAR will determine what constitutes a serious medical condition. Medical Evaluation Test(s) must be structured in such a way to minimize any competitive advantage, while still providing a thorough evaluation of the driver.

B

The associated organization must submit a track testing request along with a documented requirement from the driver’s physician for an on-track evaluation at least three days before the test. Once the request has been approved, a voucher will be issued.

C

The test must be conducted at a NASCAR-approved racetrack with NASCAR-approved track services and follow all NASCAR safety protocols.

D

The test may not be scheduled within a 60 day window at a facility holding an Event.

E

The organization will be responsible for all costs associated with the test.

F

Only standard ECU functions will be permitted at the test; additional vehicle telemetry and/or datalogging will not be permitted except for driver biometrics as specified by attending medical personnel.

G

If required by the driver’s physician, and at the discretion of NASCAR, additional testing may be approved if the driver is not medically cleared after the initial test.

H

An additional driver may be used to “shake-down” the vehicle. This driver will be limited to a maximum of 30 miles or 30 minutes, whichever occurs first, of on-track time.

I

The additional “shake-down” driver must be a current NASCAR licensed driver approved for that track type.

J

Rosters and roster limits may be implemented as deemed necessary by NASCAR.

A

The intent of New Organization Testing is to allow those organizations that are new to a NASCAR National Series to establish themselves competitively.

A

NASCAR will consider all relevant factors, including without limitation the New Organization’s OEM relationship, any technical alliance with other teams, and the New Organization’s personnel and driver.

B

An organization may be considered a New Organization if it has participated in no more than 20 National Series Events or it has participated in no more than two National Series Seasons, whichever comes first.

C

If an organization has not competed in any National Series for five or more years, it may be considered a New Organization.

D

The addition of a team to an existing organization is not considered a New Organization.

E

Transfer of ownership of an existing organization or the leasing of a Charter is not considered a New Organization.

F

NASCAR will determine final eligibility of a New Organization.

A

NASCAR will make the final determination regarding the number of test sessions (if any) permitted for a New Organization.

B

Each test session may be a maximum of two days.

C

All New Organization test sessions (if any) must be completed by July 31 of the year in which they are granted or be forfeited.

D

An organization that chooses to participate in a New Organization Test is required to submit a track testing request/roster a minimum of three weeks prior to the test. Once the request has been approved, a voucher will be issued.

E

New Organization Testing must be conducted solely by employees of that organization and its affiliated OEM.

F

Distribution of data, results, findings, calculations, or testing information of any kind from the New Organization Test to any other organization is strictly prohibited.

G

New Organization Testing will not be permitted at any repaved, reconfigured, or new racetrack prior to the Series competing at that racetrack.

H

New Organization Testing will not be permitted at a facility within 60 days of it hosting an Event.

I

Only NASCAR National Series licensed and approved drivers associated with and currently participating in Events for the New Organization will be permitted to drive at the test. If the driver is not approved for all racetrack types, the driver must be approved by the NASCAR Driver Resume Committee to participate in that test. Once approved, any substitution of drivers must be approved by NASCAR at its sole discretion.

J

Roster and roster limits may be implemented as deemed necessary by NASCAR.

A

Select Driver Orientation Tests are intended for drivers of ‘elite’ credentials, from the highest levels of motorsports, to become familiar with the Next Gen vehicle prior to an Event. These tests are not intended to be a vehicle test; simply a driver familiarization and orientation.

A

The driver must be approved by NASCAR.

B

The driver must have elite credentials from the highest forms of motorsports in the world.

C

The driver must be entered into a NASCAR Cup Series Event(s) by a current organization actively participating in NASCAR Cup Series Events.

D

Only drivers that are licensed and approved for Competition for the appropriate track type in the NASCAR Cup Series will be eligible to participate in a Select Driver Orientation Test.

E

The driver must not have previously tested or competed at a similar track type in a Next Gen vehicle.

A

Only one Next Gen vehicle of suitable specification for the track type at which the test will be conducted is permitted.

B

A backup vehicle will not be permitted.

C

The test must be conducted within 90 days of the entered Event.

D

No other drivers are permitted to test or “shake-down” the vehicle.

E

The organization fielding the driver at the Event may not be the primary test team, but may send up to four representatives.

F

The organization conducting the test must be approved by NASCAR.

G

Unless approved by NASCAR, only equipment (including the vehicle) from the testing organization will be permitted at the test.

H

The organization fielding the driver at the Event will be responsible for all testing costs.

I

A maximum of three sets of tires may be allocated for the test and must be ordered according to Goodyear’s protocols.

J

Test engine specifications must be appropriate for the testing track type.

K

The only vehicle configuration changes permitted during the test must be related to ride and handling based on driver feedback.

L

Data will be limited to steering, brake pressure (front/back), throttle position, gear position, and NASCAR will provide the ECU logging configuration. No other sensors or data system may be installed on the vehicle.

M

Distribution of test data will be TBD.

N

Maximum test duration is one day, for a maximum of ten hours. Time starts the moment the vehicle is on-track for the first time. Additional time may be granted in the event of inclement weather or other track related issues. NASCAR must approve any time adjustments in advance of additional time being accumulated.

O

The testing venue must not be at a location in which the driver is entered in an Event.

P

Media may or may not be allowed, at NASCAR’s discretion.

Q

The organization fielding the driver at an Event(s) must submit a test request via the voucher system a minimum of three weeks prior to the test.

R

If the test is approved by NASCAR, a voucher will be issued.

S

The test must be conducted at a NASCAR or IMSA approved race track with NASCAR approved track services, and follow all NASCAR safety protocols.

A

NASCAR will create a National Series Master Unified Test Schedule with input from the NASCAR Tire Manufacturer, OEMs, and the teams.

B

If schedule changes are necessary, the Rule Book will be updated accordingly.

C

The 2022 NASCAR National Series Unified Testing Schedule is outlined in the following document:

A

NASCAR will invoice the teams for the Organizational Test based on the number of vehicles participating.

B

Cost sharing of test items are outlined in:

Table 13.2.8.b Cost Sharing of Test Items

COST SHARING OF TEST ITEMS

 

ITEM NASCAR TIRE MANUFACTURER TEST NASCAR TEST ORGANIZATIONAL TEST WHEEL FORCE TRANSDUCER TEST MEDICAL EVALUATION TEST NEW ORGANIZATION TEST
Track Rental G N Split among T Split among O T T
Medical Services G N Split among T Split among O T T
Liability Insurance, Track Services, etc. G N Split among T Split among O T T
Tires G N T O T T
Fuel G N T O T T

G=NASCAR Tire Manufacturer, N=NASCAR, O=OEM, T=Team

 

A

OEMs will be conditionally permitted to wind tunnel test (see Section 13.1 Vehicle Testing) provided a NASCAR Wind Tunnel Test Voucher has been submitted a minimum of five days prior to the test. Submission of a Wind Tunnel Test Voucher for tests after this period may be approved at NASCAR’s discretion. Submission after a test has occurred will be treated as unauthorized activity.

B

Submitted Wind Tunnel Test Vouchers may be cancelled by the submitting OEM up until the scheduled start time of the test.

C

Wind tunnel testing may only occur at the NEM approved facilities listed below. Additional facilities may be added at NEM’s discretion:

  • Aerodyn Wind Tunnel – Full-Scale (Mooresville, NC)
  • Auto Research Center (ARC) – Scale Model (Indianapolis, IN)
  • Penske Technology Group Wind Tunnel – Scale Model (Mooresville, NC)
  • Windshear Wind Tunnel – Full-Scale (Concord, NC)
  • Ford RRWT – Full-Scale (Allen Park, MI)
D

OEMs will be allocated 300 305 testing hours for the 2022 calendar year. Testing hours are defined as billable hours reported by the wind tunnel to NASCAR.

E

In the event of a mechanical or electrical failure of the wind tunnel facility that occurs during a scheduled test, the wind tunnel should note this in their report of billable hours to NASCAR along with an explanation. Downtime does not include any model-related issues and is only considered for wind tunnel facility and wind tunnel facility measurement equipment.

F

Abuse or manipulation of the downtime concession may result in revocation of the concession for the offending OEM as well as revocation of all previously credited hours.

A

Restricted CFD (RCFD) simulations are defined as any external aerodynamic or cooling flow simulation using any solution method applied to restricted Geometry. Restricted geometry is defined as any representation of the Next Gen vehicle, including common or OEM specific parts or any sufficiently similar representation of those parts. Engine-related CFD (defined as engine air inlet, engine internals, including water/oil and exhaust systems) are not included in these limitations.

B

RCFD simulations can be performed by organizations, OEMs or their designated partners. Organizations may designate their OEM as a partner to conduct RCFD runs. Upon an OEM formally submitting its intention to develop a new Next Gen model via the submission process, OEM simulation runs on the new model will be considered unrestricted until the vehicle is officially submitted.

C

RCFD simulations must utilize commercially available software. If open-source software is used, it may not be significantly altered in aspects related to RCFD calculations. Software must be declared to NASCAR (CFD Declaration Form) and approved prior to usage with open-source alterations reported in detail.

D

All High-Performance Computing (HPC) hardware used to perform RCFD simulations must be declared to NASCAR (CFD Declaration Form) and approved prior to use, including onsite, offsite, and cloud HPC.

E

An RCFD run is defined as any simulation performed on restricted geometry that: a) alters ride height, pitch, roll, or yaw of the vehicle; b) adds or removes parts; c) alters the meshed surface of any wetted part more than 0.02 inch in full-scale. Wetted surface is defined as any non-sealed region of the simulation which is in contact with the external fluid volume.

F

Use of HPC resources for new inquiries of existing simulation data is permitted and is not considered RCFD, provided the state of the original simulation is not altered. RCFD solutions may be continued from an initial solution state without incurring a counted run provided the conditions of .e are met.

G

Each organization/OEM is permitted 150 RCFD simulation runs per calendar month. Runs conducted by an OEM on behalf of an organization do not count against the OEM’s allocation. Organizations and OEMs are permitted to share reported run data.

H

In the event of simulation failure due to any reason after the first completed iteration, one attempt may be made to repair the case without incurring a counted run. If the case fails again, it is counted as a complete run.

I

Methodology development (MD) is permitted and does not count toward the RCFD run limit. Organizations/OEMs may only perform MD runs on their respective declared OEM MD Geometry which must be supplied to NASCAR by the OEM and cannot be altered in any fashion, with emphasis on surface mesh fidelity to the approved geometry. MD runs must be reported.

J

On the fifth day following the end of the calendar month, all RCFD and MD runs for the previous month must be logged and reported using the Restricted CFD Reporting Template to ejacuzzi@nascar.com.

K

All mesh files and outputs must be retained for 60 days from the date of the simulation or unless otherwise instructed by NASCAR. NASCAR will conduct random audits with a minimum of 12 hours notice at the appropriate facility as elected by NASCAR. Any RCFD/MD runs that were submitted can be subjected to review by NASCAR for accuracy of reporting and can include geometry inspection, surface mesh inspection, and any data outputs from the simulations. Failure to comply with the auditing process will be deemed a breach of these regulations. Any RCFD/MD simulation performed on behalf of an organization is subjected to these requirements and it is the responsibility of the organizations to make the relevant data available during an audit.

A

Any stock car or truck meeting the NASCAR/ARCA Rules, in a general sense, for the current Race season or from the past 15 years, as determined by NASCAR in its sole discretion.

B

Any stock car that has been previously certified through the NASCAR certification inspection process, regardless of who presented the chassis to NASCAR.

C

Any vehicle configured to replicate a stock car’s (or truck’s) general performance characteristics for the current Race season or from the past 15 years, as determined by NASCAR in its sole discretion.

D

Any vehicle configured to replicate a specific or subset of stock car or truck performance characteristic(s) for the current Race season or from the past 15 years as determined by NASCAR in its sole discretion, examples include but are not limited to:

  • Body panels or other aero devices.
  • Suspension parts and suspension topologies.
  • Inertial properties (CG, moments of inertia, weight, etc.) for assembled vehicles and/or specific parts.
  • Drivetrain parts:
    • Engines:
      • Any engine that generally meets the NASCAR Rules.
      • Any performance modification to approximate engine power levels.
      • Any modifications to approximate fuel economy or air flow into the engine.
      • Any modifications to approximate fluid flows, volumes, temperatures, etc.
    • Transmission:
      • Any transmission that generally meets the NASCAR Rules.
    • Rear Gear:
      • Any rear gear assembly that generally meets the NASCAR Rules.
  • Cooling:
    • Radiator and/or oil cooler parts and pieces.
    • Power steering and/or transmission and/or rear gear cooler parts and pieces.

Any and all questions regarding the Rules/specifications contained within Section 14 Vehicle and Driver Safety Specifications should be directed to the appropriate Vehicle Systems Engineer outlined in the following table:

 

VEHICLE SYSTEMS ENGINEER RULE BOOK SECTION
Bill Erskine 14.7 Powertrain
14.9 Fluid Systems
Eric Jacuzzi 14.5 Body
14.6 Underwing
John Patalak 14.3 Safety
14.12 Vehicle Interior
Katy Renard 14.2 Parts Submission
14.4 Chassis
Brandon Thomas 14.1 Overall Assembled Vehicle Rules
14.10 Suspension
14.11 Mechanical Measurements
Dane Vander Haar 14.8 Electrical
A

The NASCAR Rules contain overarching and governing legal regulations of the NASCAR Cup Series. The Parts Book and Mechabook are subordinate to the NASCAR Rules.

B

If there is a disagreement or dispute regarding the meaning or application of the NASCAR Rules, the interpretation and application by NASCAR shall prevail.

C

Vehicles must comply with Section 14 Vehicle and Driver Safety Specifications of the NASCAR Rule Book at all times during an Event. Failure to comply will be subject to Penalty pursuant to Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

D

Except in cases explicitly permitted in the NASCAR Rules, installation of additional components, repairs, deletions, and/or modifications to Next Gen Single Source Vendor-supplied parts and/or assemblies will not be permitted.

E

Except in cases explicitly permitted in the NASCAR Rules, parts and/or assemblies must be assembled and utilized as illustrated in the NASCAR Rules.

F

Counterfeiting Next Gen Single Source Vendor-supplied parts and/or assemblies will not be permitted.

G

If applicable, teams and/or organizations must adhere to Next Gen Single Source Vendor-supplied part and/or assembly quantity limits.

H

Any sale, exchange, trade, or donation between organizations of Next Gen Single Source Vendor-supplied parts and/or assemblies must be approved by NASCAR.

I

Acquiring of Next Gen Single Source Vendor-supplied parts and/or assemblies in excess quantities for the purpose (in part or in full) of testing and sorting parts for performance gains will not be permitted.

J

Except as permitted in the NASCAR Rules, a sealed part(s) may only be serviced and/or disassembled by its respective Next Gen Single Source Vendor. Sealed parts are defined by the highlighted blue portions in the following images and include:

  • Upright rotating assemblies
  • Transaxle.

Upright Rotating Assemblies
A-011-01428K-21 REV. A

Transaxle
A-011-01427K-21 REV. A

K

Seals on sealed parts must not be removed, altered, or tampered with. Sealed parts must not be presented for Competition with broken, missing, or altered seals.

L

Unless otherwise specifically stated, all fasteners specified must be standard magnetic steel.

M

Hardware identified with specific grading (ML, MS, AN, NAS, etc.) must utilize hardware produced and sold under that specification or equivalent hardware that meets or exceeds the same specification.

N

Holes, stud, and pin locations may be tapped and/or reamed to return them to their original nominal size. Threaded inserts may be used to repair damaged threaded holes.

O

Unless otherwise approved, parts and/or systems that have been constructed to increase or decrease their weight beyond normal standards will not be permitted.

P

Except in cases explicitly permitted in the NASCAR Rules, installation and/or use of additional heating devices anywhere on the vehicle will not be permitted.

Q

Except in cases explicitly permitted in the NASCAR Rules, installation of additional parts and/or modifications of existing parts to affect the aerodynamic properties of the vehicle will not be permitted.

R

The specifications contained within Section 14 Vehicle and Driver Safety Specifications of the NASCAR Rule Book are written in compliance with the Dimensioning and Tolerancing Guidelines document and all vehicles must conform to this document.

S

The Race package to be used at each Event during the 2022 Race season is outlined in the following document:

A

Thermal insulation must be applied on the areas highlighted in the figures below. The thermal insulation must cover the entire surface area of the highlighted faces within 0.25 inch of any seam or protrusion.

Rocker Box Insulation Application Surfaces
A-001-01323K-21 REV. C

Underbody Insulation Application Surfaces
A-001-01322K-21 REV. B

Front Firewall Insulation Application Surfaces
A-001-01324K-21 REV. B

B

Thermal insulation may also be applied to the rear firewall and engine oil reservoir tank.

C

Teams may apply thermal insulation, non-cooled header bags, and/or embossed metal stainless steel heat shielding to the exhaust headers.

A

The NASCAR Engineering Change Log serves as a way to communicate the details of approved issue changes and/or modifications to previously issued parts.

B

All parts and assemblies must comply with the NASCAR Engineering Change Log.

A

All parts listed in this Section must be formally submitted to NASCAR for approval prior to being used during an Event.

B

All parts submitted to and approved by NASCAR may be used during an Event until or unless NASCAR determines that the part(s) is no longer eligible.

C

All parts required to be submitted to and approved by NASCAR will not be considered as having been approved by reason of having passed through inspection or previously used any time or any number of times unobserved or undetected.

D

Failure to submit and have approved by NASCAR any of the parts listed in this Section prior to the part(s) being used during an Event may result in a Penalty being issued pursuant to Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

E

Parts not required to be formally submitted to and approved by NASCAR must be engineered and manufactured in compliance with the NASCAR Rules and are subject to inspection by NASCAR. At any time during an Event or Post-Race, any such part(s) suspected by NASCAR to violate the NASCAR Rules may be required to be removed from the vehicle for further evaluation.

F

Any part(s) submitted to and approved by NASCAR that has been modified and is determined by NASCAR to violate the NASCAR Rules and/or the specifications that were submitted to and approved by NASCAR may result in a Penalty being issued pursuant to Section 10 Violations and Disciplinary Action.

A

Each organization interested in participating in the parts submission process must designate a parts submission representative(s) on its behalf.

B

The designated parts submission representative(s):

  • Is the only person(s) permitted to submit parts to NASCAR for approval on behalf of his/her organization.
  • Sits on the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee as a non-voting member(s), when applicable (See Section 14.2.3.2 NASCAR Parts Submission Committee).
  • Is exclusively granted access to his/her organization’s proprietary parts within the NASCAR Parts Database, if applicable.
C

A Letter of Agreement form is required to be completed for each organization’s designated parts submission representative(s). Letter of Agreement forms may be obtained from the NASCAR R&D Center or downloaded below:

D

Letter of Agreement forms must be received by NASCAR before an organization will be permitted to participate in the parts submission process.

E

It is the responsibility of each organization, not NASCAR, to make sure the name(s) and contact information of its designated parts submission representative(s) is current and up-to-date.

F

The designated parts submission representative(s) may be changed at any time and for any reason. A new Letter of Agreement form must be completed and submitted to NASCAR for each newly designated parts submission representative(s) and the name of the person(s) being replaced provided to NASCAR. Any changes to the designated parts submission representative(s) are effective upon notice from NASCAR.

G

The maximum number of designated parts submission representatives for each type of submitting organization is outlined in:

Table 14.2.1.g Allocation of Designated Parts Submission Representatives

ALLOCATION OF DESIGNATED PARTS SUBMISSION REPRESENTATIVES

 

TYPE OF ORGANIZATION NUMBER OF PARTS SUBMISSION REPRESENTATIVES ALLOTTED (MAXIMUM)
NASCAR National Series Teams 2 (per organization)
OEM-Engine 2
Engine Builders 1
Vendors 1

 

A

All parts required to be formally submitted to NASCAR for approval (See Section 14.2.4 Parts Required to be Submitted for Approval) must be submitted by the applicable designated parts submission representative(s), using the parts submission process as outlined in this Section.

B

Failure to adhere to the parts submission process and any applicable deadlines, may result in rejection of the part(s).

A

A parts submission request form is required to be completed for each part submitted to NASCAR for approval.

B

Parts submission request forms may be obtained from the NASCAR R&D Center, completed and submitted through the NASCAR Parts Database, or downloaded below:

C

Parts submission request forms must be received by NASCAR by the deadline(s) provided in Section 14.2.3.1 Parts Submission Meeting Schedule and Submission Deadlines in order for a part(s) to be considered for approval.

D

Parts submission request forms not submitted by the deadline will, in NASCAR’s sole discretion, be rejected without further consideration. The date of submission of the parts submission request form will be determined by the date contained in the U.S. postal mark, if mailed, the NASCAR date stamp, if delivered in person to the NASCAR R&D Center, or the submittal date, if sent electronically.

E

The receipt of a parts submission request form by NASCAR does not constitute the approval of a part(s).

A

A two thousand five hundred ($2500.00) parts submission fee will be accessed to any vendor that has not previously submitted a part(s) to NASCAR for approval for use during an Event.

B

A two thousand five hundred ($2500.00) parts submission fee will be accessed to any vendor that has not attempted to submit a part(s) to NASCAR for approval for use during an Event or has not had an approved part listed in the NASCAR Parts Database for two or more calendar years.

C

Parts submission fees otherwise payable to NASCAR will be waived for teams, OEMs, Official Partners, and vendors that engineer and/or manufacturer and/or supply a currently approved part(s) for use during an Event.

D

Parts submission fees must be received by NASCAR by the deadline(s) provided in Section 14.2.3.1 Parts Submission Meeting Schedule and Submission Deadlines in order for a part(s) to be considered for approval.

E

Parts submission fees not submitted by the listed deadline(s) will, in NASCAR’s sole discretion, be rejected without further consideration.

F

The depositing of a parts submission fee by NASCAR does not constitute the approval of a part(s).

G

If a part(s) is rejected, a vendor shall have no right to receive, and NASCAR shall not be obligated to refund, any part or all of the parts submission fee paid by the vendor to NASCAR.

A

Additional parts submission requirements, above and beyond the parts submission request form and parts submission fee, where applicable, may be required by NASCAR in order for a part(s) to be approved for use during an Event. All additional parts submission requirements are outlined in Section 14.2.4 Parts Required to be Submitted for Approval.

B

Any and all additional parts submission requirements must be fully satisfied by the deadline(s) provided in Section 14.2.3.1 Parts Submission Meeting Schedule and Submission Deadlines in order for a part(s) to be considered for approval.

C

Parts for which a detailed engineering drawing is required that may have multiple variations/build ranges within the same design concept, may be submitted as a “family”. (See example below)

A

Parts submitted to NASCAR for approval may be subject to an industry review. The parts required to be submitted to NASCAR for approval that are subject to industry review are outlined in Section 14.2.4 Parts Required to be Submitted for Approval.

B

Industry reviews occur prior to each scheduled parts submission meeting as outlined in Section 14.2.3.1 Parts Submission Meeting Schedule and Submission Deadlines. All industry reviews are conducted as the NASCAR R&D Center.

C

During an industry review, any part(s) submitted to NASCAR for approval, including all required submission documents, prototypes, and/or finished pieces, will be made available in physical form to all NASCAR National Series teams for evaluation. Each team will also be given the opportunity to provide NASCAR with their feedback on each submitted part.

D

At no point in time will NASCAR distribute, provide, or permit copies of any submitted part(s) or required submission documents to any person outside of the voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee, unless otherwise authorized by the submitting organization.

A

Unless otherwise determined by NASCAR, all parts submitted to NASCAR for approval are presented to and deliberated by the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee during predetermined meeting times throughout the calendar year.

B

All parts submission meetings are conducted at the NASCAR R&D Center.

C

Four regularly scheduled parts submission meetings will be held each calendar year during the months of January, April, July, and October; with the July meeting designated as the annual meeting in which “key” vendors and OEMs may submit parts. NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may revise the parts submission meeting schedule and/or meeting location by providing notice to all NASCAR Parts Submission Committee members and designated parts submission representatives.

D

NASCAR, in its sole discretion, may schedule ancillary meetings to address critical issues which threaten an Event, a driver’s safety, a part(s) failure, or the like.

A

The 2022 parts submission meeting schedule and applicable submission deadlines are outlined in:

TBD

B

For the start of the 2022 Race season, only the parts outlined in the following table will be permitted to be submitted and must be submitted by the applicable submission deadline.

Table 14.2.3.1.b 2022 Rolling Parts Submission Deadlines

2022 ROLLING PARTS SUBMISSION DEADLINES

 

SUBMISSION DEADLINE PART
November 8, 2021 Engine Oil Pumps
November 8, 2021 Roller Valve Lifters
November 8, 2021 Engine Oil Pans
November 15, 2021 Front/Rear Firewall Pass-Through Layouts
November 22, 2021 Engine Oil Reservoir Tanks
November 22, 2021 Airbox Assembly
December 6, 2021 Fuel Line Dry Break Quick Disconnect Fittings
December 6, 2021 Fuel Pressure Regulators
December 6, 2021 Fuel Lift Pumps
December 6, 2021 In-Line Check Valves
December 6, 2021 Main Fuel Pressure Relief Valve
December 6, 2021 Post-Main Pump Fuel Filters
December 6, 2021 Main Fuel Pumps (Cable-driven)
December 6, 2021 Main Fuel Pumps (Electric)
December 6, 2021 Fuel Pressure Dampers
December 6, 2021 Fuel Rails
December 13, 2021 Steering Column Brackets
January 10, 2021 Clutch Assemblies
January 10, 2021 Harmonic Balancers
January 10, 2021 Throttle Linkage
January 17, 2021 Transaxle Temperature Sensors
January 17, 2021 Transaxle Pressure Sensors
January 17, 2021 Steering Sensors
January 17, 2021 Rear View Camera and Display
  • Safety parts will be approved on an as needed basis.
  • Head Gasket Volume may be submitted at any time.
  • The following parts will not be permitted to be submitted:
    • Fuel Displacement Volumes
    • Edelbrock Intake Manifold
    • Fuel Filler Can Couplers
    • Fuel Filler Can Fill Cap Assemblies
    • Fuel Filler Can Vent Valves
    • Fuel Cell Check Valve Assemblies
    • Fuel Filler Vehicle Adaptors
    • Fuel Injectors
    • Lambda Sensors
    • Non-Competition Fuel Fill Can Couplers
    • Non-Competition Fuel Filler Vehicle Adaptors
    • Throttle Bodies
    • Cylinder Heads
    • Engine Blocks
    • OEM Intake Manifolds
    • Engine Control Relay Boxes
    • Engine Control Connector-Style Relays
    • Engine Control Connector-Style Relay Bypasses
    • Crank Trigger Sensors
    • Throttle Position Sensors (TPS)
    • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensors
    • Ignition Coils
    • Vehicle Master Switches
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
A

The NASCAR Parts Submission Committee is comprised of both voting and non-voting members.

A

Voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee are designated by NASCAR.

B

Attendance is mandatory for all voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee; however, voting members who are unable to attend a meeting due to illness or a prior NASCAR commitment may be excused from the meeting at the discretion of NASCAR.

C

The NASCAR Parts Submission Committee voting members are outlined in:

Table 14.2.3.2.1.c NASCAR Parts Submission Committee Voting Members

NASCAR PARTS SUBMISSION COMMITTEE VOTING MEMBERS

 

NAME TITLE
Steve O’Donnell Executive Vice President and Chief Racing Development Officer
Scott Miller Senior Vice President, Competition and Racing Development
John Probst Senior Vice President, Racing Innovation
Elton Sawyer Vice President, Officiating and Technical Inspection
Brad Moran Managing Director, NASCAR Cup Series
Wayne Auton Managing Director, NASCAR Xfinity Series
Seth Kramlich Managing Director, NASCAR Camping World Truck Series
Chad Little Managing Director, Officiating and Event Management
VEHICLE SYSTEMS ENGINEERS:
Bill Erskine Senior Director, Powertrain, Electrical and Telematics
Eric Jacuzzi Managing Director, Aerodynamics/Vehicle Performance Engineer
John Patalak Managing Director, Safety and Structural Engineer
Brandon Thomas Managing Director, Vehicle Systems
Dane Vander Haar Managing Director, Electronic Systems and Competition Technology
SERIES TECHNICAL MANAGERS/ENGINEERS:
Carl Goodman Managing Director, NASCAR Cup Series Technical Engineer
Eric Peterson Technical Manager, NASCAR Xfinity Series
Brad Houk Technical Manager, NASCAR Camping World Truck Series

 

A

The NASCAR Parts Submission Committee includes non-voting members representing both NASCAR and industry stakeholders.

B

Attendance is optional for all non-voting NASCAR Parts Submission Committee members.

A

Non-voting members representing NASCAR will be permitted, in NASCAR’s sole discretion.

A

The following organizations’ designated parts submission representative(s) may serve as non-voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee:

  • Full-time National Series organizations
  • OEMs
B

Non-voting industry members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee will not be permitted to be in attendance during the presentation of proprietary parts from organizations for which they have not been designated to represent.

A

Part(s) submitted to NASCAR for approval will be presented at each parts submission meeting in correlation with the part categories, in the following order:

  • Vendor Parts (including “key” vendor parts during the July parts submission meeting only)
  • Team Shared Parts
  • OEM Parts (July parts submission meeting only)
  • Team Proprietary Parts and Engine Builder Proprietary Parts
B

With the exception of engineered team proprietary parts and engine builder proprietary parts, all parts that have been submitted to NASCAR for approval will be presented by the submitting organization’s designated parts submission representative(s) to the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee. Engineered team proprietary parts and engine builder proprietary parts will be presented only to the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee voting and any and all NASCAR non-voting members present.

C

NASCAR may collect information and opinions from industry members in the form of an online voting platform, but such votes are optional and for informational purposes only, and the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee votes are the only final, binding votes that will count towards a final decision.

A

All parts submitted to NASCAR for approval are deliberated by the voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee at the conclusion of each parts submission meeting; after all non-voting industry members have been excused.

B

All votes are weighted equally amongst the voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee.

C

A majority affirmative vote of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee voting members present is required for a part(s) to be approved for use during an Event.

D

The voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee may approve a part(s) “with conditions” if any of the submission requirements have not been fully satisfied.

E

The voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee may declare the status of a part(s) as “pending” if they feel additional information is required to make a better informed and fair decision.

F

The Series for which a part(s) is approved for use during an Event is established during voting.

G

During deliberations, the voting members of the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee may impose a moratorium on a part for use during an Event. A moratorium is a fixed amount of time between when a part(s) is approved and when the part(s) may actually be used during an Event. Moratoriums will be imposed on a case-by-case basis.

H

All parts submitted to NASCAR for approval may be rejected by the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee for any reason, including but not limited to, non-compliance to the NASCAR Rules, competitive advantage, costs of implementation to the industry, or other negative impact on the sport, in NASCAR’s sole discretion. NASCAR is not obligated to report the reason for rejection.

I

In the event of a tie, the deciding vote will be determined by the NASCAR Vehicle Systems Engineer responsible for the part(s) under review.

A

All parts required to be submitted to NASCAR for approval are categorized by the party that is responsible for submitting the part(s).

B

Unless otherwise specified, any number of parts, or combination of parts, may be submitted to NASCAR for approval at any eligible parts submission meeting.

A

Engineered team parts are those parts that:

  • Are engineered and manufactured by a team for use during an Event.
  • Are engineered by a team, but manufactured by a third party for use during an Event.
B

Engineered team parts are required to be submitted by the organization that engineered the part.

A

Engineered team proprietary parts are defined as parts that are exclusive to the submitting organization.

B

Engineered team proprietary parts are not subject to industry review.

C

An engineered team proprietary part(s) is only viewable within the NASCAR Parts Database by authorized NASCAR personnel and the designated parts submission representative(s) of the organization that submitted the part(s).

D

Engineered team proprietary parts may be submitted to NASCAR for approval at any of the scheduled parts submission meetings.

E

The engineered team proprietary parts required to be submitted and the additional parts submission requirements for each part are outlined in the following document:

A

Engineered team shared parts are subject to industry review.

B

Engineered team shared parts are viewable within the NASCAR Parts Database by all NASCAR Members on the date the part(s) is approved for use during an Event.

C

Engineered team shared parts may be submitted to NASCAR for approval at any of the scheduled parts submission meetings.

D

The engineered team shared parts required to be submitted, the additional parts submission requirements for each part, and the information that will be shared for each part are outlined in the following document:

A

Engineered vendor parts are those parts that are engineered and manufactured by a vendor for use during an Event.

B

Engineered vendor parts are required to be submitted by the organization that engineered the part.

C

Unless specifically stated in the NASCAR Rules, a vendor part(s) submitted to and approved by NASCAR for use during an Event may not be modified or altered in any way by a team.

A

Vendor parts (safety and non-safety) are subject to industry review.

B

Vendor parts (safety and non-safety) are viewable within the NASCAR Parts Database by all NASCAR Members on the date the part(s) is approved for use during an Event; however, only the submitting vendor, applicable part number, and a photograph of the part(s) (if available) will be displayed to the industry, unless otherwise authorized by the submitting organization to release any additional submission documentation.

C

Vendor parts (safety and non-safety) may be submitted to NASCAR for approval at any of the scheduled parts submission meetings.

D

The vendor parts (safety) required to be submitted, the additional parts submission requirements for each part, and the information that will be shared for each part are outlined in the following document:

E

The vendor parts (non-safety) required to be submitted and the additional submission requirements for each parts are outlined in the following document:

A

“Key” vendor parts are defined as parts that are engineered and manufactured exclusively by a vendor and meet one or more the following criteria:

  • Complex (i.e. difficult to inspect at the racetrack).
  • Have a high impact on performance.
  • Could impact the entire industry if changed (cost, availability, etc.).
  • Provided by a single supplier.
B

“Key” vendor parts are subject to industry review.

C

“Key” vendor parts are viewable within the NASCAR Parts Database by all NASCAR Members from the date the part(s) is approved for use during an Event; however, only the submitting vendor, applicable part number, and a photograph of the part(s) (if available) will be displayed to the industry.

D

“Key” vendor parts may only be submitted to NASCAR for approval during the July parts submission meeting in accordance with the following document:

E

The “key” vendor parts required to be submitted and the additional parts submission requirements for each part are outlined in the following document:

A

Engine builder proprietary parts are those engine related parts that are supplied by an engine builder but may be engineered and manufactured by the engine builder and/or OEM and/or third party for use during an Event.

B

Engine builder proprietary parts are required to be submitted by the engine builder that supplies the part(s) for use during an Event.

C

Engine builder proprietary parts are exclusive to the submitting engine builder.

D

Engine builder proprietary parts are not subject to industry review.

E

Engine builder proprietary parts are only viewable within the NASCAR Parts Database by authorized NASCAR personnel and the designated parts submission representatives of the engine builder that submitted the part.

F

The engine builder proprietary parts required to be submitted and the additional parts submission requirements for each part are outlined in the following document:

A

OEM parts are those parts that are engineered by an OEM, but may be manufactured by a third party for use during an Event.

B

OEM parts are required to be submitted by the OEM that engineered the part.

C

OEM submissions are not subject to industry review.

D

OEM parts are viewable within the NASCAR Parts Database by all NASCAR Members from the date the part(s) is approved for use during an Event; however, only the submitting OEM, applicable part number, and a photograph of the part(s) (if available) will be displayed to the industry.

A

Revisions to currently approved cylinder heads and/or engine blocks may only be submitted to NASCAR for approval during the July parts submission meeting; however, if the revision is approved by NASCAR, no further revisions to that part may be submitted to NASCAR for approval for two calendar years from the date for which the revision was approved for use during an Event. Unless otherwise authorized, an OEM may not submit a revision to a currently approved cylinder head and a currently approved engine block in the same year.

B

Upon the approval of any OEM engine part(s) by NASCAR, notification of the approval of said engine part(s) will be sent to all the OEMs.

C

When a new or revised OEM engine part is approved for use during a NASCAR Cup Series Event, one of the following time criteria must be met before that OEM engine part may be considered for approval for use in any other Series:

  • A maximum of 18 months from the first usage of the OEM engine part during a NASCAR Cup Series Event, confirmed by NASCAR.
  • 12 months from the 20th usage of the OEM engine part during a NASCAR Cup Series Event, confirmed by NASCAR.

If either of the above time criteria has been met, the OEM must submit a written request for approval of that OEM engine part for use in another Series.

D

OEM engine parts may only be submitted to NASCAR for approval during the July parts submission meeting in accordance with the following document:

E

The OEM engine parts required to be submitted and the additional parts submission requirements for each part are outlined in the following document:

A

OEM body parts must be submitted to NASCAR for approval using the body submission process outlined in the OEM Body Approval Process.

A

All engineered team parts that have been submitted to and approved by NASCAR for use during an Event will be assigned a unique NASCAR part number by NASCAR.

B

The assigned NASCAR part number must be visibly, legibly, and permanently marked on each corresponding part that has been approved by NASCAR for use during an Event.

C

It is the responsibility of the organization that submitted the part(s) for approval, not NASCAR, to ensure that the correct NASCAR part number has been marked on each part prior to distribution for use during an Event.

D

Any part(s) required to be submitted to and approved by NASCAR that is discovered without the assigned NASCAR part number, may be required to be removed from the vehicle for further evaluation.

A

Upon the approval or rejection of a part(s) by the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee, a formal letter will be sent, via email, to each submitting organizations’ designated parts submission representative(s) within fifteen business days of the parts submission meeting in which the part(s) was considered for approval.

B

A formal letter will be sent for each part submitted to NASCAR for approval.

C

The formal letter contains the status of the submitted part. If a part is approved, the formal letter includes the assigned NASCAR part number (if applicable), the Series for which the part is approved for use during an Event, and any imposed moratorium. If a part is approved “with conditions”, the formal letter includes any additional parts submission requirements yet to be fulfilled. If the status of a part is pending, the formal letter includes an explanation for the delayed decision. If a part is rejected, the formal letter includes the reason(s) for which the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee deemed the part unacceptable for use during an Event.

D

The NASCAR Parts Database will be updated upon notification to the submitting organization(s) of the status of their submitted part(s).

E

Any part(s) submitted to and rejected by NASCAR will be posted to the NASCAR Parts Database upon notification to the submitting organization. However, only the name of the submitted part and submitting organization(s) and the reason(s) cited by the NASCAR Parts Submission Committee for the rejection of the part(s) will be made available.

A

Any NASCAR organization that has a part(s) approved by NASCAR for use during an Event may, at its discretion, share, sell, or lease that part(s) to any other organization for use during an Event. For a part(s) with a finite number of allowable approvals, that part(s) must be listed in the NASCAR Parts Database for each organization using the part(s) and will count towards each organization’s total allowable allotment. It is the responsibility of both the organization that submitted the part(s) to NASCAR for approval and each organization using the part(s) to ensure that the correct NASCAR part number has been properly marked on the part(s), as outlined in Section 14.2.5 Part Numbers.

B

All parts engineered, manufactured, and/or supplied by a vendor or OEM for use during an Event must be made available to any organization for purchase. As a condition of approval, NASCAR may impose a moratorium on any part, submitted by a vendor or OEM, for use during an Event so as to ensure an unrestricted supply is present and available to all organizations for purchase.

A

The NASCAR Parts Database is an industry-accessible, centralized, real-time database for all parts submitted to NASCAR for approval.

B

The NASCAR Parts Database is accessible by all NASCAR Members via nascarmembers.com, rules.nascar.com, or the NASCAR Rule Book/Parts Database mobile application.

C

Accessibility to information regarding proprietary parts, including team, vendor, engine builder, and OEM parts, is regulated by NASCAR and restricted as outlined in Section 14.2.4 Parts Required to be Submitted for Approval.

A

Passengers will not be permitted in or on a vehicle at any time.

B

SFI labels must be visibly displayed at all times.

A

Each Competitor is solely responsible for the effectiveness of personal safety equipment used during an Event. NASCAR is not responsible for the effectiveness of any personal safety equipment.

B

Each Competitor is expected to investigate and educate himself/herself fully with respect to the availability and effectiveness of personal safety equipment. NASCAR may, from time to time, schedule information sessions with Competitors and safety experts. Each Competitor is expected to attend and participate in such sessions.

A

It is the responsibility of the driver, not NASCAR, to ensure that he/she maintains, wears, and properly uses protective clothing and equipment.

B

Protective clothing and equipment must be worn, maintained, and used in accordance with the manufacturer/supplier directions.

C

Any modifications to the helmet for any purpose should not detract from its effectiveness. Helmet certification must be affixed to the helmet at all times.

D

Approved head and neck restraint devices/systems will remain approved for use until their expiration date, which is five years after the DOM. Once a head and neck restraint device/system has reached the expiration date, the head and neck restraint device/system must be inspected and recertified by the original head and neck restraint device/system manufacturer.

E

Unless otherwise authorized, shoes and gloves must be worn at all times.

F

During an Event, drivers must comply with:

Table 14.3.1.1.f Driver Protective Clothing/Equipment Requirements

DRIVER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

 

FR CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT USE SPECIFICATION
One-piece Uniform Required SFI 3.4/5 (minimum)
(Label must be displayed on outside left sleeve)
Shoes Required SFI 3.3
Full Face Helmet with Face Shield* Required FIA 8860-2010
FIA8860-2018
Snell SA 2015
Snell SA 2020
SFI 31.1/2005
Gloves Required SFI 3.3
Head and Neck Restraint Device/Shield Required Approved Devices Only
Head Sock and/or Helmet Skirt Recommended SFI 3.3
Underwear Recommended SFI 3.3
Socks Recommended SFI 3.3
Hemet Removal Device Recommended Approved Devices Only

Effective January 1, 2026, all helmets must be capable of being equipped with a camera system which complies with the helmet specification.

A

It is the responsibility of crew members, not NASCAR, to ensure that he/she maintains, wears, and properly uses protective clothing and equipment.

B

Protective clothing and equipment must be worn, maintained, and used in accordance with the manufacturer/supplier directions.

C

Any modifications to the helmet for any purpose should not detract from its effectiveness.

D

During the Race, crew members must comply with:

Table 14.3.1.2.d Crew Protective Clothing/Equipment Requirements

CREW PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

 

CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT USE SPECIFICATION
Uniform
(One-piece recommended)
Required SFI 3.4/1 minimum
(SFI 3.4/5 recommended)
(Label to be displayed on outside left sleeve)
Shoes Required SFI 3.3
Helmet
(Helmet chin straps must be fastened)
Required See Helmet Options below
Helmet Option 1 –
Full Face Helmet with Face Shield
FIA 8860-2010
FIA 8860-2018
Snell SA 2015
Snell SA 2020
SFI 31.1/2005
Head Sock and/or Helmet Skirt
(Must cover nose and mouth)
Required
(When wearing Helmet Option 1 either a helmet skirt or head sock or both must be worn)
SFI 3.3
Helmet Option 2
Head Sock
(Must cover nose and mouth) – Used only with Helmet Option 2
Required
(When wearing any other helmet that does not meet Helmet Option 1 specifications, a head sock must be worn; a helmet skirt will not be permitted with Helmet Option 2)
SFI 3.3
Helmet Removal Device Recommended Approved Devices Only
Gloves Required* SFI 3.3
Underwear
(Must cover from neck to wrists to ankles)
Required SFI 3.3
FIA 8856-2000
Socks Required SFI 3.3

Gloves should be worn at all times during pit stops; however, penalties will not be issued for temporary removal of gloves for a reasonable, limited period of time for the purpose of making non-routine repairs which are inhibited by the use of gloves.

A

It is the responsibility of the Fueler and Fuel Handlers, not NASCAR, to ensure that he/she maintains, wears, and properly uses protective clothing and equipment.

B

Protective clothing and equipment must be worn, maintained, and used in accordance with the manufacturer/supplier directions.

C

Any modifications to the helmet for any purpose should not detract from its effectiveness.

D

During the Race, Fuelers must comply with:

Table 14.3.1.3.d Fueler Protective Clothing/Equipment Requirements

FUELER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

 

CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT USE SPECIFICATION
Uniform
(One-piece recommended)
Required SFI 3.4/5 minimum
(Label to be displayed on outside left sleeve)
Shoes Required SFI 3.3
Full Face Helmet w/ Face Shield
(Face shield must be fully closed when fueling the vehicle; helmet chin straps must be fastened)
Required FIA 8860-2010
FIA 8860-2018
Snell SA 2015
Snell SA 2020
SFI 31.1/2005
Head Sock and/or Helmet Skirt
(Must cover nose and mouth)
Required SFI 3.3
Helmet Removal Device Recommended Approved Devices Only
Gloves Required SFI 3.3
Underwear
(Must cover from neck to wrists to ankles)
Required SFI 3.3
FIA 8856-2000
Socks Required SFI 3.3
Fueler Apron
(Must be worn on the outside of uniform)
Required SFI 52.1

 

E

During the Race, Fuel Handlers must comply with:

Table 14.3.1.3.e Fuel Handler Protective Clothing/Equipment Requirements

FUEL HANDLER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

 

CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT USE SPECIFICATION
Uniform
(One-piece recommended)
Required SFI 3.4/5 minimum
(Label to be displayed on outside left sleeve)
Shoes Required SFI 3.3
Full Face Helmet w/ Face Shield Recommended FIA 8860-2004
FIA 8860-2010
FIA 8860-2018
Snell SA 2015
Snell SA 2020
SFI 31.1/2005
Head Sock
(Must cover nose and mouth)
Helmet Skirt
(If wearing the recommended helmet listed in this table)
Required SFI 3.3
Helmet Removal Device Required SFI 3.3
Gloves Required SFI 3.3
Underwear
(Must cover from neck to wrists to ankles)
Required SFI 3.3
FIA 8856-2000
Socks Required SFI 3.3
Fueler Apron Recommended SFI 52.1

 

A

It is required that each vehicle have two distinct, fully charged onboard fire suppression systems (OBFSS); one servicing the driver’s compartment (cockpit) and the second servicing the fuel cell area (trunk).

B

Both OBFSS must be securely installed as illustrated in the image below:

Onboard Fire Suppression
A-003-01401K-21 REV. A

C

OBFSS mounts must conform to the following drawing and DXF files:

D

Both OBFSS cylinders must be DOT-approved and constructed of steel or aluminum.

E

Both OBFSS must meet the SFI 17.1 specification and display a valid SFI 17.1 label. Both OBFSS must be recertified by the manufacturer every two years.

F

A manufacturer’s label, with a visible date code, must be located directly below the pressure gauge on the surface of each OBFSS cylinder.

G

Both OBFSS must have a visible operating pressure gauge, compatible with the agent, and be charged with DuPont FE-36, 3M NOVEC 1230 or equivalent agent. Equivalent agents are determined by NASCAR. Shut off valves will not be permitted within the OBFSS system.

H

The fuel cell area (trunk) line must remain in the passenger’s compartment and only breech the rear package tray to enter directly into the fuel cell area. The fuel cell area line must breech the rear package tray aft of the rear damper crossmember and be placed within 1 inch of the vehicle’s longitudinal centerline. The discharge nozzles must be secured with clamps constructed of metal; plastic zip ties will not be permitted. Placement and orientation of the discharge nozzles are the responsibility of the team according to their individual installations and OBFSS manufacturer instructions.

I

Manually controlled push/pull nozzle activation must only use the OBFSS manufacturer’s supplied push/pull cable, push knob, or other manual activation device. Non-OBFSS manufacturer extensions, cords, handles, or other add-on activation devices will not be permitted. The activation device must be mounted to either the left or right side seat leg extension or to the left side dash panel.

J

Both OBFSS must comply with:

Table 14.3.2.j Onboard Fire Suppression Requirements

ONBOARD FIRE SUPPRESSION REQUIREMENTS

 

SYSTEM REQUIRED NOZZLE ACTIVATION MINIMUM AGENT QUANTITY DISCHARGE LINE NOZZLE OPTIONS
Driver
(Cockpit)
Manually controlled push/pull
(Thermal Recommended)
5 lbs. Must be steel or steel reinforced hose Must be appropriate for agent and installed per manufacturer’s instructions; may be aluminum If engine compartment nozzle(s) is used (via T-fitting), the minimum agent quantity must be increased to 10 lbs.
Fuel Cell
(Trunk)
Thermal
(May have manual and/or pneumatic override)
10 lbs. Must be steel or steel reinforced hose Must be appropriate for agent and installed per manufacturer’s instructions; may be aluminum Engine compartment nozzle(s) may be used (T-fitting) to thermally activated nozzle(s)
A

It is the responsibility of the driver, not NASCAR, to ensure that his/her seat belt restraint system and all seat belt restraint system components are SFI compliant and labeled, correctly installed, maintained, and properly used.

B

Seat belt restraint systems must be installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer’s/supplier’s directions.

C

Seat belt restraint systems must meet the SFI 16.6 specification and display a valid SFI 16.6 label.

D

Seat belt restraint syste